Unit 3 A taste of English humor
教材分析和教材重组
教材分析
本单元的中心话题是“幽默”，内容涉及“幽默的种类”、“什么是幽默”、“喜剧演员”、“喜剧”、“笑话”和“文字游戏”等。语言技能和语言知识几乎都是围绕“幽默”这一话题展开的。通过本单元的语言技能训练和阅读能力训练，使学生领会英语国家的幽默表达。
1. Warming Up 让学生了解幽默的种类，讨论各种英语幽默及与汉语幽默的比较。这部分的目的有两个，一是呈现本单元的话题——幽默，二是为本单元Reading部分做好了铺垫。
Pre-reading 通过两个问题，引发学生对幽默的思考，幽默不仅仅是轻松一笑，好的幽默在一笑过后发人深省，耐人寻味。
Reading 是一篇介绍性文章，揭示了人们接受、喜欢幽默的微妙心理，同时介绍久盛不衰的喜剧之王查理﹒卓别林以及他的代表作影片《淘金记》，帮助吸引学生的注意力，引起学生的极大兴趣。
Comprehending 共有2个练习，这2个练习的设置从卓别林的生平信息和课文关键词两方面入手，非常科学。
Learning about Language 分为两部分，Discovering useful words and expressions是本单元的词汇练习题，引导学生加深对新词汇的理解和记忆，同时也指导学生养成通过语境记忆词组、句型的方法; Discovering useful structures是本单元的语法练习题，通过本单元的学习，要求学生熟练掌握-ing形式作表语、定语、宾补的语法功能。
Using Language分为两部分，Reading and listening同时读英语笑话和听英语笑话，让学生进一步体验幽默，培养语感。Speaking and writing部分要求学生先口头讲述笑话或幽默故事，体会其中的幽默，然后引出 writing的内容，把上述讨论的故事写下来，并按照讲故事的逻辑顺序组织文章结构。这个任务不但提供了机会让学生亲身实践讲幽默故事，并用笔头的形式进行强化，而且内容新颖有趣，有利于调动他们的学习积极性。
教材重组
将Warming Up，Pre-reading，Reading与Comprehending整合在一起上一节“阅读课”。
将Learning about Language和Workbook的using words and expressions及using structures整合在一起上一节“语言学习课”。
将Using Language设计为一节包括听说读写在内的“综合技能课（一）”。
将Workbook的READING AND LISTENING和TALKING结合在一起上一节“听说课”。
将Workbook的LISTENING TASK，READING AND WRITING TASK和SPEAKING TASK设计为一节“综合技能课（二）”。
课时分配
1st Period Reading
2nd Period Language study
3rd Period Integrating skills(I)
4th Period Listening and Speaking
5th Period Integrating skills(II)
Part 1: Teaching Design
(第一部分：教学设计)
Period 1: A sample lesson plan for reading
(NONVERBAL HUMOUR)
Aims
To develop reading ability
To learn about and enjoy English humor, especially the kind of Charlie Chaplin’s particular form of acting.
to realize humor is everywhere; happiness is everywhere; to face up to life optimistically.
Procedures
I. Warming up
Warming up by learning something about “Humor”
What is “Humor”? Does any one of you know anything about humor? Look at the screen and read the definition of Humor from the Internet.
Humor (humour in British English) is the ability or quality of people, objects or situations to invoke feelings of amusement in other people. The term encompasses any form of entertainment or human communication which invokes such feelings, or which makes people laugh or feel happy.
English humor Example
Chinese humor Example
nonverbal mime and farce（哑剧和轻喜剧） Charlie Chaplin, Mr. Bean
pantomime（哑剧）王景愚
funny plays（喜剧小品）陈佩撕
funny stories Mark Twain
verbal jokes play on words, usually two lines cross talk（相声）jokes 姜昆 马季
funny poems Edward Lear doggerel（打油诗）
Note:
Humor is particular to each culture. For example, the British laugh at things that are ridiculous and enjoy parody very much. Chinese humor includes puns, extended cross talk between two comedians etc. The British also enjoys play on words(like puns) but they are more like short jokes.
Warming up by watching and listening
Hi, everyone! We are going to learn about A taste of English humour today. Now watch the slides/ pictures and listen to the English humour poems.
Why worry?
There are only two things to worry about: Either you are well or you are sick. If you are well, then there is nothing to worry about. If you are sick, there are two things to worry about: Either you will get well or you will die. If you get well, then there is nothing to worry about. If you die, there are only two things to worry about: Either you will go to Heaven or Hell. If you go to Heaven, there is nothing to worry about. But if you go to Hell, you will be so damn busy Shaking hands with friends, you won′t have time to worry.
Whose job ...?
This is the story about four people named Everybody, Somebody, Anybody and Nobody. There was an important job to be done, and Everybody was sure that Somebody would do it. Anybody could have done it, but Nobody did it. Somebody got angry about that. because it was Everybody′s job. Everybody thought Anybody could do it, but Nobody realised that Everybody wouldn′t do it. It ended up that Everybody blamed Somebody, When Nobody did what Anybody could have done.
II. Pre-reading
Telling the truth —What do you like to laugh at?
I like to laugh at cartoons, for they’re lovely and fun.
I like to laugh at fairy tales. They are amusing and interesting.
Although we have different sense of humor, it seems that the humor that all cultures enjoy is non-verbal humor. We all laugh at the antics of Charlie Chaplin and Mr. Bean. It is good that we can all laugh at something together!
Many years ago there lived an Emperor who was so exceedingly fond of fine new clothes that he spent vast sums of money on dress. To him clothes meant more than anything else in the world. He took no interest in his army, nor did he care to go to the theatre, or to drive about in his state coach, unless it was to display his new clothes. He had different robes for every single hour of the day.
III. Reading
Reading aloud to the recording
Now please listen and read aloud to the recording of the text NONVERBAL HUMOUR. Pay attention to the pronunciation of each word and the pauses between the thought groups.
Reading and underlining
Next you are to read and underline all the useful expressions or collocations in the passage. Copy them into your notebook after class as homework.
Collocations from NONVERBAL HUMOUR
slide on…在……上滑行, bump into…不期而遇；偶然碰见；邂逅, round a corner在拐角处，在近处, fall down…摔倒，掉进, in the road在路面上, see other people’s bad luck看别人倒霉（遭到不幸）, at times时不时；经常地, feel content with…对……感到满意, be worse off情况更坏; 处境更糟; 经济情况更不好, astonish… with…以……方式令人吃惊, inspire deep feelings in sb. for…因为……激发人内心深处的感情, play a character扮演一个角色, be born in poverty出生穷困, become famous for因为……而出名, use a particular form of acting用独特的表演方式, entertaining silent movie令人愉快的无声影片, a charming character令人愉快的角色，有趣的角色, be well known throughout the world世界闻名, play a poor and homeless person扮演一个贫困而无家可归的人, carry a walking stick拄着拐杖, a social failure社会生活中的失败者, be loved by…被……爱戴（热爱）, overcome difficulties克服困难, be unkind to …对……不友好, make…entertaining使……令人愉快, a sad situation悲哀的境况, a boiled shoe一只煮沸的鞋, make… funny使……滑稽可笑, use nonverbal humour不用语言表达的幽默, in the middle of the nineteenth century在十九世纪中叶, in search of…搜寻，寻找, pan for gold用淘金盘淘金, wash sand洗沙（以便得到金子）, in a pan of water在淘金盘中, expect to do sth.期待做某事, pick up…得到，淘到, be fortunate enough足够幸运, be caught in a snowstorm遭遇到暴风雪, on the edge of…在……的边缘, in a small wooden house在一座小木屋, have nothing to eat没有可吃的东西, so… that…如此……以至于……, boil a pair of leather shoes煮一双皮鞋, sit down at the table坐在桌边, pick out…挑选，选出, cut off…切下；割下；砍下, treat… as if…像……一样对待, eat every mouthful with enjoyment快乐地享受每一口, make it seem as if…使它显得（好象）……, direct a movie执导一部影片, star in在……中担任主角, give… a special Oscar授予……奥斯卡特别奖, one’s lifetime某人的一生 outstanding work杰出的工作, live one’s life in…在……度过一生,
Reading to identify the topic sentence of each paragraph
Skim the text and identify the topic sentence of each paragraph. You may find it either at the beginning, the middle or the end of the paragraph.
Reading and transferring information
Read the text again to complete the table.
NONVERBAL HUMOUR
What is nonverbal humour?
Who is Charlie Chaplin?
How does he make a sad situation entertaining?
What is the story of The Gold Rush?
Facts about Oscar
A brief life history of Charlie Chaplin
NONVERBAL HUMOUR
What is nonverbal humour?
the humor not carried out or marked by the use of words but by antics
Who is Charlie Chaplin?
a popular comic actor in the 20th century who used a particular form of acting, including mime and farce to invoke feelings of amusement and inspire deep feelings in people for the characters he played
How does he make a sad situation entertaining?
by using nonverbal humour
What is the story of The Gold Rush?
The Gold Rush (1925) is the quintessential Chaplin/Little Tramp film, with a balance of slapstick comedy and pantomime, social satire, and emotional and dramatic moments of tenderness. It was Chaplin's own personal favorite film, showing the classic Tramp character as a romantic idealist and lone gold prospector at the turn of the century, with his cane, derby, distinctive walk, tight shabby suit, and mustache.
During the Great Gold Rush to Alaska, men in thousands came from all parts of the world. Many of them were ignorant of the hardships before them - The intense cold, the lack of food and a journey through regions of ice and snow were the problems that awaited them.
Classic scenes include the starvation scene of two cabin-marooned prospectors boiling and fastidiously eating a stewed shoe, the teetering cabin on the edge of a cliff, and Chaplin's lonely fantasized New Year's Eve party when he waits for a girl who never comes.
Facts about Oscar
The Academy Awards, mostly known as Oscar, is the main national film award in the United States of America. Each Oscar statuette, manufactured in Chicago, is made from copper and nickel silver, and finally, is covered with 24-karat gold. It depicts a knight, holding a crusader’s sword, standing on a reel of film. The five spokes of the film reel signify the five original branches of the Academy: actors, directors, producers, technicians and writers. Although financially an Oscar statuette is not really valuable, its moral values are inestimable.
The tradition of the Academy Awards dates back 71 years, when the first talking movies had just begun.
A brief life history of Charlie Chaplin
Charlie Chaplin, born in Walworth, London, England on April 26th, 1889, began his official acting career at the age of eight. He is considered to be one of the most pivotal stars of the early days of Hollywood and is most recognized as an icon of the silent film era, often associated with his popular "Little Tramp" character; the man with the toothbrush mustache, bowler hat, bamboo cane, and a funny walk.
In 1972 he was honored with an Academy Award for his "incalculable effect in making motion pictures the art form of the century.
Charlie Chaplin was considered one of the greatest filmmakers in the history of American cinema, whose movies were and still are popular throughout the world, and have even gained notoriety as time progresses. His films show, through the Little Tramp's positive outlook on life in a world full of chaos, that the human spirit has and always will remain the same.
Reading and understanding difficult sentences
As you have read the text times, you can surely tell which sentences are difficult to understand. Now put your questions concerning the difficult points to the teacher.
IV. Closing down
Closing down by doing exercises
To end the lesson you are to do the comprehending exercises 1and 2 on pages 18 and 19.
Closing down by watching a silent movie by Charlie Chaplin
Do you like watching movies? Do you like humourous movies? Now let’s watch a silent humourous movie by Charlie Chaplin. It’s Charlie Chaplin's first film: Making a Living
Closing down by reading about Charlie Chaplin
To end the period we shall read an article about Charlie Chaplin. Now look at the screen and read it aloud with me.
Additional Materials
Complete the summary of the story with one word in each blank.
People may laugh at others 1_______ on a banana skin, 2_______ into someone else, or falling down a hole, kind of cruel 3_______, for it makes them 4_______ with themselves seeing others 5_______ 6_______ than themselves.
As an 7_______ humourous actor, Chaplin could always 8_______ in the audience deep feelings by using 9 ________ forms of acting in the time of silent films. His charming 10_______ the Little Tramp is well known all over the world, a poor and 11_______ person, wearing large trousers, 12_______ shoes, and carrying a walking 13_______. A social 14_______ as he was, he was loved by all the audience for his 15________ in overcoming difficulties and being kind to people 16_______ to him.
When playing the famous film The Gold Rush, Chaplin managed to make the sad situation, eating a 17_______ shoe, entertaining by using 18_______ humour.
Such is Charlie Chaplin who produced, 19_______, and wrote movies that he 20_______ in. He was given a special Oscar in 1972 for his lifetime outstanding work of bringing humour to us all.
（Key：1.sliding 2. bumping 3. humour 4. satisfied 5. worse 6. off 7. outstanding 8. inspire 9. particular 10. character 11. homeless 12. worn-out 13. stick 14. failure 15. determination 16. unkind 17. boiled 18. nonverbal 19. directed 20 starred）
Comprehension questions
1. Why do people enjoy seeing other people’s bad luck at times?
A. Because they think that is humorous.
B. Because seeing others’ bad luck makes them happy.
C. Because they feel more content with their life.
D. Because they are bad persons.
2. The role Charlie Chaplin played in films ______.
A. was poor and homeless
B. wore large trousers, worn-out shoes and a small round black hat
C. always carried a walking stick
D. all the above
3. Charlie Chaplin made eating a boiled shoe funny by______.
A. using funny lines B. using nonverbal humour
C. using amusing expressions D. using gestures
4. Which of the following information about Charlie Chaplin is NOT mentioned in the text?
A. Chaplin wrote some movies for some other famous stars in his days.
B. Chaplin produced and directed some films he starred in.
C. Chaplin was born in 1889 and passed away in 1977.
D. Chaplin was given a special Oscar for his lifetime outstanding work in 1972.
（Key：1.C 2. D 3. B 4. A）
Notes to some difficult sentences
Do you find it funny to see someone sliding on a banana skin, bumping into someone else
round a corner, or falling down a hole in the road?
本句的句型是：find it + adj.+ to do sth. 其中it 是形式宾语, adj.作宾语补足语,不定式作真正的宾语。在不定式短语中，sliding、bumping、falling都是现在分词短语作宾语someone 的补足语。He found it almost impossible to express what he wanted to say. 他觉得要表达他想说的话几乎是不可能的。
2. However, some actors can astonish us with the deep feelings they can inspire in us for a character they are playing.
这个句子较长，其结构是：Actors can astonish us for a character, with the deep feelings 是状语, they can inspire in us 是定语从句，修饰feelings。They are playing是修饰character 的定语从句。
3. This character was a social failure but he was loved by all who watched the films for his determination in overcoming difficulties and being kind even when people were unkind to him.
精简一下此句是: This character was a social failure but he was loved by all for his determination and being kind. 原句中who watched the films 是all 的定语从句, in overcoming difficulties 是determination 的定语, even when people were unkind to him 是 being kind 的时间状语从句。
4. He makes it seem as if it were one of the best meals he has ever had！他表演得好象这是他曾经吃过的最美的佳肴。
本句使用的结构是：make it + do，其中as if it were one of the best meals he has ever had是系动词seem的表语从句。were表示虚拟。he has ever had是定语从句修饰the best meals。He talks as if he knew all about it. 他说话的口气好像他全部都已经知道了。
【高考链接】
1. A cook will be immediately fired if he is found _____ in the kitchen.（NMET 2003）
A. smoke B. smoking C. to smoke D. smoked
2. It was raining heavily. Little Mary felt cold, so she stood _____ to her mother.
A. close B. closely C. closed D. closing
3. John was so sleepy that he could hardly keep his eyes _____.(MET 1992)
A. open B. to be opened C. to open D. opening
4. He was in hospital for six months. He felt as if he was _____ from he outside world.
(’04北京春)
A. cut out B. cut off C. cut up D. cut through
5. She _____ Japanese when she was in Japan. Now she can speak it freely.(’06福建)
A. picked out B. made out C. made up D. picked up
6. Laws that punish parents for their little children’s actions against the laws get parents _____. (’04重庆)
A. worried B. to worry C. worrying D. worry
7. Reading is an experience quite different from watching TV; there are pictures _____ in your mind instead of before your eyes. (’04广西)
A. to form B. form C. forming D. being formed
8. The wild flowers looked like a soft orange blanket _____ the desert. (’06湖南)
A. covering B. covered C. cover D. to cover
9. Don’t leave the water _____ while you brush your teeth. (’04天津)
A. run B. running C. being run D. to run
10. The American Civil War lasted four years _____ the North won in the end.(’05广东)
A. after B. before C. when D. then
【巩固练习】
1. Which do you enjoy _____ your weekends, fishing or watching TV?
A. to spend B. spending C. spend D. being spent
2. The missing boys were last seen _____ near the river.
A. playing B. to be playing C. play D. to play
3. What an interesting _____ she played in the film! No wonder she has won an Oscar.
A. role B. character C. position D. fun_ction
4. Victor doesn’t have _____ sense of _____ humour. If you joke with him, he may get very angry.
A. the; the B. a; the C. a; / D. /; /
5. The boat sank quickly but _____ everybody was rescued.
A. generally B. thoroughly C. naturally D. fortunately
6. The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see _____ the next year.
A. carry out B. carrying out C. carried out D. to carry out
7. _____is not possibility _____ Bob can win the first prize in the match.
A. There; that B. It; that C. There; whether D. It; whether
8. I really appreciate _____ to relax with you on this nice island.
A. to have had time B. having time C. to have time D. to having time
9. The creators of computer games are far from _____.
A. finishing B. being finished C. finished D. finish
10. _____ one challenge after another gives me self-confidence.
A. Overcoming B. Getting C. Facing D. Fulfilling
【汉译英】
1. 那汽车撞到了前面的车子。（bump into）
2．你对于你现在的薪水感到满意吗？（be content with）
3．他决心靠自己克服困难。（overcome difficulties）
4．这部影片以十八世纪中叶的伦敦为背景。（be set in）
5．这户贫困的人家因未缴费而被切断煤气供应。（cut off）
【答案及解析】
【高考链接】
1. B 现在分词做主语补足语，强调动作正在发生；动词不定式做主语补足语，表示动作将要发生。依据语境，应用现在分词表示“被发现正在发生”。
2. A 本题考查了close和closely的意义区别。表示具体概念时用close，表示抽象概念时用closely，且closely 不与介词to 连用。close to 相当于near to。
3. A 本题考查了复合宾语的用法。open可作动词也可作形容词，表示眼睛处于睁着的状态，应用形容词作宾补而不能用表示动作的opening；B、C两项不能作keep的宾补。
4. B 句意：他住院六个月，有与世隔绝之感。cut A off B使A与B隔绝；cut out切成，剪成，开辟出某事物；cut up切碎，剪碎；挫伤某人；cut sth.through sth.开辟出一条路。
5. D 句意：她在日本时学会了日语。现在运用自如。A项pick out= to choose sth. carefully from… 挑选出；B项make out= to ask if sb. managed well应付；C项make up= to form sth.形成；D项pick up= to get by chance偶然获得，学会。根据句意选D
6. A 这是一个复合句，简化的句子是Laws get parents worried, that引导的是修饰laws的限制性定语从句。句意：因年幼子女违法而惩罚父母的法律让父母们忧心忡忡。
7. C 排除B、D两项，因为这两种形式不可作定语；A项做定语表将来；C项作定语表现在无一定时间性。
8. A 句意：这些野花就像是覆盖在沙漠上的柔软的桔色的地毯。本题考查非谓语动词作定语，blanket与cover在逻辑上为主谓关系，排除B、C两项；D项表将来不符合题意，故A项正确。
9. B 本题考查leave+宾语+宾语补足语。Leave在此处的意思是“留下；使仍处于某种状态”。当leave后的宾语和宾补是逻辑上的主动关系时，宾补常用现在分词，构成“leave+宾语+V-ing”句型。此句型中宾补还可以是过去分词，但和宾语的关系为被动，如：He often leaves his room unlocked in a hurry.
10. B 本题考查连接词的用法.句意:美国南北战争持续了四年,北方才最终取得了胜利。
【巩固练习】
1. A enjoy的宾语是which, to spend做目的状语。
2. A 副词last给予提示：在河边玩这个动作正在发生，需用现在分词短语做主语补足语。
3. A 本题考查固定短语play a role in…，表示“在……中扮演角色”。
4. C 本题考查冠词知识。a sense of humour 幽默感 a sense of responsibility 责任感。其中humour、responsibility为抽象名词，前面不加冠词。
5. D 此题在语境中考查副词的用法：前面说船快速下沉，but一转折，“幸运的是”，每个人都获救了。
6. C 本题考查动词-ing形式和-ed形式做宾补的区别。宾补用现在分词和宾语是主动关系；过去分词和宾语是被动关系，此处宾语为that, 即the plan和carry out是被动关系。
7. A 此题考查There be和It be结构以及同位语从句的辨析。possibility后面部分表示它的内容，所以理解为that引导的是同位语从句。
8. B 本题考查非谓语动词的用法。句意是“能有时间在这个美丽的岛上和你一起休闲，我真的感到很高兴。” 动词appreciate作“感到高兴；感激，感谢”解时，后常接名词或动名词作宾语，如：I greatly appreciate your kindness./I’d appreciate hearing from you now and then.
9. C 本题做对的关键是理解选项作句子的什么成分。本句缺系动词are后面的表语，are finished表示完成的状态，短语far from“毫不，远非”。句意：网络游戏的创作者们还远没完成他们的创作。
10. A 本题考查动名词短语做主语，同时必须明确短语overcome a challenge 意思是“迎接挑战，战胜困难”。
【汉译英】
1．The car bumped into the car in front.
2．Are you content with your present salary？
3. He is determined to overcome difficulties on his own/by himself.
4. The film is set in London in the middle of the eighteenth century.
5. The gas was cut off because the poor family hadn’t paid accounts
Period 2: A sample lesson plan for Learning about Language
(The –ing form as the Predicative, Attribute & Object Complement)
Aims
To learn about the –ing form as the Predicative, Attribute & Object Complement
To discover and learn to use some useful words and expressions
To discover and learn to use some useful structures
Procedures
I. Warming up
Warming up by discovering useful words and expressions
Turn to page 19 and do exercises 1, 2 , 3, 4 and 5. Check your answers against your classmates’.
II. Learning something about the –ing form: Participles
Something about Participles
A participle is a verbal that is used as an adjective. It does the work of both a verb and an adjective. The term verbal indicates that a participle, like the other two kinds of verbals (gerund and infinitive), is based on a verb and therefore expresses action or a state of being. However, since they fun_ction as adjectives, participles modify nouns or pronouns. There are two types of participles: present participles and past participles. Present participles end in -ing. sometimes doubling the final consonant:
"think" becomes "thinking"
"fall" becomes "falling"
"run" becomes "running"
Past participles end in -ed, -en, -d, -t, or -n, as in the words asked, eaten, saved, dealt, and seen.
A participial phrase is a group of words consisting of a participle and the modifier(s) and/or (pro)noun(s) or noun phrase(s) that fun_ction as the direct object(s), indirect object(s), or complement(s) of the action or state expressed in the participle, such as:
The student earning the highest grade point average will receive a special award.
The guy wearing the chicken costume is my cousin.
Find the participial phrases in these sentences and tell what word they modify.
1. The man running slowly still finished the race.
2. The boy having been scolded finally did his work.
3. The teacher, having retired, could now travel widely.
4. The soldier, having saluted his superior, continued on his way.
5. The truck swerving and sliding hit the brick wall.
?Answers
1. running slowly modifies man
2. having been scolded modifies boy
3. having retired modifies teacher
4. having saluted his superior modifies soldier
5. swerving and sliding modifies truck
?You can shorten a normal sentence by using the Participle Constructions.
I'm a lucky man feeling like you.
(I'm a lucky man who is feeling like you.)
The students wanting extra help were assigned to a special class.
(The students who wanted extra help were assigned to a special class.)
The screaming fans cheered their fighting team.
(The fans who were screaming cheered their team that were fighting.)
Let sleeping dogs lie.
(Let dogs that are sleeping lie.)
Points to remember:
1. A participle is a verbal ending in -ing (present) or -ed, -en, -d, -t, or -n (past) that functions as an adjective, modifying a noun or pronoun. 2. A participial phrase consists of a participle plus modifier(s), object(s), and/or complement(s). 3. Participles and participial phrases must be placed as close to the nouns or pronouns they modify as possible, and those nouns or pronouns must be clearly stated. 4. A participial phrase is set off with commas when it: a) comes at the beginning of a sentence, b) interrupts a sentence as a nonessential element, or c) comes at the end of a sentence and is separated from the word it modifies.
the –ing form as the Attributive
What is attributive? It is something placed before the nouns to be modified: “red” is an attributive adjective in “a red apple”. “walking ” is also an attributive adjective in “a walking stick”.
the –ing 形式作定语时表示该动作正在进行。单个the –ing form作定语通常放在被修饰词的前面. the –ing form短语作定语则放在被修饰词之后。如:
The rising sun looks very beautiful.
I think some sleeping pills may help you.
Do you know the boy lying under the big tree?
There was a terrible noise following the sudden burst of light.
若被修饰词与the –ing form是被动关系时,须用the –ing form的被动式(being done)作定语。如:
The song being broadcast is very popular with the young students.
The meeting being held is of very important.
We must keep a secret of the things being discussed here.
Exercises for consolidation:
1. Seeing the sun ____ above the surface of sea, we let out a cry of joy. (94上海).
A. to rise B. to raise C. rising D. raising
2. The ____ boy was last seen ____ near the East Lake. (2000上海)
A. missing, playing B. missing, play
3. It is believed that if a book is ____, it will surely ____ the reader. (2003上海)
A. interested; interest B. interesting; be interested
C. interested; be interesting D. interesting; interest
4. Will those ____ the children from abroad come to the headmaster’s office? (2000上海)
A. teaching B. teach C. who teaches D. who teaching
5. The picture ____ on the wall is painted by my nephew.(2000春)
A. having hung B. hanging C. hangs D. being hung
（Keys: C A D A B）
IV. Closing down
Closing down by discovering
To end the period you are going to skim the text and the previous texts to find out all the examples containing –ing forms used as the predicative, attributive and object.
Closing down by exercises
In the last few minutes you are to do exercises 1, 2, 3 and 4 on page 21. Check your answers against those of your groupmates’
Period 3: A sample lesson plan for Using Language
(Jokes about Sherlock Holmes and Doctor Watson)
Aims
To enjoy reading the paragraph of Jokes about Sherlock Holmes and Doctor Watson
To learn to use the language by reading, listening, speaking and writing
Procedures
I. Warming up
Warming up by reading school jokes
There are lots of jokes in English about school life. Read one to see whether you will laugh or not.
Why must we learn this?
One day our professor was discussing a particularly complicated concept. A pre-med student rudely interrupted to ask, "Why do we have to learn this pointless information" "To save lives." the professor responded quickly and continued the lecture. A few minutes later, the same student spoke up again. "So how does physics save lives?" he persisted. "It keeps the ignoramuses like you out of medical school," replied the professor.
II. Guided reading
1. Reading and underlining
Read the paragraph and underline all the useful expressions or collocations in it. Copy them into your notebook after class as homework.
Collocations from the paragraph on page 22
go camping去野营, in a mountainous area山区, lie in the open air露营, under the stars在星空下, look up at the stars抬头看星星, think of…考虑；思考, try a third time试第三次, in one’s beds在床上
2. Doing the exercise
Now you are going to do the exercise 1 on page 22.
III. Guided Speaking
Think of funny stories in English and tell them to your group mates.
IV. Guided Writing—Learn to write jokes
There are two main parts to the structure of a joke. The first part prepares you for the laugh by telling a story which creates a sense of expectation. The second part of the joke, the punch line, provokes laughter by telling an unexpected and different story, yet one which is still compatible with the first, as in this example: "My wife just ran off with my best friend. Boy, do I miss him." and "I had a mud pack facial done, and for three days my face looked much better. Then the mud fell off." Notice the assumption that is made in both these examples. In the first, you assume the person telling the story is angry with his wife, so the punch line surprises you because he's feeling something different and unexpected. Again, in the second example, you'd most likely assume the mud had been removed, leaving the face looking better, so the punch line takes you by surprise.
So, to write jokes you need to practice reading statements and writing down the assumptions you make about them. You must be able to interpret the statement (first story line) in at least two different ways in order to provide the second, different story i.e. the punch line. And what to write about? Anything that interests you. Anything you have strong opinions about.
Now write down your own jokes, in English.
IV. Closing down by acting
To end this period, we are going to act the film by Charlie Chaplin, The Great Dictator.
Unit 3 A taste of English humor
Part 2: Teaching Resources
(第二部分：教学资源)
Section 1：A text structure analysis of NONVERBAL HUMOUR
1. Type of writing and summary of the text
Type of writing
This is a piece of descriptive writing.
Main idea of the passage
Charlie Chaplin astonishes us with the deep feelings he can inspire in us for a character he is playing.
Main idea of 1st paragraph
It may arouse in people a sense of satisfaction laughing at other’s bad luck.
Main idea of 2nd paragraph
Charlie Chaplin is such an actor as to impress us deeply by using a particular form of acting..
Main idea of 3rd paragraph
Charlie Chaplin could make a sad situation entertaining by using nonverbal humour.
Main idea of 4th paragraph
The film of The Gold Rush, set in California where gold was discovered, is an good example of nonverbal humour.
Main idea of 5th paragraph
Charlie Chaplin produced, directed, and wrote the movies he starred in.
A tree diagram of the text
Section 2 ：Background information for Unit 3 A taste of English humor
Six ways to improve your nonverbal communications
1. Eye contact:
Eye contact, an important channel of interpersonal communication, helps regulate the flow of communication. And it signals interest in others. Furthermore, eye contact with audiences increases the speaker's credibility. Teachers who make eye contact open the flow of communication and convey interest, concern, warmth and credibility.
2. Facial expressions:
Smiling is a powerful cue that transmits: Happiness , Friendliness, Warmth, Liking, and Affiliation.
Thus, if you smile frequently you will be perceived as more likable, friendly, warm and approachable. Smiling is often contagious and students will react favorably and learn more.
3. Gestures:
If you fail to gesture while speaking, you may be perceived as boring, stiff and unanimated. A lively and animated teaching style captures students' attention, makes the material more interesting, facilitates learning and provides a bit of entertainment. Head nods, a form of gestures, communicate positive reinforcement to students and indicate that you are listening.
4. Posture and body orientation:
You communicate numerous messages by the way you walk, talk, stand and sit. Standing erect, but not rigid, and leaning slightly forward communicates to students that you are approachable, receptive and friendly. Furthermore, interpersonal closeness results when you and your students face each other. Speaking with your back turned or looking at the floor or ceiling should be avoided; it communicates disinterest to your class.
5. Proximity:
Cultural norms dictate a comfortable distance for interaction with students. You should look for signals of discomfort caused by invading students' space. Some of these are: Rocking, Leg swinging, Tapping, Gaze aversion.
Typically, in large college classes space invasion is not a problem. In fact, there is usually too much distance. To counteract this, move around the classroom to increase interaction with your students. Increasing proximity enables you to make better eye contact and increases the opportunities for students to speak.
6. Paralinguistics:
This facet of nonverbal communication includes such vocal elements as: Tone, Pitch, Rhythm, Timbre, Loudness, Inflection.
For maximum teaching effectiveness, learn to vary these six elements of your voice. One of the major criticisms is of instructors who speak in a monotone. Listeners perceive these instructors as boring and dull. Students report that they learn less and lose interest more quickly when listening to teachers who have not learned to modulate their voices.
7. Humor:
Humor is often overlooked as a teaching tool, and it is too often not encouraged in college classrooms. Laughter releases stress and tension for both instructor and student. You should develop the ability to laugh at yourself and encourage students to do the same. It fosters a friendly classroom environment that facilitates learning. (Lou Holtz wrote that when his players felt successful he always observed the presence of good humor in the locker room.)
Obviously, adequate knowledge of the subject matter is crucial to your success; however, it's not the only crucial element. Creating a climate that facilitates learning and retention demands good nonverbal and verbal skills. To improve your nonverbal skills, record your speaking on video tape. Then ask a colleague in communications to suggest refinements.
Unit 3 A taste of English humour
I. 单元教学目标
技能目标Skill Goals
Talk about different types of humour; a taste of English humour
Learn how to express one’s emotions
Learn the -ing form as the Predicative, Attribute & Object Complement
Learn to write humorous stories
II. 目标语言
功 能 句 式
情感（Emotions）
I enjoy this very much because ...
I laugh at that kind of thing because ...
This is fun because ...
How wonderful/ surprising!
It surprises me that ...
I’m pleased we were both amused at ...
I felt happy because ...
It’s amusing that ...
词 汇
1. 四会词汇
Astonishing, performer, throughout, overcome, homeless, ordinary, entertain, leather, chew, direct, outstanding,
2. 认知词汇
verbal, nonverbal, mime, farce, Charlie Chaplin, Edward Lear, bump, poverty, charming, tramp, lace, enjoyment, Oscar, costume, Sherlock Holmes
3. 词组
be content with, badly off, pick out, star in, pick out, cut off
语 法
构词法：名词与形容词之间的转化 动词的-ing形式作表语、定语和宾语补足语的用法（The -ing form as predicative, attribute and object complement）
Ⅲ. 教材分析与教材重组
1．教材分析
本单元的中心话题是“感受英语幽默”，其中涉及到了幽默的种类及其代表人物，并就中外幽默进行了粗略的比较，以此让学生感受英语幽默的内涵。
1.1 WARMING UP中提出了三个问题：How many kinds of humour do you know？Do you know these kinds of humour？ Do you have other kinds of humour in China？这三个问题直指本单元中心话题，为下一步的阅读理解作了准备。
1.2 PRE-READING在WARMING UP 的基础上提出了另外三个问题：What do you like to laugh at？ What does humour mean？ Is humour always kind？这三个问题进一步让学生了解幽默的含义，即把缺陷与完美、荒唐与合理、愚笨与机敏等两极对立的属性不动声色地结合起来，在对立统一中见其深刻的意义。
1.3 READING以美国著名喜剧大师Charlie Chaplin的表演为例，为学生展示了幽默的内涵。第一段以常见的踩香蕉皮滑倒为例，指出了幽默的内涵之一：“Perhaps it makes us feel more content with our life because we feel there is someone else worse off than ourselves”.从第二段开始介绍卓别林以其独特的表现方式成为著名的幽默大师，文中列举了两部他的喜剧片，一部是The Little Trump，另一部是The Gold Rush。前者以其穿着及行为而受到了人们的喜爱；后者通过吃皮鞋这一片段，让人领略了他的无与伦比的想象力与幽默感。卓别林将滑稽的相貌、夸张的穿戴和离奇的想象完美地结合起来，出于现实而又超脱现实。令人在捧腹大笑的同时，感到了他对待苦难的积极态度，和对下层小人物的同情。这篇文章揭示了幽默的内涵，给学生留下了思考的余地：Is humour always kind？
1.4 COMPREHENDING分为两部分。第一部分以填写表格的形式让学生练习写阅读笔记，同时提示他们人物传记的写法，让学生了解文章结构。第二部分练习课文中出现的生词。
1.5 LEARNING ABOUT LANGUAGE包括词汇和语法两部分。词汇部分强调用英语来解释词汇，并在实际情景中使用所学词汇。 语法部分主要通过大量的例句和习题来实现让学生自主学习的目的，总结-ing形式在句中作表语、宾语和宾语补足语的用法。
1.6 USING LANGUAGE部分, 从听、说、读、写四个方面来学习和巩固所学语言知识，全面体现语言运用能力。
2. 教材重组
2.1 将WARMING UP（P17）， READING（P22）与SPEAKING（P23）整合在一起上一堂口语课。
2.2 将PRE-READING，READING (P17), COMPREHENDING (P18)及LEARNING ABOUT LANGUAGE中的练习一和练习二整合在一起上一堂阅读课。从字、词、句、和篇章几个方面掌握目标语言。
2.3 将LEARNING ABOUT LANGUAGE (P20)中的剩余练习及USING LANGUAGE (P56)中的所有练习整合成语法课来练习-ing形式在句中作表语、宾语和宾语补足语的用法。
2.4 将LISTENING(P23), LISTENING(P55) 和LISTENING TASK(P58)整合在一起上一堂听力课。
2.5 将WRITING（P23），TALKING（P55）和SPEAKING AND WRITING（P60）整合成一堂写作课。
2.6 将USING WORDS AND EXPRESSIONS（P56），READING TASK（P59），PROJECT（P61）和 SUMMING UP（P24）整合在一起上一堂复习课，总结这个单元所学全部内容。
3． 课时分配
1st period Speaking
2nd period Reading
3rd period Grammar
4th period Listening
5th period Writing
6th period Summary
Ⅳ. 分课时教案
The First Period Speaking
Teaching goals 教学目标
1. Target language 目标语言
a. 重点词汇
verbal, nonverbal, mime, farce, pancakes, mountainous, whisper
b. 重点句型
I think how short life is and how long the universe has lasted. P22
2. Ability goals 能力目标
Enable the students to talk about some types of English humour and Chinese humour.
3. Learning ability goals 学能目标
a. Help the students learn how to talk about some types of English and Chinese humour, and then find their differences.
b. Let the students listen, read, and then imitate the jokes, so that they can realize that humour is to let people to be optimistic about everything around.
Teaching important points 教学重点
Help the students learn how to understand and enjoy English humors.
Teaching difficult points 教学难点
Help the students know the differences between English and Chinese in humours.
Teaching methods 教学方法
Using pictures, discussion, reading and imitation.
Teaching aids 教学准备
A recorder and a projector.
Teaching procedures & ways 教学过程与方式
Step ⅠRevision
Have a dictation about the words and expressions that appeared in Unit 2.
Step Ⅱ Warming up
Start the new unit by showing the students a picture:
T: Look! What do you think of the picture?
Ss: It’s very funny! A wolf or a dog is jumping across the back of a sheep!
T: Yeah! It’s so funny that we cannot help laughing about their acting. It makes us feel nice. Today, we are going to learn something about humour. The title is A taste of English humour. Do you know something about English humour?
S1: I’m sorry.
S2: I know an English humour.
T: Really? Please read it to us.
S2: I’ll try. One day a patient went to see his doctor. He said to the doctor: “Doctor, I see double.” The doctor said: “Sit on the chair please.” And then the patient asked the doctor: “Which one?”
T: That’s really interesting! Thank you! In fact this is a kind of English humour, which we call verbal joke. Ok, here are some pictures. Look, who are they?
（1） （2） （3） （4）
S3: It’s Charlie Chaplin. And I know picture one is from a film called The Gold Rush.
T: Right. Who know the man in picture 3?
S4: I dare say that everyone know him. He’s Mr. Bean, one of the most famous and successful British actor.
T: You are right. He’s now recognized as the most popular British comedy expert. And how about the last one?
S5: It’s difficult to say. I guess he’s an American because the picture behind him looks like an American flag.
T: Right. He is Mark Twain, the famous American writer. Do you know something about him?
S6: He liked to make jokes with other people.
T: Have you once read some?
S6: Only a few.
T: Can you bring us some next time?
S6: Let me try.
T: OK, now, let’s look at the chart on Page 17. What does it tell us?
S7: From the table we can see that Charlie Chaplin is good at nonverbal humour; Mr. Bean is famous for his mime and farce; while Mark Twain was good at tell some funny stories. But I don’t know Edward Lear.
T: Right. Edward Lear is a famous British poet. His poems are funny. But they were all from daily life. Until now people also read them and enjoy them. Here is one of his short poems. Please look at the screen:
There was an old Man with a bread
There was an old man with a bread,
Who said, “It’s just as I feared!
Two owls and a hen,
Four larks and a wren,
Have all built their nests in my bread!”
T: In these two poems we can see that Edward Lear used a kind of magnification to make his poem funny. But because the sense of humour of English and Chinese is different, sometimes what they feel funny would not sound funny to us. But if you want to make fun of one of your friends, you can send them to him/her. They will be surprise to see these. Well, do you know these persons in the pictures? What are they good at? Nonverbal, mime and farce, funny stories or funny poems?
（1） （2） （3） （4）
S8: Picture 1 is Chen Peisi. I think he is famous for his mime and farce.
S9: Picture 2 is Zhao Benshan. He is famous for his Xiao pin. And he is also for his mime, I think.
S10: The two persons in picture 4 are Liu Quanhe and Liu Quanlin. They are good at Ya ju (哑剧).
T: Do you know the third person? No? He is the famous cross talk actor—Hou Baolin. When he was living, he was the most popular actor. Many of his works are the classic. OK, now can you finish the last column of the chart?
The Suggested answers:
English humour
Nonverbal
Mime and farce
Verbal jokes
Funny stories
Funny poems
Chinese humour
Pantomime (哑剧) 刘全和、刘全林
Funny plays 陈佩斯、赵本山
Cross talk 侯宝林、马季
Jokes
Doggerel （打油诗）
Step Ⅲ Reading on P22
The purpose of this reading is to introduce the kind of humour we can laugh at -verbal jokes. They use a “play on words” to be funny. Let the students read the three jokes and then match the joke with the explanation.
T: Well, boys and girls, just now we learned something about English and Chinese jokes. Now let’s read some English jokes on Page 22. I’ll give three minutes for you to read them and then match the joke with the explanation. If you like, you may have a discussion. And then we’ll check the answer. OK, read them.
The students read and finish their task, and the teacher can show some other jokes on the screen. After they have finished the task, check the answer and ask them to enjoy the jokes on the screen.
T: Have you finished the reading? Are the jokes funny?
Ss: Yes, they are very funny. We’ve never found that English jokes so funny.
T: What’s the answer?
S11: The answer is 1 to B, 2 to C and 3 to A.
T: Good. Now, please look at the screen. Here are more jokes on it. Read them and enjoy them. If you have some troubles in understanding, discuss, or ask me.
Give the students some time to read the jokes.
Patient: Doctor, I’ve lost my memory.
Doctor: When did this happen?
Patient: When did what happen?
Anisha: Thank you doctor. My fever is gone.
Doctor: Don’t thank me. Thank god.
Anisha: Then I’ll pay the fees to god.
A man with two red ears went to see his doctor.
Doctor: What happened to your ears?
Man: I was ironing a shirt and the phone rang but instead of picking up the phone, I accidentally picked up the iron and stuck it to my ear.
Doctor: Oh Dear! But ... what happened to your other ear?
Man: The scoundrel (恶棍) called back!
T: Funny?
Ss: We’re laughing to death!
T: Don’t do that, another joke is waiting for you. Please read the neat joke on Page 22. And then finish the question followed.
Give the students three minutes to do it.
T: Now decide which of these two kinds of jokes you like better. Give your reason.
S12: I find the first kind jokes are easier to understand.
S13: Those jokes on the screen are the funnies ones, I think.
S14: We must understand the background of the funny story at first, and then we can know what a humor Sherlock Holmes was. I think to understand this kind of jokes needs wisdom to understand. We must know that he was a detective, so he was always thinking of the things such as stealing.
T: What you said is reasonable. Now let’s listen to the tape, pay attention to the intonation, and try to bring out the humorous meaning.
If time permits, the teacher can ask some students to act out the jokes.
Step IV Speaking
T: Now, we’ve learned some jokes and listened to some too. How about speaking out what you feel funny in class? I’ll give you five minutes to prepare this task, and then ask some of you to tell us your story. There are some steps for you to finish the task. If you think they are useful, follow them.
Five minutes later.
S15: My story is one day Lian Hong was standing by the window, talking with other students. Ren Xinglian came up. She wanted to make a joke with Lian and gave her a surprise. So she rushed towards Lian and kicked her at the same. But to all of us surprise, Ren slipped on the floor! Everybody laughed to bend their backs, me too.
T: Me too! OK, this class is full of joy. We know that in our life, there are full of happiness, sorrows, boredoms, and joys. When we meet with sorrows or boredoms, don’t forget to read these jokes. Maybe they can bring you sunshine. Am I right?
Ss: Yes. Thank you.
Step V Homework
T: Today’s homework is to preview the Reading material and finish the Comprehending ahead. And I have a wish that at the beginning of each class, one of our classmates can give us a joke, to bring smile into the classroom. Do you agree?
Ss: That’s a good idea.
T: Let’s begin from Group one. One of you will tell a joke to us at the beginning of next class. Don’t forget it. Ok, class is over. See you next time.
Ss: See you.
The Second Period Reading
Teaching goals 教学目标
1. Target language 目标语言
a. 重点词汇
slide, skin, cruel, content with, badly off, particular, entertaining, throughout, homeless, worn-out, failure, overcome, difficulty, fortunate, snowstorm, pick out, cut off, chew, star in, outstanding, Switzerland
b. 重点句子
Do you find it funny to see someone sliding on a banana skin, bumping into someone else round a corner, or falling down a hole in the road? P17
Perhaps it makes us feel more content with our life ... P17
He became famous for using a particular form of acting, including mime and farce. P17
But he was lived by all who watched the films for his determination in overcoming difficulties and being kind even when people were unkind to him. P18
Imagine you are hungry and all there is to eat is a boiled shoe. P18
That was the problem facing Charlie Chaplin in one of his most famous films. P18
He solved it by using nonverbal humour. P18
Their job is “panning for gold”. P18
Finally he tries cutting and eating the bottom of the shoe. P18
First he picks out the laces and eats them as if they were spaghetti. P18
Then he cuts off the leather top of the shoe, treating if as if it were the finest meat. P18
He makes it seems as if it were one of the best meals he has ever had! P18
2. Ability goals 能力目标
Enable the students to learn what humour means and what is nonverbal humour.
3. Learning ability goals 学能目标
Help the students learn how to describe what nonverbal humour is by Chailie Chaplin’s career.
Teaching important points 教学重点
Help the students to divide the text into several parts according to the meaning of the passage.
Teaching difficult points 教学难点
a. Decide the divide of the paragraphs of the text.
b. Help students to learn the Subjunctive Mood.
Teaching methods 教学方法
Scanning, careful reading, and discussion.
Teaching aids 教学准备
A recorder and a projector.
Teaching procedures & ways 教学过程与方式
StepⅠ Revision
T: Glad to see you, everyone! Classmates in Group one, have you prepared a joke for us?
Ss: Yes.
T: Who would like to tell us?
S: I’d like to. My joke is very short. In order to let all of us understand the joke, I’d like to act it out. But there is a new word in the story. It is “leash”. It means a rope used to tie a dog. The title of the joke is A blind man in a store. Look, this is my dog. Ok, now I’ll act out the joke.
A blind man in a store
A blind man walks into a store with his Seeing Eye dog. All of a sudden, he picks up the leash and begins swinging the dog over his head. The manager runs up to the man and asks, “What are you doing?!!” The blind man replies, “Just looking around.”
S: That’s all for the joke. Thank you.
T: Woo! It’s so wonderful. Thank you for bringing us so wonderful joke and your performance. Let’s clap our hands for him. Ok, let’s continue to check your home- work. Last time we learned something about humour. Some jokes made us laugh. Well, what is humour?
S1: Humour, like jokes, can make people laugh.
S2: I think, humour includes nonverbal, mime and farce, verbal jokes, funny stories and funny poems.
S3: Humour is a sense. Some people have it. It’s natural.
S4: Humour is quality of being amusing; it’s an ability to appreciate the comic or amusing. I think my answer is the most correct answer, because I looked up the dictionary.
T: All right, I think these explanations give us a full understanding about humour. I think, humour can also reflect a person’s wit or intelligence. For example, what do you think of a banker?
S1: A banker is a millionaire.
S2: A banker is a big potato. He owns large houses, cars, and he can enjoy plenty of good things in the world.
T: Yes. All of you are right. But Mark Twain once said: “A banker is a fellow who lends you his umbrella when the sun is shining; but wants it back the minute it begins to rain.” That is why Mark Twain is Mark Twain. OK, now let’s look at the two questions in Pre-reading.
StepⅡ Pre-reading
T: What do you like to laugh at?
S1: Some funny things, such as funny looks, funny acts, funny words and so on.
T: Good. Is humour always kind?
S2: I guess mostly humour is kind. But it depends on who is joking and who is listening.
T: Right. Different people have different understanding about the same jokes. One day, if one of your friends says to you: “Dog, I’ll pick your head and beat it like a basketball.” You are shouting at him/her “Stop! You pig.” What an interesting thing it is! Do you like this?
S3: I don’t think this is funny. It’s crazy! If he really says this to me, he will lose me.
T: But some people like this. It is difficult to see who is right and who is wrong. Some people think it is funny; while other people will think it will make them throw up. “Beauty is in the eye of the beholder.” This sentence means what one person considers beautiful may not be beautiful to another. So we can see that humour is not always kind.
Step Ⅲ Reading
The purpose of this reading is to introduce nonverbal humour. This reading material takes Charlie Chaplin for example. It tells us what nonverbal humour means; what’s Charlie Chaplin’s style of acting; how he made a sad situation entertaining and so on.
What do you know about Charlie Chaplin?
This step can have three tasks. Task 1, find the main idea of each paragraph. Work in groups to decide how many passages the material can be divided. Task 2, discuss the following questions：
1. Do you think his poor childhood helped him in his work? Why?
2. Why did people like The Little Tramp?
3. Do you think Chaplin’s eating boiled shoes funny? Why?
Step IV Summary of the passage:
In Britain and America people were feeling miserable because of the bad economic situation. Charlie understood their problems. His character “the little tramp” was poor and homeless, but everybody loved him for his kind heart and the way he dealt with his difficult situation. Charlie Chaplin made people laugh at some of these terrible situations like being without food or money. He wrote and directed his own films and received an Oscar for his outstanding work.
Step V Homework
Preview grammar by finishing Exercises on Page 21.
The Third Period Grammar
Teaching goals 教学目标
1. Target language 目标语言
2. Ability goals 能力目标
Enable the students to learn to use the -ing form as the attribute, the object complement and the predicative.
3. Learning ability goals 学能目标
Help the students learn how to use the -ing form as the attribute, the object complement and the predicative.
Teaching important points 教学重点
Let the students know the members of the sentence and the structures of the sentences with the -ing form.
Teaching difficult points 教学难点
Help the students to tell the -ing form as the predicative and the usage of the present continuous tense.
Teaching methods 教学方法
Practice and conclude.
Teaching aids 教具准备
A computer and a projector.
Teaching procedures & ways 教学过程与方式
StepⅠDiscovering useful structures
There are two steps in this step. One is to revise the usage of the -ing form which the students have learned in Unit 2. The other one is to learn the new usage of the -ing form.
Task 1 Revision
T: Now let’s have a revision about the -ing form used as the subject and the object. Here are some sentences for you to translate.
1. Talking to him is talking to a wall.
2. Smoking may cause cancer.
3. Walking is my sole exercise.
4. Talking mends no holes.
5. I suggested bringing the meeting to an end.
6. He admitted taking the money.
7. I couldn’t help laughing.
8. Your coat needs brushing.
Suggested translation:
1. 和他说话等于对牛弹琴。
2. 吸烟会致癌。
3. 散步是我唯一的运动。
4. （谚）空谈无济于事。
5. 我建议结束会议。
6. 他承认钱是他拿的。
7. 我禁不住笑了起来。
8. 你的大衣需要刷一下了。
Task 2 New usage of the -ing form
Ask the students to look at Exercise 4 on Page 20. And then work in pairs to finish the Exercise. In order to make sure the quality, the teacher can ask some of the students to explain some of the phrases in the Exercise.
T: Now let’s finish the Exercise 4 on Page 20. I’ll give one minute for you to check your answers. Because you have done this in the homework, I think one minute is enough. And then I’ll choose some of them to let you explain. But before doing this you’d better pay attention to the example. In the example, we can use for ... phrase or an attributive to explain the -ing phrases. Are you clear?
Ss: Yes.
T: Ok, do the Exercise now.
One minute later.
T: Well, what does cooking pot mean?
S1: A pot that is used for cooking.
T: What does operating table mean?
S2: A table for operating.
T: What does drinking horse mean?
S3: It means a horse that is drinking water.
T: It seems that you have master the usage of the -ing form as attribute. Now, let’s look at the Exercise1 on Page 21. What does it tell us to do?
S4: It tells us to find the sentences in the reading passage where the -ing form is used as the object complement.
T: Can you find some?
S4: Yes. In fact we have done this work in the last period. But I don’t understand what object complement means.
T: This is a good question. The object complement is used to explain what object has done, or doing, or to do. Or we can think that the speaker wants to express his/her meaning more completely. Of course, in this unit we only study the -ing form as the object complement. The structure of the sentence with an object complement is: (Show the following on the screen.)
Subject + Predicate + Object + Object complement
Are you clear now?
S4: Yes.
T: Now, let’s look at Exercise 2. Have you done this?
Ss: Yes.
T: Ok, now let’s check the answers for this Exercise. Who would like to say your answers out?
Teacher can ask 9 students to read the 9 complete sentences to check the answers. If there are some questions, teacher should give students some explanations, and make some changes if there are some incorrect answers.
T: Well, can you analyze the part of speech of the -ing form in the 9 sentences?
S5: In the first three sentences the -ing form is used as object complement.
T: Right. Have you found the same structure in other sentences?
S5: Yes. In the fifth, the sixth, the seventh, the eighth and the ninth sentence, the -ing form is also used as the object complement.
T: How about the rest?
S5: In the fourth sentence, the -ing form is used as the attribute.
T: Quite right. Now I think we can go on to do Exercise 3. Let me see if you have finished this Exercise.
Teacher walks around, the students are asked to check their answers.
T: I’m very glad that most of you have finished the exercise. But some of you need to be more deligent. Next time I’ll specially check your answers. Well, the structure of the sentences has been given. Can you tell me the structure?
S6: Yes, I can. The words in the left column are the subject. The -ing forms in the middle column are the attribute. And the words in the right column the words are used as the predicate, and so on.
T: Right. Now I’d like you to read out one of your sentences and then translate it. Who can?
S7: The boy climbing the mountain is a friend of my brother. 爬山的那个男孩儿是我哥的一个朋友。
T: Your translation is wrong. Try it again.
S7: 爬山的那个男孩儿是我哥的一个朋友。
T: Wrong again. Try again.
S7: But I think I’m right. If you don’t think so, ask the other students.
T: Good idea. But wait a moment. Who would like to make a sentence and translate it again?
S8: Let me try. The girl eating her dinner is very tired and needs rest.
那个吃饭的女孩子很累,而且需要休息一下。
T: The sentence is right, but the translation is not right. Try again.
S8: Miss Wu, I think I’d better not try. I’m afraid my translation is the same. Please tell us why?
T: Do you really want to know?
Ss: Of course.
T: It’s very easy, you need add 正在before the girl and the boy. That’s Ok.
Ss: But it’s the same meaning!
T: Yes, it has the same meaning. I’m not a fool. You are not fools. But when you go out of this classroom, you will be fools. Can you think 做事的男孩 and 正在做事的男孩 has the same meaning? The first one doesn’t give us a clear meaning whether he has done, or is doing, or will to do the thing. While the second one tells us the exact meaning of the -ing form. That is the boy doing the thing. The picture appearing before our eyes is that the boy is doing his things. Later we will study the Past Participle and the Infinitive. In order to get clear meaning of the phrases, we’d better have such exercises. Do you understand?
Ss: Yes.
T: Now let’s try again to see whose translation has such mistakes.
The purpose of doing this is to train the students to have exact understanding about the -ing form, because when they study the -ed form, they will be confused about the difference between the -ing form and the -ed form. So at first, teacher should help them to have a correct understanding at the meaning.
T: Ok, it seems that all of you have learned the way to translate the sentences correctly. Well, now let’s look at Ex 4. Who would like to do this exercise? You five please.
S1: Seeing is believing.
S2: His job is cleaning the yard.
S3: What he likes is playing basketball.
S4: The news is exciting.
S5: The film is more interesting than any that I’ve ever seen.
T: Very good. All of them are right. In order to make sure that you master the usage of the structure, I’ll give you some more sentences. Now please look at the screen.
1. Her hobby is painting. 她的爱好是绘画。
2. Her favorite sport is skiing. 她最喜爱的运动是滑冰。
3. This was very disappointing. 这很令人失望。
4. The test results have been very discouraging.
测试的结果很让人沮丧。
5. She was very pleasing in her appearance.
她的外貌很招人喜欢。
6. His concern for his mother is most touching.
他对母亲的关爱很感人。
7. The photograph is missing. 那张照片不见了。
8. The article was misleading, and the newspaper has apologized. 这篇文章有误导性，报纸已经道歉了。
T: In the first two sentences, the -ing form is used to show the character of the subject. In the next four sentences the words of the -ing form are all about the feelings. In the last two sentences, the words of the -ing form show some states and qualities. Now please look at these sentences on the screen.
How are things going? 现在情况怎么样?
It’s snowing hard. 天正下着大雪。
What are they quarrelling about? 他们在为什么事争吵？
Why aren’t you wearing a coat? It’s so cold. 天这么冷，你怎么没穿大衣？
I’m waiting to have a word with you. 我在等着和你说话。
She’s teaching in a night school. 她在夜校教书。
Sorry, you can’t take the typewriter away, I’m using it. 对不起，你不能把打字机拿走，我在用。
T: Do you think these -ing forms are also used as the predicative?
S6: No, these -ing forms are used as the predicate in the present continuous tense.
T: That’s quite right. Now do you know how to tell the -ing form as the predicative from what used as predicate in the present continuous tense?
S7: Yes. The -ing form as the predicative shows the quality, or the state of the subject; while the -ing form in the present continuous tense show an act is going.
T: This is a good conclusion. Now let’s turn to the next step.
Homework
T: Today, we learned some useful structures. What are they?
Ss: The -ing form as the attribute, the object complement, and predicative.
T: Good. What should we pay attention in understanding these -ing forms?
Ss: The meanings, the translations, the sentence structures and also the difference between the -ing form as the predicative and those used in the present continuous tense.
T: Right. Now, your homework: finish all Exercises on Page 56. Exercise 1&2 in USING WORDS AND EXPRESSIONS give us a good chance to review what we have learned in this unit.
附 件
Fun stories
A Letter to Girlfriend
One day a young man was writing a letter to his girl friend that lived just a few miles away in a nearby town. Among other things, he was telling her how much he loved her and how wonderful he thought she was. The more he wrote the more poetic he became. Finally, he said that in order to be with her he would suffer the greatest difficulties, he would face the greatest dangers that anyone could imagine. In fact, to spend only one minute with her, he would climb the highest mountain in the world, he would swim across the widest river, he would enter the deepest forest and with his bare hands fight against the fiercest animals.
He finished the letter, signed his name, and then suddenly remembered that he had forgotten to mention something quite important. So, in a postscript below his name, he added: “By the way I’ll be over to see you on Wednesday night—if it doesn’t rain.”
致女朋友的一封信
一天，一个青年男子给住在离他几英里远的镇上的女朋友写信。除写了其他的事情外，他告诉她他爱她有多深，他认为她有多好，他越写越富有诗意。最后，他写道，为了能和她呆在一起，他将克服最大的困难，他将面对任何人能够想象的最大的危险。实际上，为了能和她呆上一分钟，他将爬越世界上最高的山，他将游过最宽的河，他将赤手空拳进入最深的森林同最凶恶的野兽搏斗。
他写完了信，签上了名，突然，他想起忘了写一件挺重要的事。因此，他在信末签名后又补充道：“顺便说一下，我将在星期三晚上去看你——如果不下雨的话。”
with his bare hands： 赤手空拳
The New Baby
Mr. and Mrs. Taylor had a seven-year-old boy named Pat. Now Mrs. Taylor was expecting another child. Pat had seen babies in other people’s houses and had not liked them very much, so he was not delighted about the news that there was soon going to be one in his house too.
One evening Mr. and Mrs. Taylor were making plans for the baby’s arrival. “This house won’t be big enough for use all when the baby comes,” said Mr. Taylor.
Pat came into the room just then and said, “What are you talking about?”“We were saying that we’ll have to move to another house now, because the new baby’s coming,” his mother answered.
“It’s no use,” said Pat hopelessly, “He’ll follow us there.”
What is intelligence?
Two men were digging a ditch on a very hot day. One said to the other, “Why are we down in this hole digging a ditch when our boss is standing up there in the shade of a tree?” “I don’t know,” responded the other. “I’ll ask him.”
So he climbed out of the hole and went to his boss. “Why are we digging in the hot sun and you’re standing in the shade?” “Intelligence.” the boss said. “What do you mean, ‘intelligence’?”
The boss said, “Well, I’ll show you. I’ll put my hand on this tree and I want you to hit it with your fist as hard as you can.” The ditch digger took a mighty swing and tried to hit the boss’ hand. The boss removed his hand and the ditch digger hit the tree. The boss said, “That’s intelligence!”
The ditch digger went back to his hole. His friend asked, “What did he say?” “He said we are down here because of intelligence.” “What’s intelligence?” said the friend. The ditch digger put his hand on his face and said, “Take your shovel and hit my hand.”
True Fear
By Kelley E. Rachels
Crying of fear
In the dark
Hurry and run
Says my heart.
But I lie there
Too scared to scream
Praying so hard
That it’s just a dream.
Then I see the shadow
Slowly moving outside
I want to get up
And find a place to hide.
I gather up the courage
And yell, Please help me!
They quickly run away
As I can plainly see.
A bunch of questions
Everyone did ask
I don’t know the answers
It happened so fast.
Feeling a little more brave
Not wanting to show fear
I act big and bad
Saying, They better not come back here!
The next night at supper
After I took my last bite
I got up from the table and said,
Who’s sleeping with me tonight.
English jokes
Sam: Would you punish me for some thing I didn’t do?
Teacher: No, of course not.
Sam: Good, because I didn’t do my homework.
A： How can you tell when a lawyer is lying?
B： His lips are moving.
C： If your dog was barking at the back door and your wife was knocking on the front door, who would you let in first?
D： The dog, because at least he would shut up once he was in.
E： How many social scientists does it take to screw in a light bulb?
F： They do not change light bulbs; they search for the root cause as to why the last one went out.
Funny Poems
Mary Had a Little Lamb
Mary had a little lamb
whose fleece was worth some money.
Now Mary’s filthy rich
but her bald lamb looks kind of funny.
——K
Unit 3 A taste of English humour
I．教学内容分析
幽默能给人们带来乐趣，幽默能给人们带来享受，幽默还能带给人们深思——幽默是生活中的有益要素。本单元就以“品尝英语幽默”为主题，让人领略到不同的文化背景下的英语幽默，同时，也让人认识到因为文化的差异，人们对同一个幽默的理解也会有所不同。通过本单元的学习，不单单是在语言知识上有所收益，还鼓励了学生发掘，感受生活中的幽默，保持一种活泼乐观的生活态度，让生活更轻松、更美好。因为这个单元，是把多个幽默贯穿起来了，所以学生都能在一种轻松的氛围下学英语。
Warming Up部分设计了三个练习，让学生对幽默有一点感性的认识。练习1是让学生体会两侧笑话里的点睛之笔，引起学生对本单元话题的兴趣。练习2是一个填表题，主要目的是让学生了解英语幽默艺术的一些国际大师级人物，并按照语言和非语言幽默形式列举我国的幽默艺术大师。练习3是一个开放题，学生可以根据个人实际情况回答，并说明自己喜欢语言或非语言幽默的原因。
Pre-reading部分通过三个问题使学生对卓别林有一定程度的了解，并要求学生根据课文标题和插图预测文章大意。
Reading部分介绍了一位世界闻名的喜剧大师——查理·卓别林，内容包括他的生平和他对电影艺术的贡献。虽然他的电影多是无声电影，但是通过他夸张的手法、精湛的演技，给人们带来的是幽默、是滑稽、是享受。课文中给出两个特写，一是“小流浪汉的形象”，另一个《淘金记》中“吃皮鞋的过程”，使学生体会到在一些小的幽默背后，也隐含着一定的道理。
Comprehending 通告引导学生写阅读笔记，让他们既练习了词汇，又课文内容的脉络有了更清晰的了解。
Learning about Language部分突出了词汇和语法的学习与训练。本单元的语法是-ing形式在句子中作表语、定语和宾语补足语。这个语法项目是英语学习中的一个重点语法项目。
Using Language部分中包括了听、读、写三个部分的内容。读的部分目的在于欣赏，同时让学生了解到英语幽默也有和汉语有相同的地方，即都用一些双关语，或是同音字等“文字游戏”达到幽默的目的。听的部分都是围绕笑话和幽默故事展开的，说的部分则围绕录音中的故事，谈谈对这些故事的理解并说明喜欢或不喜欢的原因。
Summing Up 部分让学生对本单元所学知识进行总结。
Learning Tip 部吩为学生选择合适的短篇小说提供参考标准。经常阅读短篇小说，既可以培养语感，又能扩大英语词汇量。
II．教学重点和难点
1. 教学重点
(1) 本单元的生词和短语；
(2) 掌握运用本单元的语法：-ing形式在句子中作定语、表语和宾语补足语；
(3) 了解英语幽默, 体会幽默，热爱生活；
（4）培养基本阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
(1) 感受幽默，热爱生活；
(2) 学会表达个人喜好和说明理由；
(3) 学写幽默短诗。
III．教学计划
本单元建议分七课时：
第一课时：Listening (Workbook), Warming up, Pre-reading & Talking (Workbook)
第二课时：Reading, Comprehending
第三课时：Learning about Language (1)
第四课时：Learning about Language (2)
第五课时：Reading (Using Language), Listening (Using Language) & Listening task (Workbook)
第六课时：Reading task (Workbook) & Speaking and writing task (Workbook)
IV．教学步骤：
Period 1 Listening (Workbook), Warming Up, Pre-reading & Talking (Workbook)
Teaching Goals:
1. To make Ss know about humour.
2. To make Ss interested in learning about English humour.
3. To develop Ss’ ability of expressing their favorites and giving their reasons.
Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Listening (Workbook)
Purpose: To activate Ss and make them know something about humour.
To develop Ss’ listening ability.
1. Ask Ss to listen to the tape and finish Ex2 on P55.
2. Ask Ss to listen to the tape again, and finish Ex3 on P55.
Step 2. Warming Up
Purpose: To lead Ss to the topic of this unit through the questions on P17.
To make Ss to be aware of the differences in humour.
1. Ask Ss to discuss the following questions and present their answers.
(1) Do you think the story we listened just now is a humour?
(2) How many kinds of humour do you know?
2. Divide Ss into four groups and ask them to talk about the pictures and finish Ex2 of Warming Up on P17 to see which group knows the most about humour.
Suggested Answer:
表格 1
Types of humour
Typical actors/writers of English humour
Examples of Chinese humour
Noverbal
(mime)
Charlie Chaplin
Mr Bean
Cross talk
(相声）
Shuanghuang
(双簧）
Verbal
(Jokes,funny stories,funny poems
Comedy)
Mark Twain
Edward Lear
Marx Brothers
Step 3. Pre-reading and Talking (Workbook)
Purpose: To use the useful phrases to explain their ideas clearly and politely.
1. Ask Ss to have a discussion of the following questions in groups and help them to know : Humour makes people laugh, feel happy and relaxed. Some times one person may find funny while another person doesn’t find it amusing at all.
(1) What do you like to laugh at?
(2) What does humour mean? Is humour always kind?
2. Ask Ss to present their ideas about their favourites and the following useful expressions while talking.
Useful Expressions:
I enjoy … very much because…
It surprises me that…
I laugh at that kind of thing because…
I’m pleased we were both amused at…
This is fun because…
It is very amusing that…
I felt happy because…
How wonderful / surprising!
Sample Sentences:
◆ I enjoy Mr Bean’s humour because he makes such wonderful faces as he does something stupid.
◆ It surprised me that the actor looks at the ladies in that way. He opens his mouth, opens his eyes and opens his arms.
◆ I laugh at that kind of things because when he walks he is always caring a walking stick, and nearly falls down, but not.
◆ I’ m pleased we were both amused at the end of the story, which was incredible.
◆ This is fun because everyday he meets nothing but bad luck.
◆ I felt happy because in the humour the university student even knew so little about the common sense, and he was punished every day.
◆ How wonderful/surprising! Mr Bean even slept in such a funny way while listening to the beautiful music.
Step 4. Homework
1. Ask Ss to find a very short humorous story and tell it to the others.
2. Ask Ss prepare for the reading text.
Period 2 Reading & Comprehending
Teaching Goals:
1. To learn about English non-verbal humour.
2. To develop Ss’ some basic reading skills.
3. To arouse Ss’ interest in learning about Charlie Chaplin, a famous actor.
Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Leading-in
Purpose: To arouse Ss’ interest in learning about nonverbal humour.
1. Show some very short parts of some silent films, and ask Ss to give their opinions by using the useful expressions learnt in the last period.
Step 2. Fast reading
Purpose: To get a brief understanding of the text.
To train Ss’ ability of guessing the meaning of words according to the context.
Ask Ss if they have known something about humour, esp. English humour, and then ask Ss to read the text quickly and try to get a general idea of the whole passage.
Suggested Answer:
The whole text introduces a world-famous actor---Charlie Chaplie and his excellent performances, making us understand more about nonverbal humour.
Step 3. Intensive reading
Purpose: To get the basic structure of the text.
To get Some details of the text.
1. Ask Ss to read the text carefully and get the clue of the text and try to finish the following form.
2. Ask Ss to take the quiz below referring to the text; see whether Ss can grasp the details of the text.
(1) Which statement about Charlie Chaplin is true according to the text?
A. Charlie Chaplin was born in a poor family.
B. Charlie Chaplin was famous for his funny words.
C. Charlie Chaplin’s silent films are not popular at all today.
D. Charlie Chaplin was honored with an Oscar for his famous film The Gold Rush.
(2) In a film, Charlie Chaplin once played the character of The Little Tramp, which of the following about the little tramp is wrong?
A. He was a social failure.
B. He was kind-hearted.
C. He has determination to overcome difficulties.
D. He was very clever.
(3) In The Gold Rush, the character played by Charlie Chaplin ________.
A. was loved by people for his determination.
B. got along well with people around him.
C. was good at cooking.
D. was unlucky.
(4) Why could Charlie Chaplin make terrible situations (like poverty and starvation) funny?
A. Because he was good at acting.
B. Because he had experienced the bad situation and made them “real” for his audience.
C. Because he was a social failure in his career.
D. Because he was at the time of silent film.
(5) Why did he get a special Oscar?
A. Because he played the little tramp successfully
B. Because he successfully played in the film The Gold Rush
C. Because of his life long contribution.
D. Because he produced, directed and wrote the movies.
Suggested Answers:
(1) A (2) D (3) C (4) B (5) C
3. Ask Ss to finish Ex1 of Comprehending on P19.
4. Ask Ss to retell the passage in third person with the help of Ex1 of Comprehending on P19. Remind them to use some words and phrases learnt in the reading text.
Suggested Answers:
Charlie Chaplin was born in a poor family in 1889 and at that time films were silent. He was a famous actor, especially in mine and farce. His silent films are still popular today. His charming character was a The Little Tramp, who was very poor, very kind even when people were unkind to him. He was a social failure, and he was homeless, but he had determination to overcome difficulty. What he wore were worn-out shoes, large trousers and a small round black hat, and he was always carrying a stick.
Charlie Chaplin acted in the film The Gold Rush. He played a bad luck man eating shoes with great enjoyment when he was caught in a snowstorm in a small wooden house.
Charlie Chaplin was successful mainly because he could astonish and entertain people with the deep feelings by the characters he played. And he had the experience when he was young. He died in Switzerland in 1977.
Step 4. Homework
1. Ask Ss to discuss the topic: Why did Charlie Chaplin succeed? Let them list at least three reasons.
2. Ask Ss to listen to the tape and follow it in a loud voice.
3. Ask Ss to find the sentences or phrases that they still don’t understand.
Period 3 Learning about Language (1)
Teaching Goals: 1. To enable Ss to master some new words and expressions.
2. To get Ss to have knowledge of the word formation: the connection between noun and adjective.
Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
Purpose: To consolidate the words and phrases in the text.
Ask Ss to look at the reading passage again and finish Ex1 of Discovering Useful Words And Expressions on P19.
Ask Ss to work in pairs and finish Ex2 of Discovering Useful Words And Expressions on P19 check each other’s answers.
Step 2. Grammar
1. Ask Ss to finish Ex1 of Discovering Useful Words And Expressions on P20 and then complete the following form.
Suggested answers:
Noun
Verb
Adjective
Adverb
fortune
--------
fortunate
fortunately
contentment
--------
Contented, content
contentedly
Performer/performance
perform
performing
________
humour
humour
humorous
humorously
astonishment
astonish
astonishing
astonishingly
bore
bore
Bored, boring
boringly
charm
charm
charming
charmingly
entertainment
entertain
entertaining
entertainingly
2. Ask Ss to see if they have found the connection between the noun and adjective forms of the words and explain it to Ss.
3. Ask Ss to finish Ex1 on P56 and pay attention to their forms.
Step 3. Consolidation
Purpose: To enable Ss to use the words correctly, especially their forms
1. Ask Ss to fill in the blanks and pay attention to their proper forms of the missing words, and then ask some Ss to present their answers.
Mr Hills in London bought a hedge (矮树树篱) cutter made in China. It was very small and very cheap and it worked very___(1)____. At first he was very ___(q)____with it. It made his hedges look smart and ___(3)____. Then one day it broke down. There was nothing he could do to make it work. He took it apart and put it together again but still it would not work. Next he took out the booklet of ___(4)____to see if they had any advice for him. Imagine his amazement when he saw these words written in the booklet. “No one is to touch or try to repair this hedge cutter without ___(5)____.” What was he to do? Should he have written to the___(6)____ in Beijing before he took his hedge cutter apart? Mr. Hills thought long and hard. Finally he went back to the shop and bought another ___(7)____. He put his old one in the dustbin. He thought no one need ever know what he had done.
Suggested Answers: (1) Well . (2) pleased. (3)neat/nice (4) instructions
(5) permission (6) manufacturers (7) hedge cutter/one/不填
Ask Ss the following question.
Why did Mr Hill find the words in the instruction book amazing?
Suggested Answers:
In this case it was the translation from Chinese into English which troubled Mr. Hills. The translator meant that it was unsafe to repair the hedge cutter if you were not qualified to do so, but the translation gave the impression that it was illegal to do a repair without asking to be allowed to do so first. So the humour of this incident comes from an inaccurate translation into English.
Step 3. Homework.
1. Ask Ss to finish Ex2 on P56.
2. Ask Ss to read some books about –ing form.
Period 4 Learning about language (2)
Teaching Goals:
1. To get Ss to have knowledge of the grammar: The –ing form as the predicative, attribute and object complement.
2. To make Ss master the grammar through exercises.
Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Leading-in and revision.
Purpose: To go over grammar point: -ing form as the subject and object.
To introduce more about the fun_ction of –ing form: -ing form as the predicative, attribute and object complement.
1. Show Ss some sentences as below.
(1) Mr. Smith’s hobby is walking in the morning, and he knows, walking in the mornings is a good habit for an old man.
(2) He enjoys walking every day.
(3).There is a problem facing Mr. Smith. He is old, so he has to use his walking stick when he takes a walk around his house.
(4). There is a good swimming pool near his house. When he was young he likes swimming and fishing there.
(5) He found many people visiting the place so early.
(6) So he went up to one watching the sleeping child, but to his surprise, he could only hear them speaking in a foreign language.
(7).His wife is good at cooking. Today, he found her cooking at the kitchen, so he took out his own drinking cup, waiting for his break fast.
2. Ask Ss to tell the class the fun_ction of the -ing form in each sentence.
Suggested Answers: (1) predictive/subject (2) object (3) attributive/attributive (4) attributive/objective (5)object complement (6) attributive/attributive/object /object (7)object /object complement/attributive
Step 2. Grammar
Purpose: to make the grammar point clear by more examples.
1 Refer to the sentences above to explain the -ing form as the predicative, attributive and object complement.
(1) .动词-ing形式在句子中可以作定语，比如上面的句子中的 facing, watching, visiting。
注意：ing形式作前置定语时，多是既可以表示被修饰者的作用或功能也可以表被修饰的动作或状态。
a dancing hall is a hall for dancing.
a running cat is a cat that is running.
(2). 动词-ing形式在句子中可以作表语，比如上面的句子中的Mr. Smith’s hobby is walking.
.My job is teaching.
The real problem is getting to know the needs of the customers.
(3) 动词-ing形式在句子中可以作宾语补足语，比如上面的句子中的 hear him speaking, found her cooking.
I saw a man sliding on a banana skin, and I laughed a lot.
He saw a man stealing into the small room.
2. Ask Ss to finish Ex1 of Discovering Useful Structures on P21.
Step 3. Consolidation
Purpose: To put the grammar rules into practice .
1. Ask Ss to finish Ex2 on P21.
3.Divide Ss into groups and ask them to finish Ex3 on P21. Praise the one who makes the most sentences.
4. Ask Ss to finish Ex4 on P21.
5. Ask Ss to finish Ex2 on P57 and see who can be the first to finish.
Step 4. Homework.
Ask Ss to finish Ex2 on page 56.
Ask Ss to complete the following sentences with the words in the form.
astonish depress play do ride amuse bark welcome
I can’t imagine Billy __________a motorbike.
Did you hear the dog downstairs__________ for most of the night?
Frank is very good at telling funny jokes. He can be very _________.
You can’t stop me __________ what I want.
He gave me a __________ hug when he met me at the airport.
Jim has really learnt very fast . She has made __________progress.
It’s been raining all day. This weather is ___________ .
When I came out of the theatre, I noticed a group of children ___________ musical instruments across the street.
Suggested Answers：
(1) riding (2) barking (3) amusing (4) doing
(5) welcoming (6) astonishing (7) depressing (8) playing
Period 5 Reading (Using Language), Listening (Using Language) & Listening task (Workbook)
Teaching Goals:
1. To get Ss to enjoy and learn more about English humour.
2. To improve Ss’ listening ability.
Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Reading (Using Language)
1. Leading-in
Purpose: To lead Ss to the topic and arouse Ss’ interest in the reading text.
(1) Ask Ss the following question.
Do you find the short story funny that we listened in the first period of this Unit?
(2) Help Ss to get the answer to the question. The key words are: at night, thief, potatoes, husband and wife.
(3) Tell Ss you are going to enjoy some jokes that are even more funny.
2. Reading (1)
Purpose: To read the first three jokes and learn more about English humour.
(1) Ask Ss to enjoy the three jokes of Ex1 on P22 in a few minutes.
(2) Ask Ss to answer the following question and give their reasons.
Why do you think they are funny?
(3) Ask Ss to match the jokes with the explanation.
Suggested Answers:
① B ② C ③ A
3. Reading (2)
Purpose: To get Ss to enjoy another funny story and have another sense of English humour.
(1) Ask Ss to enjoy the story of Ex2 on P22. Before that, teacher may say, “ Some jokes are longer and tell a short, funny story. The following is one joke about the famous detective Sherlock Holmes and his friend Doctor Watson. Sherlock Holmes and Doctor Watson are two characters in the detective novel called Adventures of Holmes.”
(2) Ask Ss to discuss the following question.
Which of these two kinds of humour (joke and short, funny story) do you like better? Why?
(3) Divide Ss into several groups of three. Each group is to choose one role to play: Holmes, Watson or the narrator. Remind Ss to pay attention to the intonation and bring out the humorous meaning.
Step 2. Listening (Using Language)
Purpose: To improve Ss’ listening ability.
To enjoy English houmour and know some common sense in real life.
1. Ask Ss to answer the following questions and talk about them.
Have you have the experience of eating plums?
What do you think will happen if chickens eat them?
2. Ask Ss to finish Ex2,3,4,5on P23.
3. Ask Ss to discuss the following questions.
Do you think the story funny? Why?
How do you feel about John’s behaviour?
Step 3. Listening task (Workbook)
1. Ask Ss to turn to P58, compare the three pictures and guess what will be the humour.
2. Ask Ss to listen to the tape and finish Ex2 on P58.
3. Ask Ss to describe picture C.
Sample Description:
(1) The teacher see some boys looking at a dog.
(2) The dog is thin and he feels sorry for it.
(3) He asks what they intend to do with it.
(4) He finds they all want to look after it but only the person who tells the biggest lie can have it as a pet.
(5) The teacher is angry and lectures the boys about telling lies and how honest he was at their age.
(6) The boys decide to give him the dog.
Step 4. Homework
1. Ask Ss to get on the Internet to search for a humorous story or a humorous conversation.
2. Ask Ss to find an experience in their real lives that was very funny and make up a story.
Period 6 Reading task (Workbook) & Speaking and writing task (Workbook)
Teaching Goals: To get Ss to know that not all special days are serious and some can be fun.
To train Ss’ ability of talking about a material.
To introduce Ss to amusing limericks.
To make Ss try some funny poems.
Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Reading task(Workbook)
1. Leading-in
Purpose: To lead Ss to the topic and arouse the Ss’ interest in the reading text.
Ask Ss to look at the picture and guess what is on the tree and what the two farmers are doing?
Ask Ss to talk about the following question and encourage Ss to use a variety of words.
Do you think newspapers will play a trick on the readers by some fake news?
2. Fast reading
Purpose: To get a brief understanding of the text.
(1) Ask Ss if they believe the following things and then answer them in pairs.
① that pigeons follow roads and road sings when they find their way home.
② that the earliest football has been found in a grave dated to 1000 years ago.
③ that earliest human paintings on cave walls are all modern fakes.
④ that advanced computers can “talk” to each other without the aid of humans.
(2) Ask Ss to read the text quickly and discuss the following question.
Do you believe the story is true?
3. Intensive reading
Purpose: To get Ss to have some details in the text.
To train Ss’ ability of speaking.
(1) Ask Ss to read the text carefully and discuss what they cannot understand
(2) Ask Ss to answer the following questions.
① Read the first paragraph and tell the class what is April Fool’s Day?
② Read the second and third paragraph and tell the class why so many people believe the programme Panorama?
③ Read the last paragraph and tell the class: Was the advice given by BBC was serious when the people who believe the news and telephoned The BBC?
Suggested Answers:
April Fool’s Day falls on the 1st of April every year. On this day , Children enjoy playing jokes on each other. When they “fool” someone they say “April Fool” to them. The most common kind of joke is to say something like “Your dress is hanging down at the back”. When you turn round they say “April Fool”.
② People believed the programme Panorama because it was always serious and known for its factual correctness. It is always telling true news.
③ The advice that The BBC gave to people wanting to grow their own noodle tree could not be serious as no tree could be grown in this way. It is unbelievable.
Step 3. Speaking and writing task (Workbook)
Purpose: To get the Ss to know about limericks for fun.
To arouse Ss’ interest in collecting funny poems and make them enjoy life.
1. Ask Ss to read the short poems of Speaking and writing task on P60.
2. Introduce to Ss what is the limerick.
Limerick is a very old way of writing a funny poem that originated in Britain. It was first devised by the nineteenth-century poet, Edward Lear. H e wrote a lot of this kind of poem which seems “nonsense verse” for children.
3. Ask Ss to answer the following questions to make a summary.
(1) How many lines are there in the poem?
(2) What is the rhythm pattern?
(3) Are all the lines the same in length?
(4) Is it simple and amusing?
Suggested Answers:
There are only five lines.
The first, second and fifth line end the same. The third and the forth end the same. So the rhythm pattern is aabba.
Not all the lines are the same in length, the first, the second and the fifth are a bit longer than the third and forth.
Yes, they are simple, and some seems nonsense and musing.
4. Ask Ss to finish Ex2 of Speaking and writing task on P60..
5.Ask Ss to write some other limericks to appreciate, compare and make fun.
(1) There was an old woman they say
Who would eat an apple a day
When asked she replied
It’s good for my inside
For I am never ill anyway.
(2) There was a young boy of Harbin
Whose face was incredibly clean
He washed it each day
With soap mixed with clay
And scrubbed it until it would gleam.
Step 4. Homework
1.Ask Ss to search for some funny stories or limericks on the Internet and copy them.
2.Ask Ss to read Learning Tip on P24 and make some notes.
Unit 3 A taste of English humour
Part One: Teaching Design
A sample lesson plan for reading
(NONVERBAL HUMOUR)
Aims
To help students develop their reading ability.
To help students learn about English humour.
Procedures
I. Warming up
Warming up by defining “Humour”
What is “Humour”? Does any one of you know anything about humour? Look at the screen and read the definition of Humour from the Internet.
temper: a characteristic (habitual or relatively temporary) state of feeling; "whether he praised or cursed me depended on his temper at the time"; "he was in a bad humor"
wit: a message whose ingenuity or verbal skill or incongruity has the power to evoke laughter
humor: (Middle Ages) one of the four fluids in the body whose balance was believed to determine your emotional and physical state; "the humors are blood and phlegm and yellow and black bile"
liquid body substance: the liquid parts of the body
humor: the quality of being funny; "I fail to see the humor in it"
humor: the trait of appreciating (and being able to express) the humorous; "she didn't appreciate my humor"; "you can't survive in the army without a sense of humor"
humor: put into a good mood
Warming up watching and listening
Hi, everyone! We are going to learn about A taste of English humour today. Now watch the slides/ pictures and listen to the English humour poems.
Why worry?
There are only two things to worry about: Either you are well or you are sick. If you are well, then there is nothing to worry about. If you are sick, there are two things to worry about: Either you will get well or you will die. If you get well, then there is nothing to worry about. If you die, there are only two things to worry about: Either you will go to Heaven or Hell. If you go to Heaven, there is nothing to worry about. But if you go to Hell, you will be so damn busy Shaking hands with friends, you won’t have time to worry.
Whose job ... ?
This is the story about four people named Everybody, Somebody, Anybody and Nobody. There was an important job to be done, and Everybody was sure that Somebody would do it. Anybody could have done it, but nobody did it. Somebody got angry about that because it was everybody’s job. Everybody thought Anybody could do it, but Nobody realized that everybody wouldn’t do it. It ended up that everybody blamed somebody. When nobody did what Anybody could have done
II. Pre-reading
Telling the truth —Why do you like to laugh at?
I like to laugh at cartoons, for they’re lovely and fun.
I like to laugh at fairy tales. They are amusing and interesting.
Many years ago there lived an Emperor who was so exceedingly fond of fine new clothes that he spent vast sums of money on dress. To him clothes meant more than anything else in the world. He took no interest in his army, nor did he care to go to the theatre, or to drive about in his state coach, unless it was to display his new clothes. He had different robes for every single hour of the day.
III. Reading
Reading aloud to the recording
Now please listen and read aloud to the recording of the text NONVERBAL HUMOUR. Pay attention to the pronunciation of each word and the pauses between the thought groups. I will play the tape twice and you shall read aloud twice, too.
Reading and underlining
Next you are to read and underline all the useful expressions or collocations in the passage. Copy them to your notebook after class as homework.
Collocations from NONVERBAL HUMOUR
Slide on…, bump into…, round a corner, fall down…, in the road, see other people’s bad luck, at times, feel content with…, be worse off, astonish… with…, inspire…in sb., play a character, be born in poverty, become famous, use a particular form of acting, an carry entertaining silent movie, a charming character, be well known throughout the world, play a poor and homeless person, wear large trousers, carry a walking stick, a social failure, be loved by…, overcome difficulties, be unkind to …, make…entertaining, a sad situation, a boiled shoe, make… funny, use nonverbal humour, in the middle of the nineteenth century, discover gold, in search of…, rush there, pan for gold, wash… from…, in a pan of water, pick up…, be fortunate enough, be caught on the edge of…, in a snowstorm, in a small wooden house, have nothing to eat, boil a pair of leather shoes, sit down at a table, a drinking cup, pick out…, cut off…, treat… as if…, eat every mouthful with enjoyment, direct a movie, give… a special Oscar, one’s lifetime outstanding work, live one’s life in…,
Reading to identify the topic sentence of each paragraph
Skim the text and identify the topic sentence of each paragraph. You may find it either at the beginning, the middle or the end of the paragraph.
Reading and transferring information
Read the text again to complete the table.
NONVERBAL HUMOUR
What is nonverbal humour?
Who is Charlie Chaplin?
How does he make a sad situation entertaining?
What is the story of The Gold Rush?
Facts about Oscar
A brief life history of Charlie Chaplin
Reading and understanding difficult sentences
As you have read the text times, you can surely tell which sentences are difficult to understand. Now put your questions concerning the difficult points to me the teacher.
IV. Closing down
Closing down by doing exercises
To end the lesson you are to do the comprehending exercises No. 1and 2 on pages 18 and 19.
Closing down by watching a silent movie by Charlie Chaplin
Do you like watching movies? Do you like humourous movies? Now let’s watch a silent humourous movie by Charlie Chaplin. It’s Charlie Chaplin's first film: Making a Living
Closing down by reading about Charlie Chaplin
To end the period we shall read an article about Charlie Chaplin. Now look at the screen and read it aloud with me.
Charlie Chaplin (April 16, 1889 - December 25, 1977)
Charlie Chaplin, who brought laughter to millions worldwide as the silent "Little Tramp" clown, had the type of deprived childhood that one would expect to find in a Dickens novel. Born in East Street, Walworth, London on 16 April, 1889, Charles Spencer Chaplin was the son of a music hall singer and his wife. Charlie Chaplin's parents divorced early in his life, with his father providing little to no support, either financial or otherwise, leaving his mother to support them as best she could. Chaplin's mother Hannah was the brightest spot in Charlie's childhood; formerly an actor on stage, she had lost her ability to perform, and managed to earn a subsistence living for herself, Charlie, and Charlie's older half-brother Sidney by sewing. She was an integral part of Charlie's young life, and he credited her with much of his success. Sadly, she slowly succumbed to mental illness, and by the time that Charlie was 7 years old, she was confined to an asylum; Charlie and Sidney were relegated to a workhouse (a government facility for orphaned and abandoned children) -- not for the last time. After 2 months, she was released, and the family was happily reunited, for a time. In later years, she was readmitted for an 8-month stretch later, during which time Charlie lived with his alcoholic father and stepmother, in a strained environment.
2．A sample lesson plan for Learning about Language
(The –ing form as the Predicative, Attributive & Object)
Aims
To help students learn about The –ing form as the Predicative, Attributive & Object)
To help students discover and learn to use some useful words and expressions.
To help students discover and learn to use some useful structures.
Procedures
I. Warming up
Warming up by discovering useful words and expressions
do exercises No. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. Check your answers against your classmates’.
II. Learning about The –ing form as the Attributive
What is attributive? It is something placed before the nouns to be modified: “red” is an attributive adjective in “a red apple”. “walking” is also an attributive adjective in “a walking stick”.
The –ing form as the Attributive
The –ing form作定语时表示该动作正在进行。单个The –ing form作定语通常放在被修饰词的前面。 The –ing form短语作定语则放在被修饰词之后。如:
The rising sun looks very beautiful. 冉冉升起的太阳看上去很美。
若被修饰词与The –ing form是被动关系时,须用The –ing form的被动式(being done)作定语。如:
The song being broadcast is very popular with the young students. 正在播放的歌曲深受青年学生的欢迎。
注意The –ing form作定语与所修饰的名词有逻辑上的主谓关系,或表示作用与用途。如:
Let sleeping dogs lie. 别招惹麻烦。(The –ing form相当于定语从句 which are sleeping)
I think some sleeping pills may help you. 我想安眠药可以助你入睡。(The –ing form表示用途,相当于pills for sleeping)
III. Ready used materials for The –ing form as the Predicative, Attributive & Object
Which verbs can be followed by the -ing form?
One of the most important simple principles that grammarians tend to miss is the one that explains what verbs take the -ing form. The method of almost all books on English grammar is to give a list of such verbs. This implies that it is completely arbitrary whether a verb takes the -ing form or not, that God has closed his eyes and pricked off verbs here and there at random with a pin. Students are thus cut off from insight into a basic pattern of meaning, and confronted with a lifeless series of unconnected words which they have to learn by heart. They are pushed into a purely mechanical process that misses the essential truth that learning languages is learning about meanings and their logical connections to other meanings. It is significant of the impractical arbitrariness of these lists that there are almost no two of them that are the same, even where the most common of the verbs used with -ing are concerned.
?
When contrasting the -ing form with the infinitive, the basic point to remember is that
-ing can always mean, among other things, a verb-noun, an 'action-thing'.
The fact that -ing can always mean a 'thing' gives us the following practical principle:
If you can say I (etc.) - verb - it (e.g. I like it), you can use I - verb -ing (e.g. I like eating).
Avoid it. Avoid stepping on the grass if you can.
Do you mind it? Do you mind shutting the window?
He couldn't risk it. He couldn't risk hurting the children.
This is a principle virtually without exceptions. But naturally there are many verbs that in practice are never used with -ing simply because nobody ever wants to express that 'action' meaning of -ing with them. The process is always self-regulating, so to speak - one says whatever makes sense. We can look at some examples of the use of -ing with verbs that appear on few, if any, of most grammarians' lists.
They have added mistreating prisoners to the list of charges.
I can't really afford living like this.
The council no longer allows smoking in public buildings.
aim - (It is hard to think of a sensible example of -ing being used with this verb. Can you?)
The club arranges dancing for the pensioners.
The chairman claimed breaking the strike as a great triumph.
I don't count making money as a virtue.
The investigators discovered cheating on a huge scale.
We must encourage planting earlier in the season.
I thank travelling for teaching me much about the human condition.
The principle applies equally to phrasal verbs, both the 'prepositional' type and the 'adverbial particle' type.
She insisted on helping me.
Bill's putting off writing till tomorrow. (Or: ...putting writing off...)
The managing director picked out idling on the job as the main cause of the declining profits.
turn up - (Another example of a verb I am unable to think of any sensible use for with -ing.)
(Notice that in the second and third sentences above, an it used instead of the -ing form would come between putting and off and between picked and out.)
?
There are uses of -ing which appear to contradict the it-substitution principle. Two examples of them involve expressions that both have the sense of continue: carry on and go on. One can say Carry on talking, but not *Carry on it. That, however, is merely because deemphasized pronouns are never used at the end of phrasal verb phrases (e.g. in a dictionary one looks it up, not *looks up it). With go on one cannot even say *go it on. This again can be explained simply. One does not *go a thing, while with the sense of continue one does not say *go on it for the same reason that one does not say *Carry on it.
?
IV. Closing down
Closing down by discovering
To end the period you are going to skim the text and the previous texts to find out all the examples containing –ing forms used as the predicative, attributive and object.
Closing down by exercises
In the last few minutes you are to do exercises 1, 2, 3 and 4. Check your answers against those of your group mates’.
3． A sample lesson plan for Using Language
(Jokes about Sherlock Holmes and Doctor Watson)
Aims
To help students read the paragraph of Jokes about Sherlock Holmes and Doctor Watson
To help students to use the language by reading, listening, speaking and writing.
Procedures
I. Warming up
Warming up by reading school jokes
There are lots of jokes in English about school life. Read these two to see whether you will laugh or not.
Why must we learn this? 为什么要学这个呀？
One day our professor was discussing a particularly complicated concept. A pre-med student rudely interrupted to ask, "Why do we have to learn this pointless information" "To save lives." the professor responded quickly and continued the lecture. A few minutes later, the same student spoke up again. "So how does physics save lives?" he persisted. "It keeps the ignoramuses like you out of medical school," replied the professor.
I will do anything to pass 说啥也要考个及格
A student comes to a young professor's office hours. She glances down the hall, closes his door, kneels pleadingly. "I would do anything to pass this exam." She leans closer to him, flips back her hair, and gazes meaningfully into his eyes. "I mean..." she whispers, "...I would do...anything." He returns her gaze. "Anything?" "Anything." His voice softens. "Anything??" "Absolutely anything." His voice turns to a whisper. "Would you...study?"
II. Guided reading
Reading and translating
Read the paragraph on page 22 and translate it into Chinese sentence by sentence.
2. Reading and underlining
Next you are to read the paragraph and underline all the useful expressions or collocations in it. Copy them to your notebook after class as homework.
Collocations from the paragraph on page 22
Go camp, in a mountainous area, lie in the open air, under the stars, look up at the stars, think of…, try a third time, in one’s beds
3. Doing the exercise
Now you are going to do the exercise No. 1
III. Guided Speaking
Think of funny stories in English and tell them to your group mates.
The Student and the Pharmacist 学生和药剂师
A somewhat advanced society has figured how to package basic knowledge in pill form. A student, needing some learning, goes to the pharmacy and asks what kind of knowledge pills is available.
The pharmacist says, "Here's a pill for English literature." The student takes the pill and swallows it and has new knowledge about English literature!
"What else do you have?" asks the student. "Well, I have pills for art history, biology, and world history," replies the pharmacist.
The student asks for these, and swallows them and has new knowledge about those subjects. Then the student asks, "Do you have a pill for math?"
The pharmacist says, "Wait just a moment," and goes back into the storeroom and brings back a whopper of a pill and plunks it on the counter.
"I have to take that huge pill for math?" inquires the student. The pharmacist replied, "Well, you know... math always was a little hard to swallow."
Out of the mouths of babes 出自孩子之口
My two and a half year old grandson lives with his mother. Her roommate also has a two and a half year old child, a daughter. A few days ago they were playing together and my grandson noting that his playmate's stomach was exposed, took his forefinger and poked her belly button. She thought that this was great and they both had a laugh about it.
Sometime later his playmate raised her arms inviting my grandson to poke her belly button again. As he moved his forefinger toward her for a repeat performance, she suddenly lowered her arms, backed away and said, "No! I have a headache."
IV. Guided Writing—Learn to write jokes
There are two main parts to the structure of a joke. The first prepares you for the laugh by telling a story which creates a sense of expectation. The second part of the joke, the punch line, provokes laughter by telling an unexpected and different story, yet one which is still compatible with the first, as in this example: "My wife just ran off with my best friend. Boy, do I miss him." and "I had a mud pack facial done, and for three days my face looked much better. Then the mud fell off." Notice the assumption that is made in both these examples. In the first, you assume the person telling the story is angry with his wife, so the punch line surprises you because he's feeling something different and unexpected. Again, in the second example, you'd most likely assume the mud had been removed, leaving the face looking better, so the punch line takes you by surprise.
So, to write jokes you need to practice reading statements and writing down the assumptions you make about them. You must be able to interpret the statement (first story line) in at least two different ways in order to provide the second, different story i.e. the punch line. And what to write about? Anything that interests you? Anything you have strong opinions about.
Now write down your own jokes, in English.
IV. Closing down by acting
To end this period, we are going to act the film by Charlie Chaplin The Great Dictator.
The Great Dictator 大独裁者
Schulz: Speak - it is our only hope.
The Jewish Barber (Charlie Chaplin's character): Hope... I'm sorry but I don't want to be an Emperor - that's not my business - I don't want to rule or conquer anyone. I should like to help everyone if possible, Jew, gentile, black man, white. We all want to help one another, human beings are like that.
We all want to live by each other's happiness, not by each other's misery. We don't want to hate and despise one another. In this world there is room for everyone and the earth is rich and can provide for everyone.
The way of life can be free and beautiful.
But we have lost the way.
Greed has poisoned men's souls - has barricaded the world with hate; has goose-stepped us into misery and bloodshed.
We have developed speed but we have shut ourselves in: machinery that gives abundance has left us in want. Our knowledge has made us cynical, our cleverness hard and unkind. We think too much and feel too little: More than machinery we need humanity; More than cleverness we need kindness and gentleness. Without these qualities, life will be violent and all will be lost.
The aeroplane and the radio have brought us closer together. The very nature of these inventions cries out for the goodness in men, cries out for universal brotherhood for the unity of us all. Even now my voice is reaching millions throughout the world, millions of despairing men, women and little children, victims of a system that makes men torture and imprison innocent people. To those who can hear me I say "Do not despair".
The misery that is now upon us is but the passing of greed, the bitterness of men who fear the way of human progress: the hate of men will pass and dictators die and the power they took from the people, will return to the people and so long as men die [now] liberty will never perish...
Soldiers - don't give yourselves to brutes, men who despise you and enslave you - who regiment your lives, tell you what to do, what to think and what to feel, who drill you, diet you, and treat you as cattle, as cannon fodder.
Don't give yourselves to these unnatural men, machine men, with machine minds and machine hearts. You are not machines. You are not cattle. You are men. You have the love of humanity in your hearts. You don't hate - only the unloved hate. Only the unloved and the unnatural. Soldiers - don't fight for slavery, fight for liberty.
In the seventeenth chapter of Saint Luke it is written " the kingdom of God is within man " - not one man, nor a group of men - but in all men - in you, the people.
You the people have the power, the power to create machines, the power to create happiness. You the people have the power to make life free and beautiful, to make this life a wonderful adventure. Then in the name of democracy let's use that power - let us all unite. Let us fight for a new world, a decent world that will give men a chance to work, and will give you the future and old age and security. By the promise of these things, brutes have risen to power, but they lie. They do not fulfill their promise, they never will. Dictators free themselves but they enslave the people. Now let us fight to fulfill that promise. Let us fight to free the world, to do away with national barriers, do away with greed, with hate and intolerance. Let us fight for a world of reason, a world where science and progress will lead to all men's happiness.
Soldiers - in the name of democracy, let us all unite!
Look up! Look up! The clouds are lifting - the sun is breaking through. We are coming out of the darkness into the light. We are coming into a new world. A kind new world where men will rise above their hate and brutality.
The soul of man has been given wings - and at last he is beginning to fly. He is flying into the rainbow - into the light of hope - into the future, that glorious future that belongs to you, to me and to all of us. Look up. Look up."
Part Two: Teaching Resources
1．A text structure analysis of NONVERBAL HUMOUR
I. Type of writing and summary of the idea
Type of writing
This is a piece of descriptive writing.
Main idea of the passage
Charlie Chaplin astonishes us with the deep feelings he can inspire in us for a character he is playing.
Topic sentence of 1st paragraph
Some humour can be cruel.
Topic sentence of 2nd paragraph
Charlie Chaplin is such an actor as to astonish us with the deep feelings.
Topic sentence of 3rd paragraph
How did Charlie Chaplin make a sad situation entertaining?
Topic sentence of 4th paragraph
The film of The Gold Rush is set in California.
Topic sentence of 5th paragraph
Charlie Chaplin produced, directed, and wrote the movies he starred in.
II. A tree diagram of the text THEME PARKS —FUN AND MORE THAN FUN
III. A retold passage of the text
A possible version:
Sliding on a banana skin. Bumping into someone. Falling down a hole. These are some of the funny things we like to see other people doing. We feel content with ourselves because these other people are worse off than we are. And this feeling is so called “humour”.
Charlie Chaplin is a humourous actor. He astonishes us with humourous feelings he inspired in us. Born in poverty, he became famous by using a particular form of acting in entertaining silent movies. He was a charming character, being well known throughout the world. He played a poor and homeless person, wearing large trousers, carrying a walking stick. Be a social failure, he was, in the movies, loved by all the people. By overcoming difficulties, by being kind to people unkind to him, by making a sad situation entertaining, by eating a boiled shoe, Charlie Chaplin make us happy and excited. His use of nonverbal humour excellent in the film The Gold Ruined in the middle of the nineteenth century in, California where gold was discovered. In search of gold people rushed there, panning for gold, washing gold from water in a pan of water, hoping to pick up gold.
Such is Charlie Chaplin who produced, directed, and wrote movies that he starred in. He was given a special Oscar in 1972 for his lifetime outstanding work of bringing humour to us all.
2．Background information on theme parks
I. Six ways to improve your nonverbal communications
1. Eye contact:
Eye contact, an important channel of interpersonal communication, helps regulate the flow of communication. And it signals interest in others. Furthermore, eye contact with audiences increases the speaker's credibility. Teachers who make eye contact open the flow of communication and convey interest, concern, warmth and credibility.
2. Facial expressions:
Smiling is a powerful cue that transmits:
Happiness
Friendliness
Warmth
Liking
Affiliation
Thus, if you smile frequently you will be perceived as more likable, friendly, warm and approachable. Smiling is often contagious and students will react favorably and learn more.
3. Gestures:
If you fail to gesture while speaking, you may be perceived as boring, stiff and unanimated. A lively and animated teaching style captures students' attention, makes the material more interesting, facilitates learning and provides a bit of entertainment. Head nods, a form of gestures, communicate positive reinforcement to students and indicate that you are listening.
4. Posture and body orientation:
You communicate numerous messages by the way you walk, talk, stand and sit. Standing erect, but not rigid, and leaning slightly forward communicates to students that you are approachable, receptive and friendly. Furthermore, interpersonal closeness results when you and your students face each other. Speaking with your back turned or looking at the floor or ceiling should be avoided; it communicates disinterest to your class.
5. Proximity:
Cultural norms dictate a comfortable distance for interaction with students. You should look for signals of discomfort caused by invading students' space. Some of these are:
Rocking
Leg swinging
Tapping
Gaze aversion
Typically, in large college classes space invasion is not a problem. In fact, there is usually too much distance. To counteract this, move around the classroom to increase interaction with your students. Increasing proximity enables you to make better eye contact and increases the opportunities for students to speak.
6. Paralinguistics:
This facet of nonverbal communication includes such vocal elements as:
Tone
Pitch
Rhythm
Timbre
Loudness
Inflection
For maximum teaching effectiveness, learn to vary these six elements of your voice. One of the major criticisms is of instructors who speak in a monotone. Listeners perceive these instructors as boring and dull. Students report that they learn less and lose interest more quickly when listening to teachers who have not learned to modulate their voices.
7. Humor:
Humor is often overlooked as a teaching tool, and it is too often not encouraged in college classrooms. Laughter releases stress and tension for both instructor and student. You should develop the ability to laugh at yourself and encourage students to do the same. It fosters a friendly classroom environment that facilitates learning. (Lou Holtz wrote that when his players felt successful he always observed the presence of good humor in the locker room.)
Obviously, adequate knowledge of the subject matter is crucial to your success; however, it's not the only crucial element. Creating a climate that facilitates learning and retention demands good nonverbal and verbal skills. To improve your nonverbal skills, record your speaking on video tape. Then ask a colleague in communications to suggest refinements.
II. Biography of Charlie Chaplin
Charlie Chaplin was born Charles Spencer Chaplin in London, England on 16 April 1889. His parents, Charles Chaplin, Sr and Hannah Hill were music hall entertainers but separated shortly after Charlie was born, leaving Hannah to provide for her children. In 1896 when Hannah was no longer able to care for her children, Charlie and his brother Sydney were admitted to Lambeth Workhouse and later, Hanwell School for Orphans and Destitute Children.
Charlie had already debuted in the music hall in 1894, when he had sung a song after his mother was taken hoarse.
1903-1906
Performs in Sherlock Holmes, as the newspaper boy Billy
1906-1907
The Casey Circus
1907-1910
Works with the Karno Pantomime Troupe
1910-1912
First tour of USA/Canada with Karno Troupe
1912-1913
Second tour of USA/Canada with Karno Troupe
May 1913
Accepts offer from Adam Kessel (who has interests in the Keystone Film Company) for $125/week
29 December 1913
Signs contract with Keystone
Jan/Feb 1914
Charlie Chaplin's first film: Making a Living
1914
Keystone films
Nov 1914
Signs with Essanay for $1,250/week to make 14 films during 1915
1915
Essanay films
27 Feb 1916
Signs with Mutual Film Corporation for $10,000/week plus $150,000 bonus
1916-1917
Mutual films
17 June 1917
Signs with First National Exhibitor's Circuit for $1,075,000/year
Words and expressions from Unit 3 A taste of English humour
verbal a. verbal skill 运用语言的能力
I wrote a memorandum to confirm our verbal agreement. 我写了份备忘录以确认我们的口头协议。
This is a verbal translation of the prose. 这是那篇散文的逐字直译。
verbal forms 动词的形态
mime n. A mime is the representation of action, character or mood using only gestures and movements rather than words, or the actor in such a performance, specifically a mimic. To mime is also the term given to a singer who performs to a pre-recorded song and only pretends to sing live. It is usually limited to performances by Pop music artists.
In ancient Greece and ancient Rome, a mime is a farcical drama characterized by mimicry and ludicrous representations of characters, or the script for such a performance.
farce n. A farce is a comedy written for the stage, or a film, which aims to entertain the audience by means of unlikely and extravagant - yet often possible - situations, disguise and mistaken identity, verbal humour of varying degrees of sophistication, which may include puns and sexual innuendo, and a fast-paced plot whose speed usually increases even further towards the end of the play, often involving an elaborate chase scene. Broad physical humor, and deliberate absurdity or nonsense, are also commonly employed in farce.
poverty n. Poverty is any of a wide range of circumstances associated with need, hardship and lack of resources. For some, poverty is a subjective and comparative term; for others, it is moral and evaluative; and for others, scientifically established. The principal uses of the term include:
Descriptions of material need, including deprivation of essential goods and services, multiple deprivation, and patterns of deprivation over time.
Economic circumstances, describing a lack of wealth (usually understood as capital, money, material goods, or resources especially natural resources). The meaning of "sufficient" varies widely across the different political and economic areas of the world. In the European Union, poverty is also described in terms of "economic distance", or inequality.
Social relationships, including social exclusion, dependency, and the ability to live what is understood in a society as a "normal" life: for instance, to be capable of raising a healthy family, and especially educating children and participating in society.
A person living in the condition of poverty is said to be poor.
tramp n. A tramp is an itinerant who travels from place to place, traditionally tramping, that is, walking. While they may do odd jobs from time to time, tramps aren't looking for regular work and support themselves by other means i.e. begging or theft. This is in contrast to hobos who travel from place to place (often by stealing rides on freight trains) looking for work, or schnorrers, who travel from city to city begging. Both the terms tramp and hobo (and the distinction between them) were in common use between the 1880s and the 1940s, and were not limited to the Great Depression. Schnorrer is a Yiddish term. Like hobo and bum, tramp is somewhat archaic in American English usage, having been subsumed by the more euphemistic homeless person.
failure n. Failure in general refers to the state or condition of not meeting a desirable or intended objective. It may be viewed as the opposite of success.
Oscar n. The Academy Awards, commonly known as The Oscars, are the most prominent film awards in the world. The Awards are granted by the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences, a professional honorary organization which as of 2003 had a voting membership of 5,816. Actors (with a membership of 1,311) make up the largest voting bloc. The most recent awards were the 77th Academy Awards.
fortune n. Fortune or fortune can refer to: Luck; Fortune magazine; The fortune Unix/Linux command; The name of a character from Metal Gear Solid 2: Sons of Liberty, a member of Dead Cell.
The goddess of fortune is Fortuna (or Tyche).
sense n. & v. She has no sense of time. 她没有时间观念。Your brother has a good sense of humor. 你兄弟很有幽默感。He is free from any sense of responsibility. 他丝毫没有责任感。He had the good sense to withdraw from the election contest. 他很明智,退出了竞选。
The word here is used in its figurative sense. 此词在这儿取的是它的比喻意义。Anyone in his right senses wouldn't do that. 神智清醒的人都不会去干那种事。What's the sense of arguing with him? 同他争论有什么用处呢? I sensed that I had made a serious mistake. 我意识到自己犯了个严重的错误。
-ing形式作补语练与析
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
1. Though I have often heard this song ______, I have never heard you ______ it.
A. being sung; sang B. sang; singing
C. sung; sing D. to be sung; to sing
2. It was so cold that they kept the fire ______ all night.
A. to burn B. burn C. burning D. burned
3. He looked around and caught a man ______ his hand into the pocket of a passenger.
A. put B. to be putting C. to put D. putting
4. —Did you meet anyone ______ at the party?
—No, in fact, I found the party rather ______.
A. interesting; boring B. interested; boring
C. interesting; bored D. interested; bored
5. The salesman scolded the girl caught ______ and let her off.
A. to have stolen B. to be stealing
C. to steal D. stealing
6. Don’t leave the water_______ while you brush your teeth.
A. run B. running C. being run D. to run
7. The _______ boy was last seen _______ near the East Lake.
A. missing; playing B. missing; play
C. missed; played D. missed; to play
8. A cook will be immediately fired if he is found _______ in the kitchen.
A. smoke B. smoking C. to smoke D. smoked
答案与解析：
1. C。hear sb. / sth.后可跟动词原形、-ing形式及动词过去分词作补语。一般来讲，跟动词原形表示一个完成的动作；跟-ing形式表示一个正在进行的动作；跟动词过去分词表示被动。
2. C。keep sth. doing 表示“使……持续某种状态”。
3. D。本题中catch意为“碰上”、“撞见”，catch sb. doing sth.表示“撞见某人正在做某事”，用-ing形式作宾语补足语。
4. A。第1空，interesting作定语,修饰anyone；第2空, boring作宾语补足语。
5. D。caught stealing在此作定语, 修饰the girl，相当于who was caught stealing，-ing形式作主语补足语。
6. B。此处-ing形式作宾语补足语，表示宾语主动且正在进行的动作。leave sb. / sth. doing sth.“使……一直做…… / 持续某种状态”。
7. A。第1空，missing“丢失的”, 用作定语；第2空是see sb. doing sth.的被动结构：sb. be seen doing sth.; playing作主语补足语，强调动作正在进行。
8. B。此处是find sb. doing sth.的被动结构， smoking作主语补足语。
第三单元
第一节 完形填空(共10小题；每小题2分，满分20分)
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从21-30各题所给的A、B、C和D项中，选出最佳选项。
When I traveled to India for the first time, I had great difficulty 21 with the Indians because I could speak little English.
One day, I didn’t feel 22 , so I didn’t go out with my friends. Two hours later after they 23 , I had to go to the hospital because I had a 24 throat.
I took a taxi. The driver looked 25 . I said to him, “Ho ... spi ... tal, plea ... se.” He smiled and shook his 26 gently at the same time.
Didn’t I express my idea clearly? Or didn’t I pronounce rightly? I asked myself. So I 27 my words. “Ho ... spi ... tal.” The driver was about to start his car when he heard my second sentence. He watched my face for a second, and then he smiled again and shook his head again! God! To make myself understood, I repeated my words several times, but the driver still 28 his head! Finally, I got off the taxi, returned to my room, lay down, and waited until my friends came back. When I told them about my 29 , they laughed and laughed. The 30 was that in India, shaking one’s head meant “Yes.”.
21. A. playing B. living
C. working D. communicating
22. A. cold B. well C. lonely D. sad
23. A. left B. returned
C. stopped D. arrived
24. A. red B. good C. clear D. sore
25. A. old B. calm C. kind D. clever
26. A. hand B. car C. head D. window
27. A. repeated B. checked
C. wrote D. organized
28. A. washed B. shook C. covered D. touched
29. A. illness B. idea
C. entertainment D. story
30. A. result B. fact C. question D. difficulty
第二节 语法填空 (共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面短文，按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求，在空格处填入一个适当的词或使用括号中词语的正确形式填空，并将答案填写在后面标号为31-40的相应位置上。
A farmer got so old that he couldn’t work in the fields any more. So he would spend the day just sitting outside the house. His son, who still 31 (work) on the farm, would look up from time to time and see his father just sitting there. “He is 32 (use),” the son thought to himself, “He can’t do 33 !”
One day the son got so unhappy about this that he built 34 wooden box, pulled it over, and told his father to get in. Without saying anything, the father climbed inside. 35 closing the box, the son pulled it to the edge of the farm 36 there was a big pond. Approaching the pond, he heard a light tapping (轻敲) from inside the box. He opened 37 up. Still lying there peacefully, the 38 (smile) father looked up at his son. “I know 39 you are going to do. But before you do it, may I suggest something?” “OK,” replied the son. “Throw me into the pond, 40 save this good wooden box... Your children might need to use it,” said the father.
31. ____ 32. ____ 33. ____ 34. ____ 35. ____
36. ____ 37. ____ 38. ____ 39. ____ 40. ____
Ⅲ. 阅读 （共两节，满分40分）
第一节 阅读理解 （共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D项中，选出最佳选项。
■
A
难度：★
A young couple decided to get married. As the big day drew nearer and nearer, they both grew nervous because each of them had a problem. The bridegroom decided to ask his father for advice. “Dad,” he said, “I love Lily very much, but I have very smelly feet, so I’m afraid that she will not put up with them.” His father said, “All you have to do is wash your feet as often as possible, and you should always wear socks, even when you go to bed.” Well, it seemed a workable solution, the young man thought.
The young woman turned to her mother. “Mom,” she said, “when I wake up in the morning my breath is too bad.” “Honey,” her mother said, “everyone has bad breath in the morning.” “No, you don’t understand. My morning breath is so bad that I’m afraid my new husband will not want to live in the same room with me. I love him. I can’t live without him.” Her mother thought for a short while and said, “Try this. In the morning, get straight out of bed when you wake up, and head for the bathroom and brush your teeth. Don’t say any word before you brush your teeth.” The young woman thought it was certainly worth a try. So she followed her mother’s advice.
They were finally married in a wonderful ceremony (仪式). Not forgetting the advice each had received, they carefully spent every day. The husband wore his socks every night and the wife kept her mornings silent; they did quite well until about a month later. Just before dawn (黎明), the husband woke only to find that one of his socks was gone! Thinking of the terrible result, he felt frightened at once. He jumped up and began to search the bed for his sock in a hurry. Of course, this made the wife woken. Without thinking, the wife asked, “What on earth are you doing?” The husband stopped in surprise, and then he cried, “Oh, no! You must have swallowed (吞) my sock!”
41. What troubled the young man before he got married?
A. His feet had an unpleasant smell.
B. He was unprepared for the big day.
C. He was too poor to marry the girl.
D. His habit was too bad to be known.
42. The underlined word “bridegroom”in the first
paragraph means “____”.
A. a man who has a few big troubles
B. a man who will get married soon
C. a man who believes his families
D. a man who hates to wash his feet
43. Why did the husband feel frightened?
A. Because he forgot to wear the socks.
B. Because one of his socks was missing.
C. Because his wife might find the truth.
D. Because it would disappoint his father.
44. The husband said the last sentence of the passage because ____.
A. his wife was very hungry in the morning
B. his wife often dreamed of eating things
C. he wanted to have his wife buy new socks
D. he found his wife’s breath very smelly
45. What would happen next most probably?
A. The wife would leave the husband soon.
B. The couple would tell each other the truth.
C. The husband would buy a new pair of socks.
D. The couple’s parents would help find the sock.
B
难度：★★
Cats communicate a variety of （多种的） messages using cat body language. Examples include arching (弓起) their backs as a signal of fear or attack, and slowly blinking (眨) their eyes to signal relaxation. Mouth open and no teeth showed suggests a feeling of playfulness. A cat which chooses to lie on its back shows happiness, trust and comfort. Cats show dissatisfaction by moving their ears back, equal to a human frown (皱眉).
As is the case with dogs, a twitching (抽动) tail can mean a little anger while a tail held high suggests confidence. Cats will twitch their tails when hunting or angry, while larger twitching suggests displeasure. They may also twitch their tails when playing. A tail held high is a sign of happiness, or can be used as a greeting towards humans or other cats (usually close relatives) while half-raised shows less pleasure, and unhappiness is expressed with a tail held low.
Some characteristic signals, however, are often misunderstood. It is important to keep in mind that each cat may show its feelings with different body language. For instance, a cat rubbing (摩擦) its body along an arm or leg of its owner is not only a way in which to attract attention and, perhaps, a way to ask for food; it is also a way of “marking” its owner as its own. Usually a cat with its tail held high and twitching shows excitement, but this is often mistaken for anger.
Many people fail or are too slow to understand the silent body language of cats. And they may have the false impression that cats are cold-hearted, unfaithful or not clever. To understand cats, people must observe a cat closely and learn what its body signals tell them.
46. If a cat feels scared, it might ____.
A. close its mouth B. touch its owner’s arm
C. arch its back D. move its ears forward
47. Which cat body language shows that a cat is relaxed?
A. Lying on its stomach. B. Blinking its eyes slowly.
C. Holding its tail high. D. Moving its ears back.
48. According to the passage, a cat will twitch its tail
EXCEPT ____.
A. when it feels sleepy B. when it is hunting
C. when it feels angry D. when it is playing
49. How many meanings does a cat’s rubbing its body
along its owner have?
A. 2. B. 3. C. 4. D. 5.
50. The last paragraph intends to tell us ____.
A. many people often have wrong opinions on cats
B. it is not easy to understand cats’ body language
C. every cat has its own special body language
D. we should learn more about cats’ body language
C
难度：★★★
Of all the things that have effects on your future, I believe that personal growth is the greatest. Many people talk about sales growth, profit growth, and possession growth, but none of these will happen without personal growth. In fact I’d like to have you memorize a most important sentence. It is “The key to your future is you yourself”.
There are many things that will help you better your future. If you belong to a strong, dynamic (充满活力的) and progressive company, that will help. If the company has good products and good services that you are proud of, that will help. If there are good sales aids, that will help. Good training will help. Strong leadership will help. If your car doesn’t break down often, that will help. If the kids don’t get sick, that will help. If the neighbors stay civil (文明的), that will help. If your relatives don’t trouble you, that will help. And if prices don’t go much higher, that will help. If taxes (税) don’t get much heavier, that will help ... All these things will help. We can go on and on with the list; but remember, the things that I’ve covered above just play minor (次要的) roles in helping you reach a good future. The major cause doesn’t lie outside. It lies inside.
Strangely enough, when two different men work in the same company, the first person may earn $1,000 a month, while the second may earn $10,000 a month. What causes the difference when they have the same job, use the same tools, and get the same training? Why does one earn $1,000 per month while the other nine times more?
The cause of the difference lies in believing, in trying, in accepting failures, in thinking, in a smile at people around, and in the ways of dealing with problems. All of these can be major causes of your good future. You can see all these come from inside. In fact, the difference is inside you. The real difference is you yourself. You are the key to your future. Teens are the most wonderful and important period in life. If you want a great future, begin to improve yourself from now on!
51. Among all the things mentioned, which one is the most important in the author’s opinion?
A. Sales growth.
B. Profit growth.
C. Possession growth.
D. Personal growth.
52. Which of the following may play a main role in influencing your future?
A. Being determined.
B. Having rich relatives.
C. Getting leaders’ help.
D. Working in good companies.
53. All may cause the two men’s different earnings EXCEPT that ____.
A. the first man gives up after failures
B. the first person treats others badly
C. the second man has a positive attitude to problems
D. the second person buys expensive houses or cars
54. The passage is mainly written for ____.
A. old people B. adults
C. teenagers D. babies
55. Which can be the best title for this passage?
A. Good ways to make more money
B. What’s the key to your good future?
C. Success belongs to hard-working people
D. How many things have effects on your future?
第二节 信息匹配（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）
以下是关于一些商品的简介：
A. Best Make-up Center
We provide best make-up for ladies for years. Our skin care cream, which leaves skin as smooth as silk, is loved by ladies. All kinds of make-up from France, America, England and China are waiting for you, dear ladies.
B. New Suit Palace
We aim to provide the finest quality in suit tailoring. We will take the color of your skin into consideration before you choose from more than one thousand designs. Our tailors take pride in their work and they are sure to meet your satisfaction.
C. Yuanlong Silk Store
We provide the finest silk products here. There are silk bedspreads, silk table cloths, etc on the first floor, silk clothing for ladies on the second floor, men’s silk clothes on the third floor. Children’s clothes are on the fourth floor. Every customer is sure to be impressed by the silk materials.
D. Xinghua Market
We have altogether 4,000 shops at the market. All the goods are from China, including little cups and bowls, beautiful pictures, cartoon dolls, pen holders, picture frames (框) and so on. Everything is pretty attractive.
E. Tea Heaven
We provide at least 1,000 kinds of tea such as white tea, green tea, oolong tea, black tea, pu-erh tea and so on. Some flower tea can help people relax. Everyone can find his favorite tea here.
F. Ideal Jewelry Space
The different types like gold jewelry, silver jewelry, diamond jewelry and so on, have been divided into more than 50 sorts to help you find what you are looking for. We also provide handmade jewels that are very fashionable and personalized. And some kind advice may help you make a decision.
以下是一些顾客的有关信息，请匹配与其需要对应的商品：
56. Wang Gang is considering buying some diamond jewelry for his girlfriend, but he hasn’t decided whether to choose earrings or a necklace.
57. Jack is going back to Australia next week. Before leaving China, he would like to visit the famous silk market and buy some silk products for his wife and his mother. He is sure that they would love these gifts.
58. Mary is now studying in China. She is interested in small decorative objects. She plans to buy some pen holders and picture frames for her friends.
59. When Li Jing first tried French make-up, she was quite satisfied with it. She would like to buy some this weekend.
60. Zhao Lin will go to work in an American company next month. Since he is very tall, he makes up his mind to have his suit made by a famous tailor.
Ⅳ. 写作 （共两节，满分40分）
第一节 基础写作（共1小题；满分15分）
假设Miss Li是你们班新来的英语教师，因为她的讲课方式幽默风趣，课堂气氛活跃而显得对学生不够严格，一些家长无法赞同。
【写作内容】
请你以班长的身份参照下表写一篇家长会时的发言稿，阐明同学们的观点。
■
【写作要求】
1. 必须使用5个句子介绍所给出的全部内容；
2. 发言稿的开头和结尾已经为你写好，不计入必写句子中。
【评分标准】
概括准确，语言规范，内容合适，篇章连贯。
Ladies and Gentlemen,
I am sorry to say that all the students in our class don’t agree with you on the point that Miss Li isn’t strict with us just because she is always humourous. _________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________. Shouldn’t it be an art for teaching?
So much, thank you!
第二节 选做题一：读写任务 （共1小题；满分25分）
阅读下面的短文，然后按照要求写一篇150词左右的英语短文。
It’s always interesting to watch a person’s body language during casual conversations, especially their hand gestures. Sometimes you can tell much about the person more from their movements rather than from their speech. Do you know even blind people have the tendency to use their hands when speaking? Therefore, it’s not a learned skill — it’s because people want to use their hands to make their speech easily understood.
Putting your hands behind your back is a powerful gesture. For years presentation coaches have taught people to put their hands behind their backs, which is sometimes called the “Prince Charles” stance（= gesture）, in the mistaken belief that the heir (继承人) to the British throne (君主) is a good model for strong body language. Since
he’s a prince, he always stands that way; the thinking goes, it must be powerful.
Actually, the research shows that most people find the gesture unreliable — if we can’t see what your hands are doing, we’re suspicious (感觉可疑的) of you. So if your goal is to let others trust you, don’t put your hands behind your back.
【写作内容】
假设上文是某外国网站的某博客中的一篇文章。请根据其内容，写一篇题为“Body Language Does Affect Our School Life.”向你校英文校刊投稿，稿件要求如下：
1. 以约30个词概括短文的要点。
2. 然后以约120个词写一篇短文，包括如下要点：
1) 以你所了解的背景知识，说明学校教育中的肢体语言对学生成长的影响；
2) 你的感想。
参考词汇：模仿 imitate 热情 enthusiasm
【写作要求】
可以使用实例或其他论述方法支持你的论点，也可以参照阅读材料的内容，但不得直接引用原文中的句子。
参考答案及解析
21. D。根据下文给出的原因“... because I could speak little English.”可知“我”几乎不会说英语，所以跟印度人交流起来有困难，而本文所讲正是“我”在与印度人交流中出现的问题，而不是跟印度人一起游戏/比赛、生活或工作时出现的问题，故此处选“交流”。
22. B。根据下文“我”没有跟朋友一起出去，后来又不得不去医院的情节可推知“我”身体不舒服。
23. A。“我”的朋友们出去了，“我”没跟他们一起去，而在他们走后两小时，“我”不得不去医院。
24. D。根据上文“我”不得不去医院的情节可推知“我”嗓子疼。
25. C。根据下文“我”每次说完话，司机都微笑的情节可推知司机看起来很和蔼。
26. C。根据下文“... then he smiled again and shook his head again!”可知司机摇了摇头。
27. A。下文出现了“我”说的话“Ho ... spi ... tal.”，所以此处是“我”“重复”了一次刚刚说过的话。
28. B。“我”之所以重复自己的话，是因为司机一直摇头，于是“我”又重复了好几次，结果司机还是摇头。
29. D。朋友回来以后，“我”把“我”的经历告诉了他们，也就是“我”的“故事”。
30. B。“我”的朋友们大笑不止是因为“我”没理解出租车司机的意思。在印度摇头就表示“yes”，“事实”就是这样。
31. worked。考查动词。根据句式可以判断出“... who still 31 (work) on the farm”为非限制性定语从句，文章时态为过去时态，故应填入work的过去式。
32. useless。考查词形变化。由空格前面的系动词 is可知，本空应填入use的形容词形式作表语，又根据上文老人失去了劳动能力可知他的儿子嫌他无用，故填入useless。
33. anything。考查代词。根据句意“他无用了，他什么活也不能干”可知，此处应填入不定代词anything。
34. a。考查冠词。wooden box是首次出现，为泛指，故使用不定冠词。
35. After。考查介词。由句意可知，儿子把箱子关上之后就把箱子拉到农场的边缘处，本空应填入介词After。
36. where。考查关系副词。分析句子结构可知，此处是限制性定语从句，由表达地点的先行词farm和从句缺少状语可知，此处应使用关系副词where。
37. it。考查代词。本句缺少宾语，根据句意应为指代the box，所以使用代词it。
38. smiling。考查现在分词作定语。由空格前面的冠词the及后面的名词father可知，此处应填入smiling作定语。
39. what。考查宾语从句引导词。分析句子结构可知“ 39 you are going to do.”为宾语从句，根据句意可知，老人说的是他知道他儿子要做什么，所以本空应填入what引导宾语从句。
40. but。考查连词。根据空格前后的逻辑关系可知，本空应填入表示转折的连词but。
41. A。细节理解题。根据第一段原文“I have very smelly feet, so I’m afraid that she will not put up with them.”可知答案。
42. B。词义猜测题。根据文章第一段内容可知，bridegroom一词指的是这对情侣中的男士，而他们马上就要结婚了，故文中bridegroom一词指的是“即将结婚的男子”。
43. C。细节理解题。根据第三段原文“Thinking of the terrible result, he felt frightened at once.”可知丈夫之所以害怕并不是因为袜子不见了，而是因为不穿袜子的后果将会很严重：如果不穿袜子，妻子就会知道他脚臭的实情。
44. D。推理判断题。因为婚后妻子早上刷牙之前从不说话，所以丈夫只知道自己脚臭，并不知道妻子早上口气难闻，偏偏他袜子不见了的这天早上妻子开口说话了，于是他闻到了很难闻的气味，所以他才会认为妻子把他的袜子吃了，否则口气不会如此难闻。
45. B。推理判断题。本文是一则幽默故事，主要讲一对新婚夫妇在婚前向对方隐瞒了自己的毛病，婚后一个月内他们俩掩饰得都很好，但终于有一天出现状况。他们彼此深爱对方，所以在这之后最后可能发生的是彼此坦白，说明真相，最后互相谅解。
46. C。细节理解题。根据第一段“Examples include arching their backs as a signal of fear or attack ...”可知答案。
47. B。细节理解题。根据第一段“... slowly blinking their eyes to signal relaxation.”可知缓慢地眨眼睛表明猫很放松。文中提到猫在躺着时表明它很开心和舒服，但未提到它趴着时表明什么，故排除A项；根据第二段“A tail held high is a sign of happiness, or can be used as a greeting ...”可知C项错误；根据第一段“Cats show dissatisfaction by moving their ears back, equal to a human frown.”可知D项不正确。
48. A。细节理解题。根据第二段“Cats will twitch their tails when hunting or angry, while larger twitching suggests displeasure. They may also twitch their tails when playing.”可知，猫在捕食，感到生气或在玩耍时会抽动尾巴。而A项在文中没有提到。
49. B。细节理解题。根据第三段“For instance, a cat rubbing its body along an arm or leg of its owner is not only a way in which to attract attention and, perhaps, a way to ask for food; it is also a way of “marking” its owner as its own.”可知，猫在主人身上蹭来蹭去可能是要引起主人的注意，还可能是想要吃的东西，或者是想表明它的主人是属于它的。
50. D。段落大意题。根据最后一段“To understand cats, people must observe a cat closely and learn what its body signals tell them.”可知，本段主要想告诉人们要多多观察猫，研究猫的身体语言。
51. D。细节理解题。根据第一段原句“Many people talk about sales growth, profit growth, and possession growth, but none of these will happen without personal growth.”可知答案。
52. A。细节理解题。根据第二段 “... the things that I’ve covered above just play minor (次要的) roles in helping you reach a good future. The major cause doesn’t lie outside. It lies inside.”可知B、C、D三项的内容都属于外部原因，不是主要原因；主要原因在内而不在外，因此答案为A。
53. D。推理判断题。根据最后一段 “The cause of the difference lies in believing, in trying, in accepting failures, in thinking, in a smile at people around, and in the ways of dealing with problems.”可知D项的内容不在这些因素范围内。
54. C。推理判断题。在最后一段中作者提出了对青少年的鼓励“Teens are the most wonderful and important period in life. If you want a great future, begin to improve yourself from now on!”，故本文的目标读者就是青少年。
55. B。主旨大意题。本文第一段是主旨段，第一段最后一句点出了本文的主题 “The key to your future is you yourself.”，因此B项可作本文的标题。
56. F。Wang Gang正在考虑给女朋友买钻石首饰，但还没有决定买耳环还是项链。F提供多种首饰，并可以为顾客提供一些建议，适合Wang Gang。
57. C。Jack下周要回澳大利亚，他打算走前在中国买一些丝绸制品送给他的妻子和母亲。C提供精美的丝绸制品，可以满足Jack的需要。
58. D。Mary对小装饰品很感兴趣，她计划买一些笔筒和相框送给朋友们。D提供各种各样的小装饰品，可以满足她的要求。
59. A。Li Jing想在这个周末买一些法国品牌的化妆品。A提供包括法国品牌在内的多种化妆品，适合Li Jing。
60. B。Zhao Lin下个月就要在一家美国公司上班了，因为他个子高，他决定去量身订做一套西服。B提供最优质的服装裁剪，适合Zhao Lin。
Unit 3听力材料及参考答案
（Text 1）
M: Look at those beautiful birds over there. I think you can teach them to talk.
W: But look at the price! I’d rather have a cat.
（Text 2）
M: I suppose the reason why so many tourists come here is that everything is so cheap.
W: Cheap? Nothing is really cheap here.
（Text 3）
W: Where are you going to plant the tree? By the front door?
M: No, that would be silly. It’ll grow too big. I’m going to put it at the back of the garage.
W: I thought it would be better right at the end of the garden.
M: OK.
（Text 4）
M: Can I take your coat, Madam?
W: Thank you.
M: And would you like something to drink before you order your meal?
（Text 5）
W: Where were you on Christmas, David? I called you several times and nobody was home.
M: My parents and I travelled to New Zealand to visit my uncle. It was quite an experience to spend Christmas in summer.
（Text 6）
M: Hello! Police Station.
W: Hello! This is Mrs Black.
M: Can I help you, Madam?
W: Yes. I’ve just come home from work and I find someone has broken into my house and stolen all my money and jewellery. Could you please come over immediately?
M: Sure. Where do you live?
W: My house is No.14 on the 5th Avenue.
M: OK. Don’t worry, Madam. We’ll be there in about 10 minutes.
（Text 7）
M: Good morning, Madam. Can I help you?
W: Ah, yes. I want to go to New York and I’m not so sure of the best way to get there.
M: Well, you could get there by the long distance bus. It’s only $15.
W: Mm, that’s not bad. How long does it take me to get there?
M: It takes you about ten hours.
W: Ten hours?
M: Well, yes. But you can go at night, so you might get some sleep anyway.
W: Oh, no. I never sleep sitting up.
（Text 8）
W: May I help you?
M: Yes, I would like some tickets for next week’s ballet performances.
W: Which performance do you wish to attend? There will be three: Thursday, Friday and Sunday evenings.
M: Are there still seats for all the performances?
W: Not many, and very few together. How many tickets do you want?
M: Just two, preferably together. The date is less important.
W: I have two together in the last row for Sunday evening.
M: That would be fine. How much are they?
W: Ten dollars each. That will be 20 dollars for the two tickets.
M: Yes, here you are. Thank you.
W: You’re welcome.
（Text 9）
M: Do you mind if I join you?
W: Please do.
M: I’m Alan Hook. I work at St Jude’s Training College.
W: How do you do? My name is Barbara Samuel. And what do you do at the college?
M: I’m in charge of the science department.
W: Have you been there long?
M: Just over a year. By the way, haven’t I seen your picture in the paper recently?
W: Ah, that must have been the national tennis competition last week.
M: That’s right — you won a cup.
W: Well, I guess I was lucky. How about you? Do you play?
M: I used to, but I’m out of practice these days. I must see about joining a club sometime.
（Text 10）
Well, my society is called the Historical Society. We meet every other Thursday. I think I should point out that we are not just interested in sitting around and talking about the past. A lot of our activities are towards what can perhaps be called “living history” — by which I mean how history can help us now. And because of this, we have been very interested in finding out about the history of this town itself — and some of the famous people who used to live here. We’ve also visited several historic houses in the area. This year we’re planning on going out much more to visit various historic sites away from the college. If you’d like to join, please come and see me.
参考答案：
1-5 CBCCA 6-10 BCBAB
11-15 CBAAB 16-20 ABBAC
21-25 DBDCA 26-30 BCABA
31-35 DCBAD 36-40 BDBCD
41-45 AABCD 46-50 CDBDC
51-55 BBDDA 56-59 AADC
60. He was born.
61. Met John Lennon and formed a band with him.
62. Helped to form “The Beatles”.
63. Got married.
64. “The Beatles” broke up.
65. Formed a new band “ Wings”.
66. contented 67. particularly
68. throughout 69. fortune
70. failure 71. outstanding
72. whispering 73. entertaining
74. sense 75. mouthful
76. has starred in 77. cut off
78. bumped into 79. swinging
80. slid 81. were worn out
82. directed 83. chews
84. entertained 85. have difficulty in
86. homeless 87. badly off
88. Picking up 89. bottom
90. astonished 91. boil
92. fortunate 93. mouthful
94. Chewing 95. sense
96. a. People were astonished that the snowstorm was very heavy.
b. It astonished everyone that the snowstorm was very heavy.
97. The little girl is whispering something in her granny’s ear.
98. a. It was fortunate for her that this film starred her.
b. She was fortunate to star in this film.
99. I was not content with my marks of last term.
100. The scenery of this mountainous area is very charming.
One possible version:
Li Lei got a new abacus from his grandpa as he was going to have his first abacus lesson that day. On the way to school, Li Lei thought it would be interesting to roll the abacus like wheels. So with a string he pulled the abacus with his school bag on it. He had great fun. When he got to school, most of the beads were gone. And Li Lei was too careless to notice that. Soon it was time to have the abacus lesson. All the other pupils were practising, but Li Lei could do nothing but sit there. When the teacher asked him what had happened to his abacus, he felt very ashamed and could say nothing.
Unit3 检测题
第一部分：英语知识运用
第一节 单项填空
从A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
1. — I went to the beach and got plenty of rest.
— ________ You looked tired last time I saw you.
A. You’d better not. B. Why not travel abroad?
C. I am glad you did. D. Sounds like a good idea.
2. — How could you ________ my sister so easily in the crowd?
— Because she stood out in her red dress.
A. pick up B. pick out C. take up D. take out
3. My aunt always loses her way when she is out by herself because she has no ________ of direction.
A. sense B. feeling C. touch D. scene
4. Good friends as we are, I still find her difficult to understand ________.
A. at times B. at a time C. at one time D. at the time
5. — Did you see the boys yesterday afternoon?
— Yes. I saw them ________ the fence when I passed.
A. climb B. climbed C. to climb D. climbing
6. — You are late again, Tom?
— Sorry, but I got ________ a heavy traffic jam.
A. caught in B. taken in C. put off D. held by
7. As a film star she was a success, but as a wife she was ________ failure, so their marriage ended in ________ failure.
A. /; / B. /; a C. a; a D. a; /
8. If he shouldn’t have been so ________ about his food, he would be healthier now.
A. special B. curious C. particular D. anxious
9. — Do you want anything else for your birthday?
— Nothing else. I’m very ________ with what you’ve bought me.
A. satisfying B. disappointed C. content D. honest
10. — How are the things in your village?
— Modern farming methods have been brought in and the villagers are ________ now than before.
A. well off B. better off C. badly off D. worse off
11. — Can you tell us what is important to a businessman?
— ________ information.
A. Collect B. Collected C. Having collected D. Collecting
12. In order not to let the others hear what he said, he ________ the news to me.
A. shouted B. told C. whispered D. said
13. The country itself didn’t have enough gas because of the war, so the government decided to ________ its gas supplies to other countries.
A. hide away B. cut off C. insist on D. break up
14. — What have you done with your arm?
— A little boy ________ my bike and knocked me off it.
A. knocked into B. came into C. got into D. broke into
15. Our teacher looked here and there on our playground ________ looking for something.
A. even though B. even if C. as if D. only if
第二节 完形填空
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。
Charlie Chaplin was the first international star of the modern era. He was especially beloved for his Little Tramp 16. He was the first screen artist to write, 17 and perform in his own films; in fact, 18, Charlie Chaplin even wrote the music for his movies. He was also the first artist to use his work to pass a 19 of equality and justice for all — 20 for the "little guy". Charlie Chaplin's career and life made 21 the first global icon (偶像); his too-small hat, his too large shoes and his trademark moustache were instantly 22 by audiences from Chicago to China, from Iowa City to India. And they 23 are today. All of these make Charlie Chaplin the first citizen of our global village.
Chaplin, a native of London, was born in 24 on April 16, 1889 to music hall performers. Chaplin only saw his 25 twice until the age of seven. The man 26 him and his mother about a year after Chaplin was 27. During Chaplin's earliest years, his mother was a(n) 28 and performer. Then her voice gave out, her stage career 29, and she began actively 30 Church of England services. At the age of 31, Chaplin's mother was considered as the insane and sent to Cane Hill lunatic asylum (疯人院), and the 32 sent Charlie and his brother to live with his father, 33 had by then stopped all payments of child support.
Charlie Chaplin lived with his father only a short time 34 his mother was released from the lunatic asylum and then 35 Charlie and his brother, to live with her once again.
16. A. character B. behaviour C. personality D. gentleman
17. A. act B. shoot C. direct D. edit
18. A. in case of B. in this case C. in case D. in some cases
19. A. possibility B. message C. culture D. promise
20. A. generally B. widely C. especially D. totally
21. A. him B. them C. us D. it
22. A. believed B. recognized C. realized D. known
23. A. really B. always C. still D. ever
24. A. happiness B. luck C. poverty D. peace
25. A. brother B. teacher C. mother D. father
26. A. taught B. left C. loved D. expected
27. A. born B. young C. ill D. old
28. A. actor B. artist C. dancer D. singer
29. A. ended B. began C. broke D. continued
30. A. attending B. working C. joining D. asking
31. A. eight B. seven C. nine D. ten
32. A. mother B. police C. family D. court
33. A. which B. what C. he D. who
34. A. then B. when C. before D. until
35. A. took away B. picked up C. took apart D. brought up
第二部分：阅读理解
阅读下列短文, 从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
Three blondes (金发碧眼的女人) were being trained to become detectives by a policeman. To test their skills in recognizing a suspect (嫌疑犯), the policeman showed the first blonde a picture for five seconds and then asked how she could recognize him. She thought it easy, for the suspect had only one eye. The policeman felt disappointed at this funny answer. He showed the second lady the picture for five seconds and asked her how she would recognize him. The second blonde giggled, flipped her hair, and said, "Ha! It’s easy to find the one-eared person!" Her answer also made the policeman angry. Turning to the third lady, he asked, "This is your suspect, and how would you recognize him?" He added quickly, "Think hard before giving a stupid answer." The third blonde looked at the picture carefully for a moment and said, "HMMMM ... the suspect is wearing contact lenses (隐形眼镜)." The policeman was surprised and speechless, because he really didn't know himself if the suspect wore contacts or not. "Well, that is a good answer. Wait here for a few minutes while I check his file." He left the room and went to his office, checked the suspect's file in his computer and returned with a beaming smile. "Wow! I can't believe it ... it's TRUE! The suspect does in fact wear contact lenses. Good work! How were you able to make such a wise observation?" "That's easy," the blonde replied, " he can't wear glasses because he only has one eye and one ear!"
36. Which of the following cannot conclude from the passage that detectives should have?
A. They must be charming.
B. Their observation must be keen.
C. They must be humorous.
D. They must be good at thinking.
37. According to the passage we can infer that ________.
A. the suspect was easy to be recognized
B. the picture was just a side of the suspect
C. the suspect must be a disabled person
D. the suspect was caught by the policeman
38. What will probably happen to the three blondes after this test?
A. The first blonde may be accepted as a detective at once.
B. The second blonde may be accepted as a detective at once.
C. The third blonde is good at thinking and needn’t any training.
D. All of them may be given more training courses or fired.
B
Honestly, since my daughter was born, I have thought a lot about how to raise a child. I once heard a story that told about when a baby was born. The story said that when a baby was born, a new master was born. The parents of that baby would become the servants. The question is: Why? Based on my observation, this phenomenon is true. Most parents who don't pay much attention to their kids have difficulties with their kids' attitude.
I'll make a comparison of how two families raise their children. The first one is a family with three children. Both mother and father never say "No" to their children's demands. As a result, all of their children became stubborn and won't listen to their parents’ words, "We can't."
The second family educated their children strictly from one year old to high school. The parents never approved or agreed directly to give their children what they wanted. They always postponed one or two days, even if they could afford it. Due to the way their parents educated them, these children understood that if they wanted something, they had to wait or they had to make an effort first. As a result, all the kids from the second family successfully graduated from university on time.
In my opinion, if we want to be successful parents and raise our children well, we have to start disciplining them when they are toddlers but not wait until they become teenagers.
39. Why did the writer give two different stories in this passage?
A. To help prove his opinion about raising a child.
B. To list different ways that parents may take.
C. To criticize some parents’ foolish action.
D. To prove that his way of education is right.
40. What does the underlined word “postponed” in the third paragraph mean?
A. Carried out at once. B. Gave up.
C. Put off. D. Made a decision.
41. In the writer’s opinion, which of the following about raising a child is TRUE?
A. Children should be respected once they were born.
B. Parents should educate their children as early as possible.
C. It is right time to educate their children when they are teenagers.
D. Children should be helped whenever they make mistakes.
C
Students often meet with questions as follows: bullied by someone, worried about a weak subject, puzzled by family problems or concerned about pets at home. All the questions above may make you not concentrated on your study. Who can you turn to if you are such an unlucky student? A great person to share your thoughts and feelings with is your school counsellor(顾问). Add school counsellors to the list of people you can turn to when you need help. They know how to listen and can help kids with life's challenges(挑战). Counsellors have special training in how to help kids solve problems, make decisions, and stand up for themselves. That doesn't mean your counsellor will wave a magic wand and the problem will go away. But it does mean he or she will help you cope with(应付) it. Coping is an important word to know. Sometimes, kids and grown-ups have difficult problems. Coping means that?someone is?trying to handle these problems and make things better.
Your school counsellor is available for you and wants to make your school experience the best it can be. The counsellor's job is to take your problem seriously and help you find a solution. The counsellor also wants to help you learn as much as you can in class, be a contributing member of the school community, and be a positive influence on your environment.
42. From the underlined sentence we may infer that ________.
A. a school counsellor is one of those who can help you
B. school counsellors are those you can make friends with
C. one needs various people to help him or her
D. one has to know and deal with all kinds of people at school
43. According to the passage, which of the following happens that you may not turn to the counsellors?
A. Other students treat you cruelly.
B. You are too poor to go to school.
C. You are weak in one subject.
D. You have family problem.
44. What does the writer think of the school counsellors?
A. They can solve any questions you meet with.
B. They can help students get their life or study improved.
C. They are as important as teachers in schools.
D. They may punish those who have bullied you.
45. Which of the following may be the best title of the passage?
A. School counsellors
B. School problems
C. Students’ problems
D. Free counsellors
第三部分：写作
第一节 主观阅读
阅读下面短文，根据文章内容回答下列问题。
When I was at primary school in the second grade, I used to follow my elder sister who is five years older than me. She loved sports and was always playing basketball and softball. She was also a runner and was good at it. She brought home some running awards, so I was motivated and started running, too.
I started training at school and never missed even a day. Even if it was raining, I was training. At first I was not very good; but as the years passed, I got better and better and started to win some competitions.
Breaking records In 1994, I won the Mexican National Championships. Later, I won fourth place in the Pan-American games that were held in Santiago de Chile. In 1996, I broke the Mexican record; and in 1997, I won fourth place in the Central American Games. In 1997 and 1998, I again won the Mexican National Championships and broke the Mexican records. Now I want to improve my personal record of 19 feet, 2 inches.
Plans for the future I'm in Houston now, training with coach Tom Tellez at the University of Houston. He is the best coach in the world. He also trained Carl Lewis, one of the best US athletes. I have the support of my parents who always come with me to all my meets. I think that's why I'm where I am. Next year I have some very important competitions. One of them is in Canada in July 1999. I hope I do well.
46. How did the writer get along with his sister when he was a primary student?
___________________________________________________________________________
47. What did the writer do to win so many championships?
___________________________________________________________________________
48. What does the writer think of his success?
___________________________________________________________________________
49. How about the writer’s achievements now?
___________________________________________________________________________
50. What do you think about the writer’s future?
___________________________________________________________________________
第二节 书面表达
目前我们国家在建设节约型社会，请你根据自己的实际生活情况，向全校同学发出倡议。内容从下面几个方面着手，开头已给出，不计入总词数。词数100左右。
1. 吃零食方面；
2. 服装打扮方面；
3. 节约用水、电方面；
4. 文具方面。
Dear classmates,
Chairman Hu called on the whole society to build China into a saving country last year. As a student, I think __________________________________________________________________
选做题：
阅读下面短文，在各横线上写出空白处所缺的单词 (每空一词)，使补足后的短文意思通顺、结构完整。
Charlie Chaplin was a small child 71 he got his first break by performing in place of his mother, who was 72 from severe mental illness. He got his start 73 films when his half-brother Sydney got him a job with the Karno Company in England. He came to the United States and 74 Mack Sennet's Keystone Studio. Along the way Chaplin did 75 that made him a famous figure world wide — he invented the Tramp. He went to the costume (服装) room at the studio and began combining pieces of 76 until he was wearing a derby hat, vest that was too small, shoes that were too 77 , a brush-mustache, and was 78 a cane. The costume seemed to produce the character. He remembered the walk 79 a man from his childhood and copied it. The character became his trademark, and made him 80 and special.
参考答案
1-5 CBAAD 6-10 ADCCB 11-15 DCBAC
16-20 ACDBC 21-25 ABCCD 26-30 BADAA 31-35 BDDCB
36-40 CBDAC 41-45 BABBA
46. He went to school with his sister, admired her success and followed her example. It was his sister who made the writer get interested in sports.
47. After making up his mind to take up sports, he was concentrated on his aim. After years’ hard training, he became better and better. He was hard-working and believed in himself. So he became a national champion and won great achievements in international competitions.
48. He owed his success to his hard training, his coach and the support from his parents.
49. He has won several Mexican National Championships and broken the national record again and again. He is trying to get better progress and improve his personal record.
50. Since he is such a hardworking sportsman, with the top coach’s help and support from his parents, he is sure to be more and more excellent.
书面表达
One possible version:
Chairman Hu called on the whole society to build China into a saving country last year. As a student, I think we should do something in answer to his call. We can’t do something great but we may do something closely connected with our life. At first, we’d better not waste money on too much junk food such as ice cream, soft drinks or bread. It’s unnecessary for us to pay much attention to dressing, which will cost our parents’ much money. We must learn to save electricity and water. Whenever we leave our classrooms, we must turn off the lights and don’t turn them on in the day time. It’s a bad habit to leave the water flowing all the time. Everyone should remember to turn off the taps after using water. Although we have to buy some pens, pencils, notebooks and some other things for study, we mustn’t waste them. If everyone does a bit, we may help a lot in the project organized by Chairman Hu.
选做题：
71. when 72. suffering 73. in 74. joined 75. something
76. clothing 77. big 78. carrying 79. of 80. famous
重点解析
1. C。根据第二个人说的“我上次见到你时你看上去很累”来判断，第一个说话者需要好好休息，而第一个人说“got plenty of rest”，所以答语应为“我很高兴你得到了充足的休息”。
2. B。根据后面的“穿着红色的衣服很显眼”来判断，上句需要表达的意思是“是怎么辨认出来的”，所以选pick out，意为“挑选出；辨认出”。pick up意为“捡起；得到”；take up意为“拿起；占据”；take out意为“拿出；取出”。
3. A。have no sense of direction是习惯用法，指没有方向感。
4. A。句意为：就像我们这样的好朋友，我 ____ 仍然很难理解她。这里表达的是偶然的情况，所以选at times，意为“有时候”。at a time意为“每次；逐一；依次”；at one time意为“同时；曾经”；at the time意为“在那时”。
5. D。根据“when I passed”来判断，这里说的是正在发生的情况，see sb. doing sth.指“看到某人正在做某事”。see sb. do sth.指“看见某人做了某事”，看到事件的过程。
6. A。be / get caught in是固定搭配，指“突然碰上；突然遭受”，多用于被动结构。
7. D。failure表示“失败的人或事”时，是可数名词；表示“失败”时，是不可数名词。第一空指“失败者”，所以用a；第二空指“以失败告终”，所以不加冠词。
8. C。be particular about意为“对……挑剔”；be curious about意为“对……好奇”；special意为“特别的；特殊的”；anxious意为“担忧的；焦急的”。根据句意选C。
9. C。be content with意为“对……感到满意”，相当于be satisfied with；be disappointed at指“对……感到失望”；be honest with指“对……说老实话”。
10. B。根据前面的“引进了现代化的耕种方法”来判断，村民的生活比以前“更富裕了”，所以用well off的比较级better off。worse off是badly off的比较级。
11. D。根据上面的问句可知，是对主语的提问，所以用collecting information作主语，后面省略了is important to a businessman。
12. C。为了不让别人听到，只好“小声把消息告诉了我”，所以用whisper，指“耳语；低声说”。其他选项不合句意。
13. B。根据句意，因战争而导致煤气不足，所以应该是切断对国外的供应。cut off its gas supplies指“切断煤气的供应”。hide away意为“隐藏；藏起”；insist on意为“坚决要求”；break up意为“打碎；分裂”。
14. A。knock into意为“撞上；撞见”；break into意为“闯入”。
15. C。根据前面的looked here and there判断，我们的老师“好像”在找东西，所以用as if。
16. A。卓别林因其扮演“小流浪汉”的角色而深受大家喜爱。此处character指“角色”，符合句意。behaviour意为“行为；举止”；personality指“个性”；gentleman意为“绅士”。
17. C。卓别林以其自编、自导、自演出名，句中提到了write(编剧)和perform(演出)，所以direct(导演)符合逻辑。act和perform都可指“表演”；edit意为“编辑”，shoot可指“拍摄”，都与上下文不符。
18. D。in some cases指“在某些情况下”或“有时”。in case of意为“假设；万一”；in this case意为“既然这样”；in case意为“万一”。
19. B。pass a massage指传递信息；possibility意为“可能性”；culture意为“文化”；promise意为“允诺”。
20. C。卓别林在电影中传达了一种平等和正义的信息，especially(专门)面向小人物。
21. A。全文谈卓别林的生平、事迹，他成为人们的偶像，所以应该选him，前后逻辑一致。
22. B。他的小帽子，肥大的鞋子和标志性的小胡子为观众所“认可”。
23. C。用still指前面提到的内容在今天仍然被人们接受。
24. C。通过下文看出卓别林的童年是贫困的。
25. D。根据下文可以看出是他父亲，后面讲他和妈妈一起生活。
26. B。上文提到只见过其父亲两次说明其父亲“离开”了他们。
27. A。此处讲述卓别林童年的事情，侧重他爸爸离家的时间是在卓别林出生后一年左右。
28. D。通过下文“her voice gave out”推断，她应该是一个歌手。
29. A。根据上文看出其演艺生涯结束了。
30. A。attend意为“出席；参加；参与”。
31. B。从第45空所在位置的句子，可以看出是在他七岁的时候。
32. D。四个选项中只有法庭有权利让他父亲再抚养他们。
33. D。此处是非限制性定语从句，先行词为人，所以用who。
34. C。根据下文看出他妈妈从精神病院出来后把他们接走，说明在妈妈出院前，他们是和爸爸在一起。
35. B。pick up指“接走”。take away指“取走”；take apart意为“拆开；粗暴对待”；bring up意为“教育；培养”。根据句意选B。
36. C。警察之所以培训这样的女士，首先是因为她们的长相，但单凭这些是不能胜任侦探工作的，她们还要有敏锐的观察和分析能力。是否需要幽默，文中并没有提到。
37. B。第一个女孩看到嫌疑犯只有“一只眼睛”，第二个女孩看到只有“一个耳朵”，警察对这两个人的回答都感到滑稽、可笑，由此可以推测这张画像是一个人的侧面照。
38. D。她们本来就是在接受训练，而对于这次测试的结果，可以看出三个人目前在这方面是没有什么值得称赞的，所以继续培训或被解雇的可能性都存在。
39. A。作者给出两个例子的目的是从反正方面说明自己的观点。
40. C。根据上下文，前面提到家长从来不立即给予答复，下文提到孩子们知道了家长的原则，每次提出要求后也总是等上一段时间或做出努力。可见该单词的意思是“推迟”。
41. B。根据文章最后一段，作者谈到要教育孩子就要从孩子学步时开始，而不是等到他们都到了十几岁时才开始。
42. A。句义理解题，提示读者他们是可以在需要时给予帮助的人，所以应加到能帮助人的名单中。
43. B。排除题。根据文中涉及的内容，没有提到即为排除对象。学生在校遇到的问题在第一段进行了列举，答案B不在此范围内。
44. B。第二段提到学校顾问是经过专门培训的专家，他们能够帮助学生处理问题，改善学生的学习环境和心理素质。
45. A。学校顾问是该文的中心话题，全文首先提出学生在校可能遇到的问题，然后提出解决问题的人选，进而对该人选的作用和工作方法进行了介绍，所以用“School counsellors”作为标题最合适。
Unit 3
一、根据中文或首字母提示，填写所缺单词的适当形式。
By the end of February schools are opened t________ the country.
He is a f________ as an artist, but a success as an art teacher.
If we work with a strong will, we can o________ any difficulty, no matter how great it is.
He had great d________ in getting the work done within a week.
They sent the enemy ship to the b________ of the sea.
I’m so full that I couldn’t eat another m________.
Hundreds of people leave their villages hoping to gain their f________ in cities.
A m________ country is one in which there are many mountains .
I found it ________ (令人惊讶的) that the young player beat the chess master in the game.
I still remember her ________ (特别的) way of smiling.
My family ________ (款待) him as an honored guest.
Elizabeth Fry helped to improve prison conditions and gave the ________ (无家可归的) work and education.
After graduating from Peking University, he was ________ (幸运的) in having a good job.
I lived in an area of ________ (显著的) natural beauty.
A million dollars is a v________ amount of money.
二、请从下面方框中选择适当的单词或短语，并用其正确形式填空。
boil, chew, cruel, direct, sense, slide, star, swing, whisper, worn-out,
badly off, content, cut off, knock, pick, star
1. She is ________ her job at the moment.
2. We shouldn’t be unhappy about being ________ — many families are much worse off than we are.
3. It’s easy to ________ my car from others in the parking place; it has an advertisement of Toshiba TV on the back of it.
4. Several months ago Harbin ________ its water supply for four days because of pollution fear in Songhua River, which is Harbin’s main water source.
5. She has ________ some thirty films in all her life.
6. The boy rode very fast and ________ an old man.
7. She ________ into the room not wanting to wake the baby.
8. Anyone who likes watching people suffer is ________.
9. These cars are ________ and must be replaced.
10. When water ________, it changes into steam.
11. Do everything step by step, and don’t bite off more than you can ________.
12. His boss was out on business and couldn’t come back in time, so ________ him to call off the meeting.
13. Daniel Radcliffe, who plays Harry Potter, attended the premiere Sunday Evening along with other cast members including Machael Gambon, who ________ as the kindly Albus Dumbledore.
14. The ________ of the ship made many people seasick.
15. In a low voice, she ________ to me that someone was sliding into the room.
There is no ________ in going by boat when the plane is just as cheap and much quicker.
三、从A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
1. To understand the grammar of the sentence, you must break it ________ into parts. (湖北2005)
A. down B. up C. off D. out
2. He tried his best to solve the problem, ________ difficult it was. (天津 2005)
A. however B. no matter C. whatever D. although
3. The picture was taken a long time ago. I wonder if you can ________ my father. (湖北2005)
A. find out B. pick out C. look out D. speak out
4. I was just talking to Margaret when Jackson ________. (湖南 2005)
A. cut in B. cut down C. cut out D. cut up
5. The prize of the game show is $ 30,000 and all expenses ________ vacation to China. (北京2005)
A. paying B. paid C. to be paid D. being paid
6. Don’t leave the water ________ while you brush your teeth. (天津 2004)
A. run B. running C. being run D. to run
7. I’m going to the supermarket this afternoon. Do you have anything ________? (上海春 2004) A. to be buying B. to buy C. for buying D. bought
8. You should try to get a good night’s sleep ________ much work you have to do. (北京 2004)
A. however B. no matter C. although D. whatever
9. He was in hospital for six months. He felt as if he was ________ from the outside world. (北京 2004)
A. cut out B. cut off C. cut up D. cut through
10. A cook will be immediately fired if he is found ________ in the kitchen. (全国 2003)
A. smoke B. smoking C. to smoke D. smoked
11. Reading is an experience quite different from watching TV; there are pictures ________ in your mind instead of before your eyes.
A. to form B. form C. forming D. having formed
12. The flowers ________ sweet in the botanic garden attract the visitors to the beauty of nature.
A. to smell B. smelling C. smelt D. to be smelt
13. He looked around and caught a man passenger ________ his hand into the pocket of a lady.
A. put B. to be putting C. to put D. putting
14. The old man, ________ abroad for twenty years, is on the way back to his motherland.
A. to work B. working C. to have worked D. having worked
15. The picture ________ on the wall is painted by my nephew.
A. having hung B. hanging C. hangs D. being hung
16. Having a trip abroad is certainly good for the old couple, but it remains ________ whether they will enjoy it.
A. to see B. to be seen C. seeing D. seen
17. Power stations use ________ water to produce electricity.
A. falling B. fallen C. fall D. falls
四、请根据中文意思及提示，翻译下列句子。
1. 我不能想像如果遭受暴风雪围困，生活会是什么样子的。(be caught in)
___________________________________________________________________________
2. 尽管这部电影投资很大，却不受欢迎，这使得导演大吃一惊。(astonish)
___________________________________________________________________________
3. 成千上万的人去淘金，然而，没有人是足够幸运的。(in search of)
___________________________________________________________________________
4. 有手机的人们觉得无论走到哪里，和朋友们联系起来都很方便。(feel it convenient)
___________________________________________________________________________
5. 他仍然清晰地记得地震发生时那可怕的一幕，好像就在昨天发生似的。(as if)
___________________________________________________________________________
6. 他把自己刚写完的小说读了一遍，对自己很满意。(be content with)
___________________________________________________________________________
7. 他津津有味的嚼着每一口，好像从来没有吃过这么香的饭。(mouthful)
___________________________________________________________________________
8. 卓别林，最滑稽的喜剧演员之一，是第一个给电影配上声音的。(the first one to)
___________________________________________________________________________
9. 早在第二部电影的时候，他就已经形成了自己独特的表演风格，并且很快闻名全球。(particular)
___________________________________________________________________________
10. 我现在好多了，只是有时候还有些咳嗽。(at times)
___________________________________________________________________________
五、阅读下面短文，在各横线上写出空白处所缺的单词 (每空一词)，使补足后的短文意思通顺、结构完整。
In the earliest days of the cinema, all the films were silent. There was no music 1 dialogue. Then people began to play music in the cinema while the film was being shown. Sometimes a small group of people played music. More often, one person, for example, a woman, played the piano. She used to look at the film and play the right kind of music 2 the film. If it was a love scene, she played 3 music. If one group of people were fighting or running 4 some others, she used to play fast, 5 music. One pianist in Canada thought of something special to play. It sounded 6 a group of people coming down the street and 7 music. A bus came nearer and nearer. Finally the people had to 8 playing when the bus got too close. 9 the end of this scene, the cinema manager went to the pianist and said 10 “What do you think you are doing?” The pianist had forgotten to look at the film. It was the middle of a love scene.
六、下列各句均有一处错误，请找出并改正。
1. In some parts of London, missing a bus means to wait for another hour.
2. — Why haven’t you bought some butter?
— I meant, but I forgot.
3. Looking at his exciting look, I knew he hadn’t calmed himself down.
4. He requested that we must offer some money to him.
5. He searched for all his pockets but failed to find his pass.
6. — I hear John refused to tell the truth and was taken away by the police.
— Where did you put that up?
7. She was broken down when she heard the news, but quickly recovered.
8. The scientist is content to work here, but he isn’t content at this small success.
9. The earthquake was happened at night, causing thousands of people to be dead.
10. I have explained the question twice, however he is still quite puzzled.
参考答案
单词拼写
1. throughout 2. failure 3. overcome 4. difficulty 5. bottom
6. mouthful 7. fortune 8. mountainous 9. astonishing 10. particular
11. entertained 12. homeless 13. fortunate 14. outstanding 15. vast
选词填空
1. content with 2. badly off 3. pick out 4. cut off 5. starred in
6. knocked into 7. slid 8. cruel 9. worn-out 10. boils
11. chew 12. directed 13. stars 14. swing 15. whispered 16. sense
单项选择
1-5 AABAB 6-10 BBABB 11-15 CBDDB 16-17 BA
翻译
1. I can’t imagine what our life will be like if we are caught in a snowstorm.
2. It astonished the director that the film wasn’t well received though it cost much.
3. Thousands of people rushed there in search of gold but none of them were fortunate enough.
4. The people with mobile phones feel it convenient to keep in touch with their friends wherever they go.
5. He still remembers clearly the frightening scene at the time of earthquake as if it happened yesterday.
6. He read through his newly-finished story and was content with himself.
7. He ate every mouthful with great enjoyment. It seemed that he had never had a more delicious dinner.
8. Charlie Chaplin, one of the finniest comedy actors, was the first one to add sound to films.
9. As early as his second film, he had developed his particular manner of acting, which soon became famous in the world.
10. I am much better now. Only a little cough at times.
填空
1. or 2. for 3. soft 4. after 5. exciting
6. like 7. playing 8. stop 9. At 10. angrily
改错
1. wait→waiting。mean意为“意味着”时，后面接动词-ing形式。
2. meant后加to。mean意为“打算”，后面连接动词不定式。
3. exciting→excited。指激动的表情，不是令人激动的表情。
4. 去掉must。request连结从句时用虚拟语气，（should）+动词原形。
5. searched for→searched。search的宾语是寻找的东西所在的处所。
6. put→pick。对动词短语的考查，语意为：无意中听说。
7. 去掉was。broke down意为“精神垮了”。break是不及物动词，没有被动形式。
8. at→with。对形容词短语be content with的考查，意为“对……满意”。
9. 去掉was。happened是不及物动词，没有被动形式。
10. however→but。but是连词，连接两个句子，however是副词，有逗号与句子隔开。
随堂演练
及时体验 巩固提升
Ⅰ.用适当的介词填空
1. She treated me ________ one of the family, which made me moved.
答案 as
2．They went camping last week and slept ________ the open air rather than in the hotel.
答案 in
3．—What did he ask ________ when he met you in the street?
—Some money.
答案 for
4．Did the boy react ________ your questions?
答案 to
5．Parents thought ________ the decision carefully.
答案 of/about
Ⅱ.单句语法填空(不多于3个单词)
1．They all laughed over the letter—it was very ________(amuse)
答案 amusing.
2．He seemed to feel the necessity of some ________(explain) for the new plan.
答案 explanation
3．Roads in the ________(mountain) area have been badly damaged by the earthquake.
答案 mountainous
4．There were a lot of ________(drink) drivers on the roads on Sunday nights.
答案 drunk
5．His ________(react) to this matter is unexpected.
答案 reaction
随堂演练
及时体验 巩固提升
Ⅰ.用适当的介词或副词填空
1．He cut ________ a branch from the tree and made a stick.
答案 off
2．Though he is always wearing old clothes, he is not so badly ________ as you think.
答案 off
3．Mr. Smith has got a pay rise and he is content ________ his salary.
答案 with
4．Can you pick ________ your elder sister in this crowd?
答案 out
5．________ to now, he hasn't turned up yet.
答案 Up
6．The children are bored ________ one examination after another.
答案 with
7．Chaplin became famous ________ the world because of his humour.
答案 throughout
8．We all went into the woods ________ search of the lost boy.
答案 in
9．The film she starred ________ was very popular with young people.
答案 in
10．The thief broke ________ the shop but was caught by the police.
答案 into
Ⅱ.单句语法填空(不多于3个单词)
1．I find it absolutely ________(astonish)that you didn't like it.
答案 astonishing
2．As a writer，he was a ________(fail)．
答案 failure
3．I am having some ________(difficult)with the job.
答案 difficulty
4．The car was ________ (catch)between two lorries.
答案 caught
5．They are so ________(hunger)that they have to boil a pair of leather shoes in a pan and eat it.
答案 hungry
6．He lived the last years of his life in Switzerland，where he was ________ (bury)in 1977.
答案 buried
7．They were ________(lie)in the open air under the stars.
答案 lying
8．He met a poor and homeless person，who wore large trousers，________(wear)out shoes and a small round black hat.
答案 worn
9．The film is ________(set)in California in the middle of the nineteenth century when gold was discovered.
答案 set
英语·必修4(人教版)
单元过关检测卷(三)
A卷 基础知识检测
一、用所给单词的适当形式填空
1．What she said ________(convincing) me that I was mistaken.
答案：convinced
2．Although he is ________(home), he feels his situation is not hopeless.
答案：homeless
3．His experiment ended in ________(fail)．
答案：failure
4．When having English class, I heard two students________ (whisper) to each other.
答案：whispering
5．A happy person is________(content) with what he has, rather than worried about what he doesn't have.
答案：content
6．What ________ (astonishment)me was his bad living conditions.
答案：astonished
7．Traffics were not as convenient as those in cities in the ________ (mountain) areas.
答案：mountainous
8．I am________(fortune) in having such outstanding parents.
答案：fortunate
9．He fell in the water, much to the ________(entertain) of the children.
答案：entertainment
10．________(occasion), he would say something funny to make his wife happy.
答案：Occasionally
二、用本单元所学的单词或短语完成下面的短文
Liu Xiang was always looking forward to winning the men's 110m hurdles at the Olympics in Athens and he did it.After that he became an idol(偶像) to the young people for his 1.________work.
“I am quite 2.________to run under 13 seconds and break the Olympic record.It is really 3.________news and it 4.________all the Chinese.I never thought it.” said Liu Xiang in tears, “Practice is extremely 5.________at times and I must 6.________all kinds of difficulties.Also I must 7.________ the communication with others, including my parents. 8.________ makes me feel more 9.________because my effort didn't end in 10.________.I'm proud not just for myself and for Chinese but also for Asia.My race went wonderfully from start to finish.” Liu added.“It is an amazing experience being the Olympic champion.I want to thank my coach and my friends for their help.I think today we Chinese have showed that it is 11.________ that we can run as fast as anybody else 12.________the world.”
Since his return from Athens, Liu Xiang has been at the center of a media circus.He is a star and he has been to many press appearances and meetings.However Liu thinks 2004 is just the beginning, and he expects to 13.________ the world in the 2008 Beijing Olympics.Liu said, “For some players, it's just a job.For me, it's what I love.” 14.________he is in a good condition preparing for the Olympics.
答案： 1.outstanding 2.content 3.astonishing
4．inspires 5.boring 6.overcome 7.cut off
8．It 9.fortunate 10.failure 11.convincing
12．throughout 13.brighten 14.Up to now
三、完成下列句子
1．The famous actress Gong Li ________(主演) a great number of good films.
答案：starred in
2．____________ (直到现在) there's been no word from them.
答案：Up to now
3．The teacher____________(感到震惊) his getting the first in the competition.
答案：was astonished at
4．The thief____________ (偷偷地溜进房间) when he saw the door open.
答案：slid into the room
5．Scientists are______________(寻求此病的疗法)．
答案：in search of a cure for the disease
四、语法填空
In order to know a foreign language thoroughly，four things are necessary.Firstly，we must understand the language when we hear 1.________ spoken.Secondly，we must be able to speak it ourselves correctly with confidence and without hesitation. 2.________，we must be able to read the language，and fourthly，we must be able to write it.We must be able to make sentences that are grammatically correct.
There is no easy way to success 3.________ language learning. 4.________ good memory is a great help，but it is not enough only 5.________ (memorize) rules from a grammar book.It is not much use learning by heart long lists of words and 6.________ meanings，studying the dictionary and so on.We must learn by using the language.7.________we are satisfied with only a few rules we have memorized，we are not really learning the language.“Learn through use” is a good piece of 8.________ (advise) for those 9.________ are studying a new language.Practice is important.We must practise speaking and 10.________ (write) the language whenever we can.
解析：指代 the foreign language，当我们听人们说一种外语时，我们必须理解它。
答案：it
2．解析： 由上下文中的Firstly，Secondly和fourthly可知此处应填“Thirdly(第三)”。
答案：Thirdly
3．解析： “success in (doing) sth.”是固定搭配，表示做某事成功或在某方面成功。
答案：in
4．解析： memory 作“记忆力，记性”解时，通常只用单数形式，前面用不定冠词。a good/bad memory 表示“记性好/坏”。
答案：A
5．解析： it 是形式主语，后面用不定式作真正的主语。
答案：to memorize
6．解析： 指“一长串单词的”。
答案：their
7．解析： 由两个分句之间的逻辑意义可知，此句表示条件。
答案：If
8．解析： 介词后面接名词，advise 的名词形式为advice。
答案：advice
9．解析： 先行词是表示人的those，并在定语从句中作主语，只能用who来引导。
答案：who
10．解析： 因与speaking 并列，作practise的宾语，故用-ing 形式。
答案：writing
B卷 综合检测
(测试时间：120分钟 评价分值：135分)
第一部分 语言知识及应用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：完形填空(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，从各题所给的四个选项中选出最佳选项。
Charlie Chaplin was born on April 16th，1889 in London.His father was a (n) 1 and although not one of the big names，he was doing very well.His mother Hannah was also an entertainer.A wonderful mimic (模仿者)，she had a sweet，charming__2__.While they were by no means__3__，the music hall provided the Chaplin with a comfortable living.
4 ，happy life didn't last long.Father's alcoholism was slowly，but surely 5 his marriage.Finally it ended in divorce，but Hannah was indomitable (不轻易认输的). Without her，Charlie Chaplin would have become just one more child 6 in the poverty of Victorian London. Somehow she not only managed to keep Charlie and his brother Syney clean and 7 ，clothed and fed but she thought up various ways to 8 them.She would sit at the 9 watching the passers-by and guess their 10 from the way they looked and behaved，making up stories to amuse them.Charlie 11 her skills and went on using them all his life.
Charlie had always believed，even in the worst times，that something special had locked away inside him.He 12 his courage and went to see one of the top theatrical agents.With no 13 at all，he was offered the 14 of Billy — the pageboy in a new production of “Sherlock Holmes”．“Sherlock Holmes” opened on July 27th，1903 at the enormous “Pavilion Theatre”．Charlie seemed to become 15 overnight.It was as if he had found the thing he was meant to do.
Charlie's first film，released in February 1914，was called “Making a living”．Though it didn't satisfy Charlie，the public liked it.After that he had made ten films and he had learned a lot.The public loved him and distributors were demanding more and more Chaplin films.In an incredibly short time，Charlie had become a very important man in motion picture.
( )1.A.conductor B．teacher C．entertainer D．worker
解析：从第一段“His mother Hannah was also an entertainer.”可知卓别林的父亲也是一位entertainer。
答案：C
( )2.A.voice B．sound C．noise D．figure
解析：他的母亲有着“甜美的嗓音”，所以用voice。
答案：A
( )3.A.poor B．rich C．happy D．sad
解析：此处可知他家并不富裕，by no means意思是“绝不，根本不”，所以这里应该选rich。
答案：B
( )4.A.Surprisingly B．Unexpectedly C．Unfortunately D．Unhappily
解析：幸福生活持续不久，明显表转折。
答案：C
( )5.A.destroying B．hurting C．wounding D．harming
解析：他父亲长期酗酒这“破坏”了婚姻，所以用destroy。
答案：A
( )6.A.gone B．separated C．divided D．lost
解析：从上文可知“要不是他的母亲，卓别林可能还在贫穷中挣扎”。lost意思是“迷失”。
答案：D
( )7.A.happy B．tidy C．full D．warm
解析：clean and tidy，clothed and fed，固定搭配。
答案：B
( )8.A.feed B．please C．scold D．blame
解析：由上一题可知，此处是“让孩子们开心”，please意思是“取悦”。
答案：B
( )9.A.windows B．table C．door D．bed
解析：坐在窗边看来来往往的路人。
答案：A
( )10.A.appearance B．expression C．character D．nationality
解析：character意思是“个性”。此处是“由一举一动猜想个性”的意思。
答案：C
( )11.A.took in B．brought in C．picked up D．turned up
解析：take in意思是“吸收；采纳；继承”。此句的意思是“查理继承了她的技能并一生延用。”
答案：A
( )12.A.found B．collected C．discovered D．notice
解析：collect courage此句意思可知“鼓起勇气”。
答案：B
( )13.A.money B．help C．experience D．education
解析：由上下文可知“作为新手肯定是没有经验”。
答案：C
( )14.A.name B．part C．actor D．chance
解析：由上下文可知“只能给他一个小角色”。
答案：B
( )15.A.respectable B．knowledgeable C．comfortable D．recognizable
解析：由上下文可知“他一夜成名了”。
答案：D
第二节：语法填空(共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面的短文，按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求，在空格处填入一个适当的词或使用括号中词语的正确形式填空。
Jack was a college student.His parents were poor，so he had to work in his spare time to pay for his education.He 16.________(find) it necessary to get two part-time jobs at the same time so as to earn enough money.
One summer he managed 17.________(get) a job in a butcher's shop during the daytime，and another in a hospital at night.In the butcher's shop，he learnt to cut meat up quite 18.________(nice) so the butcher often left him to do all the serving.In the hospital，on the other hand，he 19.________(allow) to do only the simplest jobs, 20.________helping to lift people and to carry them from one part of the hospital to 21.________.Both at the butcher's shop and at the hospital，Jack had to wear white clothes.
One evening at the hospital，Jack had to help 22.________woman from her bed to the place 23.________she was to have an 24.________(operate)．The woman was already feeling frightened at the thought of the operation before he came to get her, 25.________when she saw Jack，she fainted away.
16．解析：考查谓语动词，用一般过去时。
答案：found
17．解析：考查非谓语动词，manage to do sth.。
答案：to get
18．解析：考查词形变化，修饰cut，用副词。
答案：nicely
19．解析：考查谓语动词，被动。
答案：was allowed
20．解析：考查介词，根据句意判断用like。
答案：like
21．解析：考查代词， 搭配：from one to another。
答案：another
22．解析：考查冠词，泛指用a。
答案：a
23．解析：考查定语从句，先行词为the place，故用where。
答案：where
24．解析：考查词形变化，需要一个名词。
答案：operation
25．解析：考查连词，根据句意，表转折。
答案：but
第二部分 阅读(共两节，满分50分)
第一节：阅读理解(共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D项中选出最佳选项。
A
What is it that makes people laugh? More than two thousand years ago the ancient Greek philosopher Aristotle defined (定义) jokes as the pleasure that results from a feeling of triumph by showing we're better than someone else in a certain way.According to Aristotle and many other philosophers，all jokes depend mainly on showing inferiority in another person or group of persons — that is，putting it clearly，on showing that they are worse off than ourselves.Jokes raise our good opinion of ourselves at someone else's expense.
Showing how much better than other people we are is only one reason we like jokes.Someone may also use a joke to express their anger or their cruelty or any other kind of action that is not acceptable to us.We feel free to laugh when we hear about someone sliding on a banana skin.The joke lets us express those attitudes which are usually unacceptable to society.This is probably the reason why some of the jokes，especially those involving cruelty，are so popular with certain people.
Besides，all jokes depend on our enjoyment of laughing at something that is strange and out of place because it's different from things which are happening around it.The same situation can be either sad or pleasant，depending entirely on how strange and out of place it is.If a girl in a bathing suit falls into a swimming pool，we don't laugh because nothing unusual has happened.But if a man in a smart suit falls in，the situation is at once unusual in a pleasant way and we laugh.A good joke-teller will always try to build up a situation in which one thing is expected until something unexpected suddenly happens，and so we laugh.
( )26.The underlined word “inferiority” (in Paragraph 1) means ________．
A．something that is not as good as something else
B．something that is better than something else
C．someone that is not as good as someone else
D．someone that is better than someone else
解析：由下文“they are worse off”可推出。
答案：A
( )27.According to Aristotle，all jokes depend mainly on ________．
A．showing inferiority in another person or group
B．resulting in a sense of success
C．having a good opinion of other people
D．making people laugh unexpectedly
解析：文章中可直接找出，第一段“all jokes depend mainly on showing inferiority in another person or group of persons”。
答案：A
( )28.What's the main idea of Paragraph 2?
A．Showing we are better than other people is the only one reason we like jokes.
B．When people are angry，they would like to hear jokes.
C．People who like jokes are usually cruel.
D．To express those attitudes usually unacceptable to society is one of the reasons we like jokes.
解析：概括题。整段都是围绕第一句展开论说。
答案：D
( )29.What will a good joke-teller always try to do?
A．Make a sad situation into a pleasant one.
B．Make different things happen at the same time.
C．Make an unexpected thing happen in an expected situation.
D．Make people laugh at something unusual and out of place.
解析：由最后一段最后一句可推出。
答案：C
( )30.What will be discussed in the following passage?
A．The opinion of other philosophers about jokes.
B．Some more situations that make people laugh.
C．More reasons why people make jokes.
D．How to be a good joke-teller.
解析：考查推断文章下续题。第一段论说玩笑的定义，第二段是开玩笑的原因，第三段是怎样的情景才能让你发笑。那么跟着就应该是论说如何成为一个好的玩笑家了，所以选D。
答案：D
B
Not many years ago，a wealthy and rather strange old man named Johnson lived alone in a village in the south of England.He had made a lot of money in trading with foreign countries.When he was seventy-five，he gave ￡12，000 to the village school to buy land and equipment for a children's playground.
As a result of his kindness，many people came to visit him.Among them was a newspaperman.During their talk，Johnson remarked that he was seventy-five and expected to live to be a hundred.The newspaperman asked him how he managed to be healthy at seventy-five.Johnson had a sense of humour.He liked whisky and drank some each day.“I have an injection (注射) in my neck each evening，” he told the newspaperman，thinking of his evening glass of whisky.
The newspaperman did not understand what Johnson meant.In his newspaper he reported that Johnson was seventy-five and had a daily injection in his neck.Within a week Johnson received thousands of letters from all over Britain，asking him for the secret of his daily injection.
( )31.Johnson became a rich man through ________．
A．doing business B．making whisky
C．cheating D．buying and selling land
( )32.The gift of money to the school suggests that Johnson ________．
A．had no children
B．was a strange man
C．was very fond of children
D．wanted people to know how rich he was
( )33.Many people wrote to Johnson to find out________．
A．what kind of whisky he had
B．how to live longer
C．how to become wealthy
D．in which part of the neck to have an injection
( )34.The newspaperman ________．
A．should have reported what Johnson had told him
B．shouldn't have asked Johnson what injection he had
C．was eager to live a long life
D．should have found out what Johnson really meant
( )35.When Johnson said he had an injection in his neck each evening，he really meant that ________．
A．he liked drinking a glass of whisky in the evening
B．he needed an injection in the neck
C．a daily injection in the evening would make him sleep well
D．there was something wrong with his neck
答案：31～35 ACDDA
C
A sense of humour is the ability to be amused.Most people have one，and are able to laugh at this and humorous situations.In humans，it is often considered to be an important part of human development.
Why is it that several students in a class will fall out of their chairs laughing after I tell a joke，while the rest of the students look as if I've just read the weather report? Obviously，some people are more sensitive to humour than others.And，we recognize that some people tell jokes very well while others struggle to say something funny.Some people have a better sense of humour than others just as some people have more musical talent than others.
In order to learn about humour better，we should know some of the most common types of humour.They are different from the most obvious humour to the more subtle(微妙的)types，that is，“Slapstick”，“Crosstalk” and “A play on words”．
“ Slapstick” is the most obvious humour.Its language is simple and direct，and often makes fun of another person or group.It appeals to (引起……的兴趣)all ages and all cultures.Nearly every English-speaking comedian in this century has used the following joke in one form or another.One man asks another，“Who was that lady I saw you were with last night？” The other replies，“That was no lady; that was my wife.”The humour lies in the fact that the second man is saying that his wife is not a lady.In other words，she is not a refined(优雅的) woman.The joke is no less funny because it is so often used.The audience knows in advance what will be said，because it is classic humour，and any audience values it even more because of its familiarity.
( )36.The underlined word “it”in the first paragraph refers to“________”．
A．laughing at jokes B．a humorous situation
C．a sense of humour D．a part of human development
( )37.We can infer from the second paragraph that ________．
A．students often fall off their chairs in the writer's class
B．many students are fond of listening to the weather report
C．a sense of humour is some people's gift
D．a sense of humour is necessary to everyone
( )38.According to the passage，which of the following is TRUE?
A．Humour should be obvious.
B．Some humour possibly makes fun of others.
C．Humour must be understood by everyone.
D．Kids can't understand “Slapstick”．
( )39.What can we know from the joke in the last paragraph?
A．The second man didn't go out last night.
B．The second man didn't have a wife.
C．The second man makes fun of his wife.
D．The second man's wife isn't beautiful.
( )40.What would the author probably discuss in the paragraph that follows?
A．Familiar jokes. B．Crosstalk.
C．How to tell jokes. D．Obvious humour.
答案：36～40 CCBCB
D
Do you want to be funny? Okay，the first thing you need to do is to relax.No one's going to throw tomatoes at you if you fail to make others laugh，and you're not going for a hard test.You just want to add some fun to your life and conversations，and appear more easygoing.So don't put so much pressure on yourself.
Don't take things too seriously.Ease up on life and yourself; get used to taking things with a grain of salt.See the humour in situations；you'll see that most situations，even getting a $200 speeding ticket or slipping over on a banana peel; have humour written all over themthe trick is finding them and being able to laugh at yourself.
You can't be funny if you don't have any references or material.The broader your general knowledge is，the easier you'll become funny.So the more you know about films，TV programs，music，and eye everything about pop cultures，the greater the chance of being funny is.Broaden your horizons(视野) and stay up to date with current events in the news.
Find your style.Avoid imitating actors and comedians because it may not suit your style.If you're not a very sarcastic (嘲笑的) person，it makes it hard to imitate someone like Chandler from Friends.If you're rather quiet，it will be nearly impossible to take on Robin Williams'or Jim Carrey's humour.
Have a joke pool.You never know when a situation calls for a joke，like if you're at a boring party，chatting with some acquaintances.Humour yourself with a joke a day to take a break from your daily tasks，and keep the ones you like best in mind.That way，you'll always have several in stock for when the time is right.
( )41.The writer wrote this passage mainly to tell us________．
A．why being funny is important B．how to be happy in our life
C．how to learn to be funny D．why he is so funny
( )42.What does Paragraph 1 mainly advise us to do?
A．Try to be funny at any time.
B．Add some fun to our life.
C．Appear to be more easygoing.
D．Avoid putting too much pressure on ourselves.
( )43.When the writer says “don't take things too seriously” he probably means________．
A．we shouldn't care about what we have
B．we can find humour even in difficult situations
C．we should let others know they can laugh at us
D．we should learn to laugh at other people's bad situation
( )44.In order to become funny，what does the writer emphasize in Paragraph 3?
A．Gift. B．Knowledge.
C．Jokes. D．Creation.
( )45.What does the writer suggest NOT doing?
A．Imitating actors or comedians. B．Learning about the current events.
C．Learning to laugh at ourselves. D．Reading more jokes.
答案：41～45 CDBBA
第二节：信息匹配(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
阅读下列应用文及相关信息，并按照要求匹配信息。
首先请阅读下列警方通报查找人员的信息：
A.
Name：Ziggy Nizott
Height：1.82 m
Weight：90 kg
Age：35
Details：Long history of violent crime including robbery, assault and car theft.
B.
Name：Dennis Tsokas
Height：1.95 m
Weight：70 kg
Age：28
Details：Well known to local police, having been arrested several times for pick-pocketing.
C.
Name：Michael Clarke
Height：1.7 m
Weight：65 kg
Age：20
Details：Arrested as a youth for car theft and the selling of stolen goods.
D.
Name：Mark Hughes
Height：1.6 m
Weight：60 kg
Age：29
Details：Is wanted by police for several armed robbery of grocery stores, banks and post offices.
E.
Name：Herb Elliot
Height：1.6 m
Weight：90 kg
Age：22
Details：Recently released from prison where he served 2 years for selling stolen goods.
F.
Name：William Daniels
Height：1.6 m
Weight：90 kg
Age：32
Details：Arrested 4 times for the selling of drugs and car theft.
以下是相关事件及人物的描述，请把描述与相关插图及提示性文字匹配起来。
( )46.A valuable dog was taken while being walked by its owner in City Park yesterday afternoon. Police wish to talk to a man seen nearby at the time, described by witnesses as short and fat with short light hair and clear glasses.
( )47.Yesterday morning at 9：30 am a man armed with a gun entered the National Bank and demanded money from the staff, before fleeing when confronted by bank security staff. Security cameras show the man as being short and thin with shoulder length blonde hair.
( )48.A tall, strong built man with blonde hair, a thick black moustache and wearing dark glasses knocked a woman to the ground and stole her purse on Main Street last Saturday afternoon. If you see this man, do not approach as he is considered extremely dangerous.
( )49.At the football match between Manchester United and Liverpool, several people had their wallets stolen while waiting in line to buy food. The victims did not see or notice the thief but by standers describe him as very tall and thin, clean shaven with short light hair.
( )50.A car was stolen from the supermarket car park on Friday, June 23 this year by a man described as very young, 1.7 meters tall with thin dark hair and carrying a blue backpack. A reward of $500 is offered for the car's recovery.
答案：46～50 EDABC
第三部分 写作(共两节，满分40分)
第一节：基础写作(共1小题，满分15分)
写作内容：
你接受一项写作任务，为学校英语墙报写一篇英语短文。
请根据以下表格中的内容，写一篇题为“What part can humour play in our school life？”的短文。
群体
幽默的影响或作用
保持幽默的方法
学生
1.放松身心，减轻压力
2．有益健康，有助交友
老师
1.使课堂教学生动有趣
2．使学生上课精力集中、行为活跃，更具创造力
1.多接触幽默的事物，如看喜剧或笑话等
2．多与幽默的人相处
3．多阅读，丰富知识
4．对人生保持乐观自信的态度
写作要求：
只能使用五个句子表达全部内容。
评分标准：
句子结构准确，信息内容完整。篇章结构连贯。
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
答案：One possible version：
Humour plays a very important part in our school life.For us students，humour can help us reduce our pressure and relax ourselves，which will be good for our health and be helpful in making more friends.
For our teachers，humour can make their classes so lively and interesting that we students are always attentive and active or more creative in class.
I think we should not only get in touch with what can make us laugh，such as watching comedy movies or reading jokes，but also spend more time together with people who have a great sense of humour.Besides，we should do more reading to enrich our knowledge and try to keep a happy and confident attitude towards life.
第二节：读写任务(共1小题，满分25分)
阅读下面的短文，然后按照要求写一篇150词左右的英语短文。
Recycling is actually a very easy thing to do.You simply gather your recyclables and make a drop off at your local recycling center，or you leave your recyclables out to be picked up each week.Either way，your reduced waste makes a difference for the environment.According to Tracy Herring，Supervisor for the City of Round Rock Environmental Services in Round Rock，Texas，“Well above 50% of what you throw away has some type of recycling value to it.There is no reason to throw it in the trash or into the landfill.”If every household recycled everything they could，it would make such a great impact on the planet.And every household surely can do this incredibly easy task.
In addition to recycling，people need to properly deal with chemicals.Too many people will throw their harmful waste into their curbside trash or pour it on the ground or down the drain.That can pollute both the air and the water.Herring says，“One gallon of oil can pollute a million gallons of drinking water.If oil is not dealt with properly，it hurts the environment.People need to remember anything you pour on the ground eventually will be in your drinking water.That is how the water cycle works.”You should always bring harmful waste to a local facility so it can be reused，recycled or properly dealt with.This keeps the air and water safe and clean.
写作内容：
1．以约30词概括这段短文的内容。
2．然后以约120词就“废物回收利用”这一话题谈谈你的看法，内容包括：
(1)乱扔垃圾对环境会造成什么后果。
(2)人们为什么不注重环保。
(3)你认为应该采取什么措施。
写作要求：
作文中可使用自己的亲身经历或虚构的故事，也可以参照阅读材料的内容，但不得直接引用原文中的句子。
评分标准：
概括准确，语言规范，内容合适，篇章连贯。
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
答案：One possible version：
As the passage says，people should recycle everything they can，as it will have a great impact on the planet.If harmful chemicals of waste are not dealt with properly，they will do harm to the environment.
Most people haven't realized the importance of protecting the environment.A lot of plastic bags can be seen everywhere.Waste batteries are thrown on the ground or into the water，which can seriously pollute the earth and the water.The earth becomes not suitable for farming and the water can not be used.These are only two examples.In fact，the situation is far more serious.The reason is that people don't know that wastes do harm to the environment，so they think recycling makes no sense.
In order to keep the environment clean，the government should take measures to encourage people to recycle the waste.In addition，there should also be bans to stop people from throwing waste everywhere.
动名词专项练习题1
Ⅰ、单项选择：
1.No one enjoys _______ at.
A. laughing B. to laugh C. being laughed D. to be laughed
2.You must do something to prevent your house _______.
A. to be broken in B. from being broken in
C. to break in D. from breaking in
3.They insisted on _______ another chance to try.
A. given B. giving C. being given D. to be given
4. --- Where is my passport? I remember _______ it here.
--- You shouldn't have left it here. Remember _______ it with you all the time.
A. to put；to take B. putting；taking
C. putting；to take D. to put；taking
5.His room needs _______, so he must have it _______.
A. painting；painted B. painted；painting
C. painting；painting D. painted；painted
6.After finishing his homework he went on _______ a letter to his parents.
A. write B. writing C. wrote D. to write
7.The young trees we planted last week require _______ with great care.
A. looking after B. to look after
C. to be looked after D. taken good care of
8.Only _______ English doesn't mean _______ the language.
A. to learn；to learn B. learning；learning
C. learning about；learn D. learning about；learning
9.She returned home only to find the door open and something _______.
A. missed B. to be missing C. missing D. to be missed
10.She decided to devote herself _______ the problem of old age.
A. to study B. studying C. to studying D. study
11.Remember _______ the newspaper when you have finished it.
A. putting back B. put back C. to put back D. be put back
12.As she is looking forward to _______ from me, please remember _______ this letter on your way to school.
A. hear；post B. hearing；to post
C. be heard；posting D. be hearing；to posting
13.Grandma said that she had a lot of trouble _______ your handwriting.
A. to read B. to see C. reading C. in seeing
14.Writing stories and articles _______ what I enjoy most.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
15.We appreciate _______ us to the ball.
A. them to invite B. to invite C. their inviting D. being invited
16.Would you mind _______ quiet for a moment? I'm trying _______ a form.
A. keeping；filling out B. to keep；to fill out
C. keeping；to fill out D. to keep；filling out
17.He was afraid _______ for being late.
A. of seeing B. of being seen C. to be seen D. to have seen
18.I'd like to suggest _______ the meeting till next week.
A. to put off B. putting off C. put off D. to be put off
19.I don't see how I could possibly manage _______ the work without _______.
A. finish；helping B. to finish；being helped
C. finishing；helping D. finishing；being helped
20. Anything worth _______ is worthy of _______ well.
A. doing；being done B. doing；doing
C. to be done；to be done D. to be done；being done
21. We advised them to take a re 159 st, but they insisted _______ the work.
A. finish B. to finish C. in finishing D. on finishing
22. I delayed _______ your letter because I had been away for a week.
A. answe 1ab1 r B. answering C. writing D. to post
23. The thief drove as fast as he could to escape _______ by the police.
A. to be caught B. be caught C. being caught D. catching
24. I searched for my wallet and it wasn't there. At first, I thought I _______ it at home. Then I remembered _______ it out to pay for the taxi.
A. must have left；to take B. may leave；taking
C. might leave；to take D. could have left；taking
25. _______ the news of his father's death, he burst into tears.
A. After hearing B. On hearing C. While hearing D. Having heard
26. _______ his mother, the baby could not help _______.
A. To see；to laugh B. Seeing；to laugh
C. Seeing；laughing D. To see；laughing
27.It's no use _______ so much money on clothes.
A. spend B. spent C. spending D. being spent
28.The sentence needs _______.
A. improve B. a improvement C. improving D. improved
29.If he succeeded _______ a job, his children wouldn't be suffering from hunger now.
A. to find B. to look for C. in finding D. in looking for
30.I still remember _______ to my home town when I was young.
A. taking B. taken C. being taken D. to take
Ⅱ、填入动名词的适当形式：
1.Can you imagine yourself _______ in a lonely island? (stay)
2.I can't understand your _______ at that poor child. (laugh)
3.She didn't mind _______ overtime. (work)
4.To make a living, he tried _______, _______, and various other things, but he had failed in all. (write; paint)
5.We are looking forward to Mary's _______. (come)
6.She was praised for _______ the life of the child. (save)
7.She ought to be praised instead of _______. (criticize).
8.Is there any possibility of our _______ the championship? (win)
9.He came to the party without _______. (invite)
Ⅲ、将下列句子译成英语：
1.我最喜欢的运动是游泳.
2.今天去没有用, 他不会在家.
3.你写完作文了吗?
4.请原谅我来晚了.
5.他不声不响地走了进来.
6.他走进来了, 没有被看见.
动名词专项练习题参考答案
Ⅰ、1.C 2.B 3.C 4.C 5.A 6.D 7.A 8.D 9.C 10.C
11.C 12.B 13.C 14.A 15.C 16.C 17.B 18.B 19.B 20.A
21.D 22.B 23.C 24.D 25.B 26.C 27.C 28.C 29.C 30.C
Ⅱ、1.staying 2.laughing 3.working
4.writing; painting 5.coming 6.having saved
7.being criticized 8.winning 9.being invited
Ⅲ、1.My favourite sport is swimming.
2.It's no use going there today. He won't be in；(can't be in).
3.Have you finished writing your composition?
4.Excuse me for being；(coming)；late.
5.He entered the room without making any noise.
6.He entered the room without being seen.
动名词专项练习题2
1) Mark often attempts to escape ____ whenever he breaks traffic regulations.
A)shavingsbeen fined B) to have been fined
C) to be fined D) being fined
2) My wife said in her letter that she would appreciate ____ from you sometime.
A) to have heard B) to hear
C) for hearing D) hearing
3) The thief took away the woman's wallet without____.
A) being seen B) seeing
C) him seeing D) seeing him
4) People appreciate ____wit him because he has a good sense of humor. (CET-4 1998,1)
A) to work B) to have worked
C) working D) have working
5) I've enjoyed ____ to talk with you.
A) to be able B) being able
C) to been able D) of being able
6) No one can avoid ____ by advertisements.
A) to be influenced B) being influenced
C) influencing D)shavingsinfluence
7) They are considering ____ before the prices go up.
A) of buying the house B) with buying the house
C) buying the house D) to buy the house
8) He thought that ____.
A) the effort doing the job was not worth B) the effort was not worth in doing the job
C) it was not worth the effort doing the job D) it was not worth the effort by doing the job
9) If I had remembered ____ the door, the things would not have been stolen.
A) to lock B) locking
C) to have locked D)shavingslocked
10) Your shirt needs ____. You'd better have it done today.
A) iron B) to iron
C) ironing D) being ironed
11) You can't help ____ commercials; every few minutes the program is interrupted to give you one advertisement or another.
A) to hear B) to be heard
C) hearing D) with hearing
12) My transistor radio isn't working. It ____.
A) need repairing B) needs to repair
C) needs repairing D) need to be repaired
13) It is no use ____ me not to worry.
A) you tell B) your telling
C) for you to have told D)shavingstold
14) He is very busy ____ his papers. He is far too busy ____ callers.
A) to write...to receive B) writing...to receive
C) writing...receiving D) to write...for receiving
15)The suspect at last admitted ____ stolen goods but denied ____ them.
A) receiving...selling
B) to receive...to sell
C) to receiving...to selling
D) to have received...to have sold
16) She apologized for ____ to come.
A) her not being able B) her being not able
C) not being able D) that she's not able to
17)I really appreciate ____ to help me, but I am sure that I can manage by myself.
A) you to offer B) that you offer
C) your offering D) that you are offering
18) Please stop ____, boys, I have something important to ____ you.
A) saying ...talk B) telling ... say
C) talking ...speak D) talking ... tell
19) Tony, would you go and see if Sam has any difficulty ____ his tape recorder?
A) to fix B) fixing C) for fixing D) fix
20)“Why isn't Nancy going to meet us?”“It's my fault. I forgot all about ____ her.”
A) telephoning to B) to telephone
C) to telephone to D) the telephoning to
21)“Why were you late?”“I had a hard time ____ up this morning.”
A) to get B) get C) got D) getting
22)I remember ____ to help us if we ever got into trouble.
A) once offering B) him once offering
C) him to offer D) to offer him
23)John regretted ____ to the meeting last week.
A) not going B) not to go
C) notshavingsbeen going D) not to be going
24) It is difficult to get used ____ in a tent aftershavingsa soft, comfortable bed to lie on.
A) sleep B) to sleeping
C) slept D) to sleep
25) He gives people the impression ____ many poems.
A) ofshavingswritten B) to have written
C) of being written D) to write
26) Do you feel like ____ out or would you rather ____ dinner at home?
A) going...to have B) to go...to have
C) to go...having D) going...have
27) Prior to ____ the formal speech, first he will introduce himself.
A) delivering B) deliver
C) being delivering D) being delivered
28)I don't mind ____ by bus, but I hate ____ in queues.
A) to travel...standing B)shavingstraveled...standing
C) traveling...to stand D) traveling...standing
29)What about ____ double quantities of everything today? We have hardly time to go____ next week.
A) buying...to shop B) buy...shopping
C) buying...shopping D) to buy...shopping
30) We had some trouble ____ the house and nobody seemed ____swheresit was.
A) in finding...knowing B) finding...to know
C) to find...knowing D) to find...to know
31)We can't imagine ____ in the entrance examination, for she has never been to school.
A) she succeeding B) her succeeding
C) she succeed D) her to succeed
32)I don't like ____ at me.
A) them laughing B) their laugh
C) them laugh D) them to have laughed
33)We suggested ____ in hotels but the children were anxious ____ out.
A) sleeping...to camp B) sleeping...camping
C) to sleep...to camp D) to sleep...camping
34)I have no objection ____ the evening with them.
A) to spend B) to spending C) of spending D) spending
35) After ____ for the job, you will be required to take a language test.
A) being interviewed B) interviewed
C) interviewing D)shavingsinterviewed
36)The match was cancelled because most of the members ____ a match without a standard court.
A) objected toshavingsB) were objected to have
C) objected to have D) were objected to having
37)Jean did not have time to go to the concert last night because she was busy ____ for her examination.
A) to prepare B) to be prepared
C) preparing D) being prepared
38)It is no good ____ remember grammatical rules. You need to practise what you have learned.
A) trying to B) to try to
C) try to D) tried to
39)After ____ him better, I regretted ____ him unfairly.
A) getting to know...to judge
B) getting to know...to have judged
C) getting to have know...judging
D) getting to know...having judged
40)He is looking forward to ____ his holiday in Britain.
A) spend B) have spent
C) spending D)shavingsbeen spending
41) Before ____ the house, you should get a surveyor____ over it.
A) buying...looking B)shavingsbought...to look
C) buying...to have looked D) buying...to look
42)In some countries people favor ____ together even though there is much more space.
A) to stay B) stay
C) staying D) stayed
43)“Why was Fred so upset?”“He isn't used ____ criticized.”
A) be B) to be C) to being D)shavingsbeen
44) It's no use ____ to get a bargain these days.
A) to expect B) expecting
C) wanting D) you expect
45)“Why were you so late for work today?”“____ to the office was very slow this morning because of the traffic.”
A) Driving B) I drove
C) To drive D) That I drove
46)It was impolite of him ____without ____good-bye.
A) to leave, saying B) leaving, to say
C) to leave, to say D) leaving, saying
47) He kept ____to his parents.
A) putting off to write B) to put off to write
C) putting off writing D) to put off writing
48)I'll go with you after I get through with ____the house.
A) cleaning B) to cleaning
C) to be cleaned D)shavings cleaned
49) With apples at 25 cents a pound, we couldn't resist ____four pounds.
A) to take B) took C) taking D) have taken
50)How can you keep the machine ____when you are away?
A) run B) to run C) running D) being run
动名词部分练习题答案：
1)D 2)D 3)A 4)C 5)B 6)B 7)C 8)C 9)A 10)C 11)C 12)C 13)B 14)B 15)A 16)A 17)C 18)D 19)B 20)A 21)D 22)B 23)A 24)B 25)C 26)D 27)A 28)D 29)C 30)B 31)B 32)A 33)A 34)B 35)A 36)A 37)C 38)A 39)D 40)C 41)D 42)C 43)C 44)B 45)A 46)A 47)C 48)A 49)C 50)C?
Unit 3 A taste of English humour
第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）
第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
请听下面5段对话，选出最佳选项。
1. Where does the conversation most probably take place?
A. In a park. B. In a zoo. C. In a pet store.
2. What does the woman mean?
A. Things here are very cheap. B. Things here are not cheap.
C. She doesn’t know whether things here are cheap or not.
3. Where are the two speakers going to plant the tree?
A. By the front door. B. At the back of the garage.
C. At the end of the garden.
4. Where does the conversation most probably take place?
A. In a shop. B. In a hotel. C. In a restaurant.
5. What do we learn from the conversation?
A. The man went to New Zealand during Christmas.
B. The man visited New Zealand during the summer holiday.
C. The man’s parents live in New Zealand.
第二节（共15小题; 每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）
请听下面5段对话或独白，选出最佳选项。
请听第6段材料，回答第6至8题。
6. Who is the woman speaking to?
A. Her husband. B. A policeman. C. A fire fighter.
7. What’s the woman asking for?
A. Advice on safety. B. Money. C. Help.
8. What has happened to the woman’s house?
A. It’s been burnt down. B. It’s been broken into. C. It’s been damaged.
请听第7段材料，回答第9至11题。
9. What does the woman want to know?
A. The best way to go to New York. B. The quickest way to go to New York.
C. The cheapest way to go to New York.
10. How much does it cost to go to New York by bus?
A. $5. B. $15. C. $50.
11. What do we know from the conversation?
A. The woman will go to New York by bus.
B. It takes five hours to go to New York by bus.
C. The woman won’ t go to New York by bus.
请听第8段材料，回答第12至14题。
12. When will the ballet performances be shown?
A. This week. B. Next week. C. Next month.
13. When will the man attend the performance?
A. On Sunday evening. B. On Thursday evening. C. On Friday evening.
14. How much does the man pay for the tickets?
A. $20. B. $10. C. $40.
请听第9段材料，回答第15至17题。
15. What’s the probable relationship between the two speakers?
A. Good friends. B. Strangers. C. Classmates.
16. What can we know about the woman from the conversation?
A. She won a cup in last week’s tennis competition.
B. She is a science expert.
C. She works at St Jude’s Training College.
17. How long has the man been in the science department?
A. Half a year. B. Just over a year. C. Two years.
请听第10段材料，回答第18至20题。
18. How often do people in the Historical Society meet?
A. Every week. B. Every other week. C. Every three weeks.
19. What is the main purpose of the Historical Society?
A. To find out what they can learn from history.
B. To study the famous people in the history.
C. To learn about what happened in the past.
20. What do the Historical Society plan to do this year?
A. Study the history of the town. B. Visit historic houses in a college.
C. Visit more historic places.
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节：语法和词汇知识（共15小题；每小题1分, 满分15分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
21. At the party, I _____ a few friends of mine and then we had a good time together.
A. knocked down B. bumped up C. knocked out D. bumped into
22. The driver will be stopped at once if he or she is found _______ over the limited speed.
A. drive B. driving C. to drive D. driven
23. If we are not _______ the progress we have made, we will have greater success.
A. interested in B. strict in C. popular with D. content with
24. It is believed that if an event is _______, it will surely ______ the readers of the paper.
A. astonished; astonish B. astonishing; be astonished
C. astonishing; astonish D. astonished; be astonished
25. I am referring to anyone who is _______ about food, not a ________ person.
A. particular; particular B. special; special
C. special; particular D. particular; special
26. —Do you know the tall man ______ to Mr King over there?
—Sorry, I don’t know him.
A. to speak B. speaking C. is speaking D. has spoken
27. Can you ______ your sister from that group of girls?
A. bring out B. pick up C. pick out D. bring up
28. _______ scientists will be invited to take part in this space flight.
A. Two strong young Chinese B. Two Chinese strong young
C. Chinese two young strong D. Young strong two Chinese
29. In fact most people in that area are _______ than they were 5 years ago because of years of wars.
A. poorer off B. worse off C. better off D. richer off
30. The visitors were caught ______ a storm on their way back to the hotel.
A. in B. on C. with D. by
31. If you don’t pay your gas bill , the gas will soon be _______.
A. cut down B. cut up C. cut out D. cut off
32. His _______ to answer the question made the teacher disappointed.
A. sense B. poverty C. failure D. difficulty
33. _______ I feel that I want to go camping in a mountainous area.
A. At a time B. At times C. At one time D. At all times
34. Word came that the famous film star Chen Daoming was to _______ a new film.
A. star in B. star C. be starred D. starring in
35. The policemen dug the ground as if _______ something important. Which one isn’t fit to fill in the blank?
A. in search of B. searching for C. to search for D. search for
第二节：完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36—55各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。
A certain student passed all his examinations. Then he went to college to 36 his studies. There he wrote down his 37 for a course in English, but after the first 38 , he didn’t go to it any more.
The English lecturer 39 this student was always absent (缺席的) and thought he had 40 to another course, so he was 41 when he saw the boy’s name on the list of students who wanted to take the English 42 at the end of this year.
The lecturer had 43 a difficult paper, which followed his 44 closely, and he was eager (热切的) to see 45 this student would answer the questions. He 46 the boy’s answers would be very bad, but when they 47 him and he examined them 48 , he was able to find only one small mistake in them. As this surprised him greatly, he 49 the paper repeatedly but still couldn’t find more than one mistake, so he 50 for the student to question him about it.
When he came and sat down, the lecturer asked him, “I 51 you came to my first lecture and you’ve been absent from all the others. But I’ve examined your 52 carefully and I’ve found only one small mistake in it. I’m curious (好奇的) to know your 53 .”
“I’m very 54 about that mistake,” answered the student. “After the examination, I 55 what I should have done. I would not have made that mistake if I had not been confused by your first lecture.”
36. A. value B. continue C. improve D. begin
37. A. questions B. advice C. problems D. name
38. A. week B. lecture C. meet D. sight
39. A. astonished B. regretted C. noticed D. believed
40. A. led B. devoted C. gone D. changed
41. A. surprised B. angry C. pleased D. unhappy
42. A. test B. subject C. note D. course
43. A. discovered B. prepared C. invented D. found
44. A. ideas B. senses C. lectures D. texts
45. A. when B. what C. why D. how
46. A. hoped B. proved C. expected D. wished
47. A. showed B. gave C. handed D. reached
48. A. carelessly B. carefully C. slowly D. happily
49. A. enjoyed B. kept C. did D. examined
50. A. cared B. called C. sent D. looked
51. A. promise B. know C. advise D. guess
52. A. lessons B. paper C. notebook D. exercises
53. A. wisdom B. experience C. method D. explanation
54. A. glad B. proud C. content D. sorry
55. A. realized B. understood C. remembered D. suffered
第三部分：阅读理解（共两节；每小题2分，满分20分）
第一节：阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。
What is it that makes people laugh? More than two thousand years ago the ancient Greek philosopher Aristotle defined (定义) jokes as the pleasure that results from a feeling of triumph by showing we’re better than someone else in a certain way. According to Aristotle and many other philosophers，all jokes depend mainly on showing inferiority in another person or group of persons — that is，putting it clearly，on showing that they are worse off than ourselves. Jokes raise our good opinion of ourselves at someone else’s expense.
Showing how much better than other people we are is only one reason we like jokes. Someone may also use a joke to express their anger or their cruelty or any other kind of action that is not acceptable to us. We feel free to laugh when we hear about someone sliding on a banana skin. The joke lets us express those attitudes which are usually unacceptable to society. This is probably the reason why some of the jokes，especially those involving cruelty，are so popular with certain people.
Besides，all jokes depend on our enjoyment of laughing at something that is strange and out of place because it’s different from things which are happening around it. The same situation can be either sad or pleasant，depending entirely on how strange and out of place it is. If a girl in a bathing suit falls into a swimming pool，we don’t laugh because nothing unusual has happened. But if a man in a smart suit falls in，the situation is at once unusual in a pleasant way and we laugh. A good joke-teller will always try to build up a situation in which one thing is expected until something unexpected suddenly happens，and so we laugh.
56. The underlined word “inferiority” (in Paragraph 1) means ______.
A. something that is not as good as something else
B. something that is better than something else
C. someone that is not as good as someone else
D. someone that is better than someone else
57. According to Aristotle, all jokes depend mainly on ______.
A. showing inferiority in another person or group
B. resulting in a sense of success
C. having a good opinion of other people
D. making people laugh unexpectedly
58. What’s the main idea of Paragraph 2?
A. Showing we are better than other people is the only one reason we like jokes.
B. When people are angry, they would like to hear jokes.
C. People who like jokes are usually cruel.
D. To express those attitudes usually unacceptable to society is one of the reasons we like jokes.
59. What will a good joke-teller always try to do?
A. Make a sad situation into a pleasant one.
B. Make different things happen at the same time.
C. Make an unexpected thing happen in an expected situation.
D. Make people laugh at something unusual and out of place.
第二节：阅读下面短文，并根据短文所提供的信息完成表格。
Paul McCartney (保罗·麦卡特尼) is one of the greatest stars of the twentieth century. Paul comes from an ordinary family, but he is now the third richest man in Europe. He has worked at music for nearly forty years and today he is one of the world’s most famous musicians.
He was born in Liverpool, England, on 18th June, 1942. He started to play the guitar seriously when he was fourteen. When he was fifteen he met and formed a band with another boy from Liverpool, John Lennon. This was perhaps the most important point in his life.
In 1961, Paul and John helped to form “The Beatles”, which became the most successful band ever in the history of rock music. Their second song “Please please me”, went straight to the top of the British chart in 1963. During the 1960s “The Beatles” continued to make successful songs. But in 1970, after they had been playing together for ten years, the band broke up.
In 1972, Paul formed a new band “Wings”, but it was never as successful as “The Beatles”. And it broke up after seven years. Since the 1980s Paul has written pop music and has worked on films. He has also opened a school in Liverpool.
In 1969, Paul got married. He loved his wife Linda very much. They had children and a happy life for many years. But Linda died in April 1998. Paul was very sad. Paul McCartney is one of the best songwriters and musicians that no rock fan will ever forget.
Year
What happened to Paul
1942
60.
1956
(14 years old)
Started to play the guitar seriously.
1957
61.
1961
62.
1963
Their second song went to the top of the British chart.
1969
63.
1970
64.
1972
65.
1998
His wife died.
第四部分: 写作(共五节，满分55分)
第一节： 单词拼写。根据下列句子及所缺单词的首字母或汉语意思，写出单词的正确形式。（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
66. A c________ person is happy with what he has, rather than worried about what he has not.
67. You should be careful when you walk in the street, p_______ when you cross the street.
68. Chaplin devoted himself to the films t_______ his life.
69. Many people went to America hoping to make a _______ (财富) there.
70. His experiment ended in _______(失败).
71. Dr Sun Yat-sen was one of the most ________ (杰出的) leaders in Chinese history.
72. When having English class, I heard two students _______ (低语) to each other.
73. This is a very e________ film and almost everyone laughs while seeing it.
74. My teacher is a strict man and he has no s________ of humour.
75. I have had enough and can’t eat another m_______ of dinner.
第二节： 用所给动词（短语）的适当形式填空。（有多余选项）（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
direct, entertain, wear out, pick out, pick up, star in,
bump into, chew, slide, swing, cut off, have difficulty in
76. The famous actress Gong Li ________ a great number of good films.
77. With the electricity _________, all the machines had to stop working.
78. Yesterday when I was walking in the street, I ______ one of my teachers.
79. The soldiers marched along, _________ their arms.
80. The thief ________ in when he saw the door open.
81. They _________ after working in the fields the whole day long.
82. —Who ________ the film A World Without Thieves?
—Feng Xiaogang.
83. When she eats something, she always ____ carefully.
84. He ____ the children while his wife was busy in the kitchen.
85. Do you _____ learning English?
第三节： 请用下列单词或短语的适当形式填空。（有多余选项）（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
bottom, cruel, fortunate, sense, content, pick up,
homeless, badly off, mouthful, boil, chew, astonish
Struggling against a heavy snowstorm, a 86 old man was wandering in the street. He was 87 , and the only way to live was begging. But now, it was very cold. All of the doors were not open.
88 a worn-out basin and a hard stick , knocking on the 89 of the basin, he shouted, “ Woo ... woo ... I can eat stones.”
After a while, 90 at the words, many people opened the doors and gathered around him.
“You can eat stones?” they asked.
“Yeah. But I must 91 them first. And I need a pot.”
To see whether he can really eat stones, they offered him what he asked for.
A few minutes later, the water was boiling.
“Eat it! Eat it! ...” they all shouted.
“Calm down, please. It still needs some seasonings (调料) and meat to make this ‘stone’ meal.”
It was 92 for the old man that he again got what he required.
After about ten minutes, the old man picked up a large piece of meat from the pot and took a 93 of it. 94 the meat, the man said, “Great! It is very delicious!”
Seeing this, the people around had a 95 of being fooled.
第四节：根据括号内的提示翻译下列句子。（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）
96. 这场暴风雪大得让人吃惊。(snowstorm; astonish)
97. 那个小女孩正在奶奶耳边窃窃私语。(whisper)
98. 她有幸在这部影片中出演主角。(fortunate; star)
99. 我对我上学期的成绩不满意。(be content with)
100. 这个山区的风景很迷人。(mountainous; charming)
第五节：书面表达（满分15分）
图中的学生叫李磊，请你根据下面四幅图写一篇100词左右的英语短文。
注意：1. 短文应包括所有图画的内容，可适当增加细节，使内容连贯；
2. 参考词汇：算盘 abacus； string 细绳； 算盘珠bead。
Unit 3 A taste of English humour
单元测试
一、基础测试
A. 单词拼写
请根据汉语提示或首字母写出单词的正确形式
1.The pen (滑落) from his hand.
2.We should never (满足) ourselves with book knowledge only.
3. She took (特别) care not to overcook the meat.
4.Many years later, he became a (无家可归) person.
5.He seems to eat every (一口) with great joy. 14 picked out 15 facing
6. He wore large trousers, w shoes and a small round black hat.
7.F is the mother of success.
8. I have some d in helping you with your English.
9. She is an o scientist.
10. Chaplin himself d and wrote the movies he starred in.
B. 句型转换
根据A句句义，用适当的句型或短语完成B 句,使其句义相同或相近。
11. A: He knocked into an old man while turning around.
B: He an old man while turning around.
12.A: Perhaps we are more satisfied with our life.
B: Perhaps it makes us feel more our life.
13. A: A World Without Thieves is famous all over the world.
B: A World Without Thieves is well-known the world.
14. A: He selected a book and read it.
B: He a book and read it.
15. A: That was the problem which Chaplin was facing.
B: That was the problem Chaplin.
C. 完成句子
16. His father (断绝) his economic aid suddenly.
17. She can’t stand people who are ________ _________ (残忍对待) animals.
18. I ______ _______ _________ (毫不费力) in making myself understood.
19. Can you ________ ________ ________ (认出他来) in this old photo?
20. He sometimes tells us to do something _____ ______ _______ ______ (好像他是) our leader.
二、单项填空
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
21. His novel is a great success and it is well ___________.
A. received B. accepted
C. picked D. popular
22. Last summer my cousin took me to Stonehenge, tourist attraction in Britain.
A. a second more popularly
B. the second more popular
C. a second most popularly
D. the second most popular
23. The most popular food for foreigners ________ on any menu in Beijing is roast duck.
A. include B. including
C. to include D. included
24. ________ lessons were not difficult.
A. Our few first short English
B. Our first few short English
C. Our few first English short
D. Few our first English short
25. In the middle of the room stands a _______ table.
A. beautiful wooden round
B. round wooden beautiful
C. wooden round beautiful
D. beautiful round wooden
26. This picture was taken a long time ago. I wonder if you can _______ my father.
A. find out B. pick out
C. look out D. speak out
27. They were thirsty, so they went ______ something to drink.
A. looked for B. in search for
C. found D. in search of
28. The citizens didn’t feel safe at all after several families had their houses ____ at night and a lot of things stolen. A. broken into B. broken in
C. to be broken into D. breaking into
29. Time should be made good use _______ our lessons well.
A. of learning B. to learn
C. to learning D. of to learn
30. The meeting was put off, _______ was exactly _______ we wanted．
? A. it; that????????? B. as; that
C. which; what ??? ????D. which; which
31. — What will happen if I smoke here?
— Anyone ________ here will be punished.
A. seen smoking B. seeing smoke
C. seeing smoking D. seen smoke
32. In order to improve her English, ________ .
A. Jenny's father bought her a lot of tapes
B. Jenny bought a lot of tapes for herself
C. a lot of tapes were bought by Jenny
D. a lot of tapes were bought by Jenny's father
33. — How do you find the lecture by Mr. Lee?
— _________________.
A. It’s a fine day
B. Very boring
C. In the conference hall
D. By bicycle
34. — Was his father very strict with him when he was at school?
—Yes. He had never praised him ___________ he became one of the top students in his grade.
A. after B.unless
C.until D.when
35. — Do you mind my sitting next to you?
— _____________.
A. Yes, do it please B. No, you can’t do it
C. No, of course not D. Yes, sit here please
三、完形填空
阅读下面短文，掌握大意，然后从36-55各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳答案。
Ebron James isn't the first high school basketball player to go straight into the NBA, but he's probably the best. He has the body, skills and the basketball brain of an All-Star (全明星球员).
This 36 was on 37 as he scored 41 points to take Cleveland Cavaliers (克里夫兰骑士队) to a 107-104 win over the New Jersey Nets (新泽西网队) on March 28. Aged of 19 years and 87 days, James became the 38 player to score 40 or more in the NBA.
"It was by far James' best 39 ," said Cleveland coach Paul Silas.
Known to his friends 40 "the king", this was the day James earned his crown(王冠). But he was 41 from being a king during a childhood spent in the back streets of Akron, Ohio. 42 many other African-American basketball players, James' early years were a 43 . His mother Gloria was just 16 when she gave birth to him; he knows nothing about his father. Mother and son battled for everything from food to a place to live. 44 help from his grandmother and neighbours, James would 45 have died when he was young.
This spirit of survival has served him well on court, forcing him to take any 46 he finds. "I 47 losing, I don't like losing," said James of his 41-point display. "I 48 the opportunity for us to win and I was 49 to capture it." At 2.03 metres, he is no Yao Ming but this didn't 50 him being first choice in 2003 NBA draft. This was 51 to his strength and skill, much of which he learned from high school American football.
Although he has a 52 brain, James has never had to concentrate on 53 . Some people think this is a mistake and say he should have gone to college to 54 his mind. But James is one of the lucky few who has found fame and fortune 55 a diploma (文凭). On the court, he is king.
36. A. action B. performance C. activity D. talent
37. A. sale B. exhibition C. show D. duty
38. A. oldest B. strongest C. tallest D. youngest
39. A. performance B. lesson C. action D. appearance
40. A. for B. as C. by D. with
41. A. well B. far C. deep D. late
42. A. As B. Like C. Likely D. Alike
43. A. fight B. struggle C. battle D. war
44. A. Except for B. Except C. Besides D. Without
45. A. certainly B. impossible C. hardly D. probably
46. A. goal B. game C. match D. chance
47. A. hate B. refuse C. object D. reject
48. A. grasped B. seized C. caught D. held
49. A. afraid B. unlucky C. able D. certain
50. A. keep B. forbid C. protect D. stop
51. A. according B. referring C. thanks D. sticking
52. A. fast B. quick C. high D. top
53. A. studying B. resting C. sleeping D. eating
54. A. advance B. march C. increase D. develop
55. A. apart from B. but C. except D. without
四、阅读理解
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C或D）中，选出最佳选项
A
Some houses are designed to be smart. Others have smart designs. An example of the second type of house won an Award of Excellence from the American Institute of Architects.
Located on the shore of Sullivan's Island off the coast of South Carolina, the award-winning cube-shaped（立方体形状的） beach house was built to replace one smashed（破碎）to pieces by Hurricane Hugo 10 years ago. In September 1989, Hugo struck South Carolina, killing 18 people and damaging or destroying 36,000 homes in the state.
Before Hugo, many new houses built along South Carolina's shoreline were poorly constructed, and enforcement（执行）of building codes wasn't strict, according to architect Ray Huff, who created the cleverly-designed beach house. In Hugo's wake, all new shoreline houses are required to meet stricter, better-enforced codes. The new beach house on Sullivan's Island should be able to survive Category 3 hurricanes with peak（最高点的） winds of 179 to 209 kilometers per hour.
At first sight, the house on Sullivan's Island looks anything but hurricane-proof. Its redwood shell（外形） makes it look like "a large party lantern ( 灯笼 )" at night, according to one observer. But looks can be deceiving（蒙蔽）. The house's wooden frame is reinforced with long steel rods to give it extra strength.
To further protect the house from hurricane damage, Huff raised it 2.7 meters off the ground on timber pilings（木桩） - long, slender columns of wood anchored（锚）deep in the sand. Pilings might appear insecure（不安全的）, but they are strong enough to support the weight of the house. They also lift up the house above storm surges（波涛）. The pilings allow the surges to run under the house instead of running into it. "These swells of water come ashore at fantastic speeds and cause most of the damage done to beach-front buildings," said Huff.
Huff designed the timber pilings to be partially hidden by the house's ground-to-roof shell. "The shell masks（掩饰） the pilings so that the house doesn't look like it's standing with its pant legs pulled up," said Huff. In the event of a storm surge, the shell should break apart and let the waves rush under the house, the architect explained.
56. After the tragedy caused by Hurricane Hugo, new houses built along South Carolina's shoreline are required _______ .
A. to be easily reinforced
B. to look smarter in design
C. to meet stricter building standards
D. to be designed in the shape of cubes
57. The award-winning beach house is quite strong because________.
A. it is strengthened by steel rods
B. it is made of redwood
C. it is in the shape of a shell
D. it is built with timber and concrete
58. The main fun_ction of the shell is _______ .
A. to strengthen the pilings of the house
B. to give the house a better appearance
C. to protect the wooden frame of the house
D. to slow down the speed of the swelling water
59. It can be inferred from the passage that the shell should be ________.
A. funny-looking
B. waterproof
C. easily breakable
D. extremely strong
B
"Tipping" (给小费)is always a difficult business. You do not want to give too much or too little, or tip the wrong person.
In Britain and America, people usually tip waiters in restaurants, porters, taxi drivers and hairdressers. They do not tip people in offices, cinemas, garages or airports.
Do you invite your friend to the restaurant? Then you pay the bill. Does your friend invite you? Your friend pays. If there are men and women in the party, the men usually pay.
These days, men and women are equal in many ways. If you work in Britain or America, your boss could be a man or a woman. There are increasing numbers of women in important positions in politics, law, medicine and in the business world. But it is still polite for men to open doors for women and to ask them to go first.
And it is polite for men to stand up when they are introduced to women.
60. In this passage, the writer tells us ________.
A. not to give any tip to others
B. only to give tip to women
C. only to give tip in restaurants
D. to give tip to the right person
61. If you have had a meal with your friend in a restaurant, ________.
A. you should pay the bill
B. your friend should pay the bill
C. the person who invites the other person should pay the bill
D. you should ask your friend to pay the bill
62. Today in Britain and America _______ .
A. women are quite equal to men
B. men hold all the important positions in politics
C. women hold all the important positions in business
D. women have changed their conditions in many ways
63. It is impolite for a man to ________.
A. open a door for a woman and to go first himself
B. stand beside a woman
C. let a woman go first
D. stand up when he is introduced to a woman
C
Mr Hart, a London taxi driver, has a new black taxi. With his taxi, he hurries through the busy streets every day.
One day when he was having a short rest, a young man jumped into his taxi.
"To the station as fast as you can," shouted the man in a very unfriendly way. "My train leaves at three o'clock."
Mr Hart did his best, but there was a lot of traffic. At every corner there was a red light.
"Hurry up, man! I don't want to miss my train," said the young man.
"And I don't want to have an accident," replied Mr Hart quickly.
While he was driving, Mr Hart suddenly recognized the man's face. He was a thief. The police were looking for him. His picture was in the newspapers. Mr Hart raced through the street and drove through red lights. Soon there was a police car behind him. Mr Hart raced on until he reached the station. He stopped in front of the station at two minutes to three, and the young man quickly jumped out of the taxi.
"Stop! Stop!" cried Mr Hart. At that moment the police car stopped, too. "Quick! He is the thief!" shouted Mr Hart. Two policemen rushed into the station. Three minutes later they returned with the young man.
"Well done!" a policeman said to Mr Hart as they were taking the thief to the police car.
64. The young man wanted to________.
A. go back home by train
B. drive through the busy street
C. take the 3:00 train to London
D. leave London as soon as possible
65. How did Mr Hart know that the young man was a thief?
A. He had never met such a rude person as the young man.
B. He had seen the young man's picture in the newspapers.
C. The police told him something about the young man.
D. The young man was trying to run away.
66. Mr Hart raced through the street and drove through red lights so that ________.
A. he could drive faster than the police car
B. he could reach the station on time
C. he could get the attention of the policemen
D. he could go home earlier than usual
67. Where did the policemen catch the young man?
A. In Mr Hart's taxi.
B. In the station.
C. In the street.
D. At the corner.
D
Most animals have little connection with animals of a different kind, unless they hunt them for food. Sometimes, however, two kinds of animals come together in a partnership which does good to both of them. You may have noticed some birds sitting on the backs of sheep. This is not because they want a ride, but because they find easy food in the parasites(寄生虫) on sheep. The sheep allow the birds to do so because they remove the cause of discomfort. So although they can manage without each other, they do better together.
Sometimes an animal has a plant partner. The relationship develops until the two partners cannot manage without each other. This is so in the corals of the sea. In their skins they have tiny plants which act as "dustmen", taking some of the waste products from the coral and giving in return oxygen(氧气) which the animal needs to breathe.
If the plants are killed, or are even prevented from light so that they cannot live normally, the corals will die.
68. Some birds like to sit in a sheep because ________.
A. they can eat its parasites
B. they depend on the sheep for living
C. they enjoy travelling with the sheep
D. they find the position most comfortable
69. The word "they" in the last sentence of the first paragraph refers to _______ .
A. birds and parasites
B. birds and sheep
C. sheep and parasites
D. sheep, birds and parasites
70. From the passage we know that the coral is a kind of ________.
A. plant that needs oxygen
B. plant that can produce oxygen
C. animal that needs oxygen
D. animal that can produce oxygen
71. What does the second paragraph mainly discuss?
A. Some animals and plants depend on each other for living.
B. Some animals and plants develop their relationship easily.
C. Some plants depend on each other for food.
D. Some animals live better together.
E
If you are in town in a western country, you will often see people walking with their dogs. It is still true that a dog is the most useful animal in the world, but the reason why one keeps a dog has changed. Once upon a time, a man met a dog and wanted it to help him in the fight against other animals, and he found that the dog listened to him and did what he told it to. Later people used dogs for the hunting of other animals, and the dogs didn't eat what they got until their masters agreed. So dogs were used for driving sheep and guarding chickens. But now the people in the towns and cities do not need dogs to hunt other animals. Of course they keep them to frighten thieves, but the most important reason is that people feel lonely in the city. For a child, a dog is his best friend when he has no friends to play with. For a young wife, a dog is her child when she doesn't have her own. For old people, a dog is also a child when their real children have grown up and left. Now people do not have to use a dog but they keep it as a friend, just like a member of the family.
72. In town in a western country, dogs are often seen to ________.
A. walk with hunters
B. walk with their masters
C. fight against other animals
D. play with other animals
73. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. People used to keep dogs to protect their house birds.
B. Dogs were used to hunt other animals.
C. Dogs will eat what they've got.
D. Dogs can perhaps drive thieves away.
74. The main reason why people in towns and cities raise dogs now is that ________.
A. they want dogs to frighten thieves for them
B. they use dogs for the hunting of other animals
C. they train dogs to drive sheep
D. they want to keep the dogs as friendly members of their families
75. The sentence "Now people do not have to use a dog" means ________.
A. a dog is not as useful as it was before
B. that it isn't necessary for people to use dogs to serve them
C. it isn't necessary for people to keep dogs any longer
D. people don't feel lonely now
五、书面表达
英语中有一句人人皆知的谚语："All work and no play make Jack a dull boy."请你根据自己的经验和体会，以On Recreation为题，写一篇词数为120左右的文章，叙述一下娱乐的重要性。可从以下几个方面论述：
1. 没有充分的休息和体育活动，不可能保持身体健康；
2. 学生学习之余，可以从事各种各样的娱乐活动。许多人喜欢听音乐，看电视，但因为我们在室内呆的时间太长，用眼太多，所以最好能选择一些能加强肌肉运动的活动，如打篮球、踢足球、打乒乓球、游泳、跑步等；
3. 大脑的活动需要经常调剂才能保持灵敏，活跃。
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
参考答案
一、基础测试
A. 单词拼写
1. slid 2 content 3 particular 4 homeless 5 mouthful 6 worn-out 7 Failure 8 difficulty 9 outstanding 10 directed
B. 句型转换
11.bumped into 12.content with 13.throughout 14. picked out 15. facing
C. 完成句子
16. cut off 17. cruel to 18. had no difficulty 19. pick him out 20. as if / though he were / was
二、单项填空
21—25 ADDBD 26—30 BDADC 31—35 ABBCC
重点解析：
21. 前文说小说很成功，那么它一定受人欢迎。选项中receive和popular都能表达这一意思，但是popular是形容词，它不能受well的修饰。故选A。
22. 从句意看，应该使用形容词的最高级，而形容词的最高级前应该使用定冠词the。故选D。
23. 解题时首先要分清结构：主语是food；谓语是is；roast duck是表语。那么从结构看，选项应该作定语，food?和include之间有被动关系，故选D项。作定语的过去分词短语可以改成定语从句which is included on any menu in Beijing。
25. 多个形容词同时修饰一个名词时，他们排列顺序的总原则是：越是本质的特征，里被修饰的名词越近。具体排列顺序为：
冠词 / 数词＋性质＋长短 / 大小＋年代 / 温度＋形状＋颜色＋材质＋名词
27. 如果search前有冠词，物主代词或名词所有格，search后多接for，构成(in) a /the/ one’s search for。否则用in search of表示“寻找；搜寻”。in search of something to drink = to search for something to drink。
28. 宾语(houses)与宾语补足语(break into)之间有被动关系，因而宾语补足语应该用过去分词，故选A。break in为不及物的动词短语，不可用于被动。
29. make good use of是固定短语，of不可省略，虽然它的宾语已经变成主语。to learn our lessons well是动词不定式，用作目的状语。
31. 过去分词用作定语，现在分词用作补足语，可以改为定语从句who is seen smoking。
32. 不定式作状语，其逻辑主语就是句子的主语。improve动作的发出者应是Jenny。
33. 回答应该是针对问句，而A、C、D都是答非所问。How do you like / find...? 意为"你觉得......怎么样？" 该句型用来询问对方对某人或某物的看法。答语补全为：I find it very boring。
三、完形填空
36—40 DCDAB 41—45 BBBDD 46—50 DABCD 51—55 CBADD
重点解析：
37. 3月28日当他带领克里夫兰骑士队以107：104击败新泽西网队时这种能力显示了出来，在这场比赛中他一人独得41分。这种能力指上文所提的全明星球员在身体、技术和智力方面的综合素质。
38. 由上文提到的19岁87天反推该空强调James 年纪轻。
39. 一场比赛个人得分过40分或更多是一种好的表现。
40. known as，"作为......是有名的"，符合题意。
41. 由下文介绍的童年时期不幸生活反推，那时他还远不是一个球王。
42. 分析语境可知，该空表"像......一样"，应填Like。
43. 由下文所介绍的童年不幸生活反推，James的童年生活是一种挣扎。
45. 没有祖母和邻居的帮助，James也许很小的时候就死了。
46. take any chance，"利用机会"，符合题意。
47. 下文的don't like暗示该空应填hate。
48. seize the opportunity，"抓住机会"，与语境逻辑相符。
49. 分析语境可知，该空表"能够"，应填able。
50. stop sb. (from) doing sth.，"阻止某人做某事"，符合题意。若将stop 改为keep，from不可省，所以A错误。
51. 分析语境可知，该空表"多亏了"，应填thanks。
52. 强调"聪明的、反应快的"，应用quick，而不用fast。
53. 下文的college暗示该空应填studying。
54. 上大学的目的是开发智力，因此该空应填develop。
55. James成了没有文凭而成名的幸运者。
四、阅读理解
56—60 CABCD 61—65 CDADB 66-70 CBABC 71—75 ABCDB
重点解析：
56.从第三段Before Hugo, many new houses along South Caroluna’s shoreline were poorly constructed, and enforcement（执行）of building codes wasn't strict… In Hugo's wake, all new shoreline houses are required to meet stricter, better-enforced codes.可以看出。
57.这是一道事实理解题,从第三段The house's wooden frame is reinforced with long steel rods to give it extra strength.可知。
59. 从最后一句话In the event of a storm surge, the shell should break apart and let the waves rush under the house, 可以判断。
60. 文章开头可知。
61. 文章第三段告诉我们，谁邀请吃饭谁付小费。
62. 从文中第四段There are increasing numbers of women in important positions in politics, law, medicine and in the business world. 可以判断。
63. 文章最后两句可知。
64. 这是一道事实判断题, 文章开头可知。
65. 从文中His picture was in the newspapers. 可知。
70. 从文中第二段第一句Sometimes an animal has a plant partner. 及This is so in the corals of the sea.可判断。
71. 从文中第二段第一句Sometimes an animal has a plant partner.可看作主题句。
72. 这是一道推断题,从问中可判断是B。
73. 只有C和事实不符。
74. 从文中最后一句可判断。
75. 从文中最后一句可判断。
五、书面表达
One possible version:
On Recreation
It is impossible for us to keep fit unless we often take part in activities of recreation.
There are various kinds of games in our daily life after study, for example, listening to music, watching TV, playing chess, going to the cinema. But I think we'd better have more outdoor activities to supply our muscles with exercise because we usually sit too long in our classroom, and our eyes and brain get tired. So it's a good idea to play basketball, football, table tennis, go swimming and do some running, even go for a picnic.
Our brain also needs changes to make it smart and active. Remember the old saying, "All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy."
第三单元综合测评
本试卷分第Ⅰ卷(选择题)和第Ⅱ卷(非选择题)两部分。共150分，考试时间120分钟。
第Ⅰ卷
第一部分 听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节 (共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What can we learn from the conversation?
A. This is the woman's second time to see Mr. White.
B. The woman wants Mr. White to check her teeth.
C. The man is a good dentist.
2．What does the woman ask the man to do?
A. Change the channel.
B. Turn the music up.
C. Turn the music down.
3．Who is using Jack's car?
A. His brother. B. The man. C. The woman.
4．What's probably happening?
A. A storm is coming.
B. An earthquake is coming.
C. The house is on fire.
5．From where does the woman get her water?
A. A river. B. A well. C. A lake.
第二节 (共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6～7题。
6．Who could the man be?
A. A manager.
B. A policeman.
C. The woman's husband.
7．Where was the wallet found?
A. In the restroom.
B. Under the table.
C. On the table.
听第7段材料，回答第8～10题。
8．Where does the conversation take place most probably?
A. In a gift shop.
B. In a flower shop.
C. At a bank.
9．How many kinds of gifts did the man mention?
A. Three. B. Four.
C. Five.
10．Which hat does the woman like?
A. The blue one.
B. The red one.
C. The yellow one.
听第8段材料，回答第11～13题。
11．What is the man doing to keep fit?
A. Exercising. B. Eating well.
C. Sleeping well.
12．How many ways to keep fit are mentioned?
A. 2. B. 3.
C. 4.
13．What can we learn from the conversation?
A. They haven't seen each other for a long time.
B. They will exercise together soon.
C. They both consider health important in their lives.
听第9段材料，回答第14～17题。
14．Who is probably Jeff?
A. The man's brother.
B. The girl's brother.
C. The girl's friend.
15．What does the girl want to do that afternoon?
A. Go to a movie.
B. Wait for her mom.
C. Go to see her uncle.
16．What is the girl's mother doing when the speakers are talking?
A. She is coming home.
B. She is at a meeting.
C. She is on the phone.
17．What will the speakers probably do in the afternoon?
A. Go to a park.
B. Eat at home.
C. Take a walk on the beach.
听第10段材料，回答第18～20题。
18．What's the population of Brighton?
A. 30,000. B. 130,000.
C. 300,000.
19．Where exactly is Brighton?
A. 15 miles from London.
B. 50 miles from London.
C. 50 miles from Paris.
20．Why are there a lot of hotels in Brighton?
A. Because there are a lot of workers.
B. Because there are a lot of students.
C. Because there are a lot of travelers.
答案 1－5 BCABC 6－10 BAABB
11－15 ABCAA 16－20 BCCBC
听力材料
Text 1
M：Is this your first appointment with Mr. White?
W: Oh, yes. I'd like to have my teeth checked.
Text 2
W：Look! I'm sorry to bother you about this, but could you turn that music down?
M: Sorry, I didn't realize you could hear it.
Text 3
M：Is that Jack's car? How is it he's still in Paris? You said that Jack was spending summer vacation in London.
W: That's Jack's brother. He's using the car while Jack is away.
Text 4
M: Listen! Thunder! The storm is coming!
W: Oh, no! ... Wait! ... Run! The house is shaking!
Text 5
M：Do you really have to go down to the lake to fetch all your water?
W：Yes. But all things considered, life in the country is still a lot easier than life in the city.
Text 6
W：I think my wallet was stolen, sir.
M: Do you have any reason to believe that your wallet was stolen?
W: Yes, I left it on the table half an hour ago, but when I came back from the restroom, it was gone.
M: Are you sure you left your wallet on the table?
W: Of course, sir. I planned to pay the bill before I went to the restroom.
M: Is this your wallet? We found it in the restroom.
W: Yes, it is. I must have left it there and I forgot. Sorry.
Text 7
W：Excuse me. I am looking for something local or special here as gifts. Could you give me some suggestions?
M：Well, we have quite a few choices here: pottery, postcards with our local scenery, hand-made woolen hats and over there some food.
W：These hats look very beautiful! How much are they?
M：Forty-five dollars each or eighty dollars for the pair.
W：OK. I'll take the red one.
Text 8
W：Hi, Mike. What have you been up to?
M: Not much. I started exercising.
W: Trying to get in shape?
M: Yeah, and I need to start improving my health.
W: Me too. What are you doing besides exercising?
M: That's about all.
W: I think if you eat better, it will also help a lot.
M: Sleep is important too. I heard people who sleep an average of eight hours a day have less health problems.
W: Looks like there are a lot of things to do to stay healthy.
M: True. But I think it is worth it. When you get older, you want to be healthy and active.
W: Absolutely.
Text 9
W：Dad, I'm bored. Can I go to a movie today?
M: A movie today? Well, I don't know.
W: Jeff always takes me to a movie.
M: Well, I know your uncle Jeff always takes you, but what movie would you like to see today, Aubrey?
W: Avatar.
M: Avatar. Let me look at the newspaper. OK. Ah, here it is. Avatar. That starts in the afternoon at 2：45.Well, should we take mom with us?
W: Yeah.
M: OK, we have to wait for mom because she's at a meeting right now.
W: OK.
M: Alright. And what should we do after we go to the movie?
W: Umm ... go on a little walk.
M: Go on a walk. Where would you like to go on a walk to? Would you like to go down to the beach or through the park?
W: To the beach. And then maybe we can go out to eat tonight. Does that sound OK?
M: Yeah.
W: Alright.
Text 10
You ask me about my hometown, so now I'd like to tell you something about it. I live in Brighton, which is not a very big town. It has a population of around 300,000. It is on the coast about 50 miles from London. Of course it isn't as interesting as London or Paris. But the air is a lot cleaner and better. There is little population there. There are a few factories in Brighton, but not many. It isn't very easy to find a job there. My father used to work in a steel plant which shut down a year ago and my father lost his job. But there are a lot of hotels and language schools in the town. In summer the town is full of travelers. My father decides to open a small shop to sell gifts. But he is short of money. He hopes that he can borrow some money from the bank.
第二部分 阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)
第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
A traveler lost his way and got off the highway to see where he was. As he drove by, he saw rows and rows of pigpens (猪舍) and pigs running in fields. Suddenly, his eyes caught something really strange. It looked like a pig with a wooden leg!
He drove up into the farm, where he met the farmer. “Excuse me，” the traveler said. “I was just driving by and looking at all your pigs, and I just had to stop and ask about it. Tell me, is there really a pig out there with a wooden leg？” The farmer smiled. “Oh, that would be old Caesar you saw. He's the finest pig I've ever had — and smart! Well, let me tell you a little about that pig.”
“One night a couple of years ago I got to drinking and I guess I had more than I should have. I fell down and knocked over a lamp. That started a fire in the house and old Caesar smelled the smoke. He came in the back door, got the wife and kid out, roused (唤醒) me up and got me out. There is no question about it — that night old Caesar saved all our lives. You know that I'm not going to forget it too easily.”
“Why，” the traveler said, “this is amazing! I have never heard of a pig like this before! This is fantastic! But tell me，how did he get that wooden leg？”
The farmer laughed and said, “Well，when you have a pig so smart, you don't want to eat him all at one time！”
21．The farmer thought the pig ________.
A. very fat B. very clever
C. very kind D. very strange
答案与解析 B 农夫认为小猪很“smart”，即很聪明。
22．The passage indicates that ________.
A. the pig lost a leg in the fire
B. the farmer deeply thanked the pig
C. the pig had a very good keeper
D. the real leg had been eaten by the farmer
答案与解析 D 参见最后一句话。
23．The author wants to ________.
A. report a piece of news
B. tell us a moving story
C. tell us a humorous story
D. have a joke with us
答案与解析 C 从全文可知，作者记述了一个幽默故事。
B
Mr. and Mrs. Gordon were sitting on the sand, reading their magazines. Mr. Gordon was too stingy (吝啬) to rent (租) a chair. Their twelve-year-old daughter, Sandra, was playing at the water's edge. Suddenly a huge wave lifted Sandra up and carried her out to sea. Fortunately, a lifeguard (救生员) was on duty and he saw the wave carry Sandra away. He ran along the beach and dived into the sea. He swam quickly to where the girl was, with her head only just above the water, was shouting for help. She was very frightened. When the lifeguard reached her, she struggled with him, as drowning people often do. However, he was a skillful lifeguard and quickly took hold of her and swam with her back to the beach. By the time he reached it, Mr. and Mrs. Gordon had realized what had happened. They had run down to the water's edge. Neither of them could swim. They just stood in the shallow water, and worried about their daughter. Had the lifeguard reached her in time? Fortunately, he had. “That was quick work, young man，” Mr. Gordon said. He turned to his wife, “Give the lifeguard a dollar.” “A dollar！” Sandra cried. “Dad, how can you give him a dollar! He saved my life. I was half dead.” “Quite right, girl”， Mr. Gordon said, pleased by his daughter's awareness (知道) of the value of money. He turned to his wife again and said, “She's right. She was only half dead. Give him fifty cents.”
24．What would probably have happened to Sandra if the lifeguard had not been on the beach?
A. Her father would have saved her.
B. Her mother would have saved her.
C. She would have swum back to the beach.
D. She would have been drowned.
答案与解析 D 注意if引导的条件句，根据短文，Sandra的父母都不会游泳，如果救生员没有及时赶到，她很可能被淹死。
25．What did Mr. and Mrs. Gordon do when Sandra was carried out to sea by the wave?
A. They shouted to the lifeguard.
B. They dived into the water.
C. Perhaps they were reading magazines.
D. They offered the lifeguard money to save Sandra.
答案与解析 C 由“By the time he reached it，Mr. and Mrs. Gordon had realized what had happened.”一句再结合文章开始说明他们在沙滩上读杂志，故可判断C项正确。
26．Why was Sandra angry with her father?
A. He did not give the lifeguard any money.
B. He did not swim out to save her.
C. He did not show the lifeguard hearty thankfulness.
D. He gave the lifeguard too much money.
答案与解析 C “Dad, how can you give him a dollar! He saved my life. I was half dead.”仔细揣摩说话人语气即可判断。
27．Why was Mr. Gordon pleased with her daughter?
A. She was safe again.
B. She was polite to the lifeguard.
C. He thought she did not want him to give the lifeguard too much money.
D. She gave the lifeguard fifty cents.
答案与解析 C 文章一开始就提到Mr. Gordon是个吝啬鬼，C项较贴切。
C
A thief entered the bedroom of the 30th President of the United States, who met him and helped him escape punishment.
The event happened in the early rooming hours in one of the first days when Calvin Coolidge came into power, late in August, 1923. He and his family were living in the same third-floor suite (套房) at the Willard Hotel in Washington that they had occupied several years before. The former President's wife was still living in the White House.
Coolidge awoke to see a stranger go through his clothes, remove a wallet and a watch chain.
Coolidge spoke, “I wish you wouldn't take that.”
The thief, gaining his voice, said, “Why？”
“I don't mean the watch and chain, only the charm (表坠). Take it near the window and read what is impressed on its back，” the President said.
The thief read, “Presented to Calvin Coolidge.”
“Are you President Coolidge？” he asked.
The President answered, “Yes, and the House of Representatives (众议院) gave me that watch charm. I'm fond of it. It would do you no good. You want money. Let's talk this over.”
Holding up the wallet, the young man said in a low voice , “I'll take this and leave everything else.”
Coolidge, knowing there was $80 in it, persuaded the young man to sit down and talk. He told the President he and his college roommate had overspent during their holiday and did not have enough money to pay their hotel bill.
Coolidge decided to offer the man and his roommate two rail tickets back to the college. Then he counted out $32 and said it was a loan (借款)．
He then told the young man, “There is a guard in the corridor.” The young man nodded and left through the same window as he had entered.
28．Why did Calvin Coolidge live at the Willard Hotel in those days?
A. Because the former President was still living in the White House.
B. Because the former First Lady hadn't left the White House.
C. Because the First Lady liked to live there.
D. Because he liked there.
答案与解析 B 根据第二段“The former President's wife was still living in the White House.”可知，前任总统的夫人仍然住在白宫，因此，B项为正确答案。
29．The young man and his roommate went back to the college ________.
A. by air B. by water
C. by bus D. by train
答案与解析 D 根据倒数第二段“Coolidge decided to offer the man and his roommate two rail tickets back to the college.”可知，他和室友是乘火车回到学校的。
30．What is NOT the character of President Coolidge?
A. Considerate. B. Kind.
C. Generous. D. Selfish.
答案与解析 D 根据文章可知，总统并没有惩罚小偷说明他很generous，送给他火车票说明他很kind，让他从窗子逃走说明他很considerate，因此，D项为正确答案。
31．Which of the following might happen afterwards?
A. The young student repaid the $32.
B. The thief was put into prison.
C. The President told many reporters the thief's name.
D. The President ordered the young man to repay the money.
答案与解析 A 根据“Then he counted out $32 and said it was a loan.”可知，年轻人是要还给总统32美元的。
D
Three men traveling on a train began a conversation about the world's greatest wonders.
“In my opinion，” the first man said, “the Egyptian pyramids are the world's greatest wonder. Although they were built thousands of years ago, they are still standing. And remember：the people who built them only had simple tools. They did not have the kind of machinery that builders and engineers have today.”
“I agree that the pyramids in Egypt are wonderful，” the second man said, “but I do not think they are the greatest wonder. I believe computers are more wonderful than the pyramids. They have taken people to the moon and brought them back safely. In seconds, they carry out mathematical calculations that would take a person a hundred years to do.”
He turned to the third man and asked, “What do you think is the greatest wonder in the world？”
The third man thought for a long time, and then he said, “Well, I agree that the pyramids are wonderful, and I agree that computers are wonderful，too. However, in my opinion, the most wonderful thing in the world is this thermos.”
And he took a thermos out of his bag and held it up.
The other two men were very surprised. “A thermos？” they exclaimed. “But that's a simple thing.”
“Oh, no, it's not，” the third man said. “In winter you put in a hot drink and it stays hot. In summer you put in a cold drink and it stays cold. How does the thermos know whether it's winter or summer？”
32．The three men could not agree on what the world's greatest wonder was because ________.
A. they could not think of anything very wonderful
B. they all had different ideas
C. they could not prove that their opinions were right
D. the journey ended too.soon
答案与解析 B 通读全文可知，对于“世界上最大的奇迹是什么”这一问题各有各自的观点，故本题选B正确。
33．The first man thought the pyramids were the most wonderful things in the world because ________.
A. they were very beautiful
B. they were Egyptian
C. they had been built with very simple tools
D. they could do mathematical calculations
答案与解析 C 第二段后两句即本题答案出处。本题选C正确。
34．The third man thought a thermos was the most wonderful thing in the world because ________.
A. it lasted longer than the pyramids
B. it cost less than a computer
C. he thought it knew whether it was winter or summer
D. the other two men were surprised when he told them about it
答案与解析 C 细节理解题。本题选C正确，由短文最后一段可得出此答案。
35．The third man was not very clever because ________.
A. he could not think of anything to say
B. he did not understand how a thermos works
C. he did not think the pyramids were wonderful
D. he did not know anything about computers
答案与解析 B 从最后一段可知，第三个人对于保温瓶保温的原理不懂。故本题选B正确。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
For a long time, I have been thinking about the idea of going abroad to do something worthwhile(值得做的), such as doing some voluntary work, working with kids or animals. However, I had been stopped for different choices with the kind of things I could do and different countries where I could do them. __36__ And I had been puzzling over how I was able to afford the flights, costs and everything.
I thought I couldn't wait to do something. __37__ So I just got up off my bed and went downstairs. I started making sandwiches, and then put some crisps, some biscuits and an apple into about six little picnic bags. I called a couple of friends and told them my idea that I was going into the city to give these foods out to the homeless. __38__
While we were buying some other things in the supermarket, we saw a whole cooked chicken that was on sale, so we bought it. We gave it to the first homeless man we came across. __39__ What a feeling like no other!
__40__ But I was very sad because I knew I had only helped one person out of thousands. Actually, it made me cry. But still at least I felt good to have helped others and the excitement got me satisfied, so I just had to keep doing that!
I think we don't need to look too hard or travel too far for the things that are always on our own doorsteps.
A. He was really shocked and grateful.
B. He seemed glad to share the story with others.
C. They don't need to travel far for voluntary work.
D. Besides, it's very expensive to prepare for that.
E. I said to myself, “I have to do something worthwhile NOW！”
F. My friends loved my idea so much that they decided to join me.
G. I felt very happy because I did something making someone's day.
答案 36.D 37.E 38.F 39.A 40.G
第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节 完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
The story goes that some time ago，a man had a very lovely little daughter. One day the man __41__ his 3-year-old daughter for __42__ a roll of gold wrapping paper. Money was tight and he became __43__ when the child tried to decorate a __44__ to put under the Christmas tree. __45__， the little girl brought the gift to her __46__ the next morning and said, “This is for you，Daddy.”
The man was __47__ by his earlier __48__， but his anger flared again when he found out the box was __49__. He yelled at her, stating, “Don't you know when you give someone a present, there is __50__ to be something inside？” The little girl looked __51__ at him with tears in her eyes and cried, “Oh, Daddy, it's not empty __52__. I blew kisses into the box. They are all for you，Daddy.”
The father was crushed. He __53__ his arms around his little girl，and he begged for her __54__. Only a short time later, an __55__ took the life of the child. It is also told that her father kept that gold box by his bed for many __56__ and whenever he was discouraged, he would take out an __57__ kiss and remember the love of the child who had put it there.
In a very real sense, each one of us, as human beings, has been given a gold container __58__ unconditional love and kisses ... from our children, family members, friends and God. There is simply no other __59__， anyone could hold, more __60__ than this.
41．A. asked B. praised
C. begged D. punished
42．A. wasting B. stealing
C. selling D. holding
43．A. glad B. angry
C. sad D. upset
44．A. room B. hall
C. box D. ball
45．A. Nevertheless B. But
C. Therefore D. And
46．A. father B. mother
C. teacher D. sister
47．A. puzzled B. surprised
C. scared D. embarrassed
48．A. overwork B. overreaction
C. event D. overpass
49．A. empty B. heavy
C. full D. wet
50．A. happened B. seemed
C. supposed D. used
51．A. down B. back
C. up D. forward
52．A. at all B. after all
C. above all D. in all
53．A. put B. turned
C. handed D. gave
54．A. kindness B. forgiveness
C. sadness D. carelessness
55．A. event B. incident
C. accident D. action
56．A. days B. months
C. nights D. years
57．A. imaginary B. kind
C. gentle D. warm
58．A. filled with B. pleased with
C. crowded with D. equipped with
59．A. world B. feeling
C. possession D. love
60．A. expensive B. precious
C. comfortable D. interesting
答案与解析
41．D 下文讲这位父亲因小女孩浪费了金色包装纸而大发脾气，故可推断他“惩罚”了这个小女孩。其他选项与下文父亲生气的情景不符。
42．A 因为第三句提到“Money was tight”，故这个父亲想惩罚她的原因是因为她“... wasting a roll of gold wrapping paper.”。其他选项不能表达女孩用金纸包装盒子。
43．B 此处可由第二段的第一句中“... his anger flared again ...”得到提示。其他选项不能与下文内容一致。
44．C 根据第44空前的内容可知，女孩应该是做了个小盒子。能够放在圣诞树下的当然不可能是room和hall。
45．A 前后意义转折，故用副词Nevertheless(尽管如此)。but是连词，一般不用逗号而是直接跟句子。
46．A 从后面一句话“This is for you, Daddy.”可以看出，小女孩是把礼物送给了她的父亲。其他选项不符合文中情景。
47．D 面对这种场面，想起自己曾经为此惩罚女儿，父亲肯定感到很尴尬。“迷惑”“惊奇”“恐惧”都不能表达父亲此时的感受。
48．B 父亲的行为很明显是过火的行为。overreaction意为“过激反应”。overwork“过度工作”，overcoat“大衣”，overpass“天桥；立交桥”，均不符合文意。
49．A 从后面小女孩的回答“Oh, Daddy, it's not empty at all.”可知，父亲发现这个盒子里没装礼物，是空的。其他选项与上下文意不符。
50．C “there be supposed to be”是“应当有”之意。happen to和seem to之前不加is; be used to意为“习惯于……”，与文意不符。
51．C 根据常识判断，小女孩应是“抬头向上”看父亲。“向下看”，“向后看”，“向前看”都不能表达小女孩看父亲的样子。
52．A 联系空后“I blew kisses into the box.”可以知道，小女孩说，盒子里并非一无所有。not ... at all是“一点也不……”之意。after all“毕竟、别忘了”，above all“首先；最重要的是”，in all“总计”，不符合题意。
53．A 女孩送给父亲的盒子不是空的，而是装满了她的吻，父亲知道自己错怪了女儿，因此他紧紧抱住女儿，请求她的谅解。put one's arms around是固定搭配，意为“把……搂在怀里”。其他选项不符合搭配。
54．B 联系空前的begged for her ...，我们知道，父亲为自己的过错而请求女儿的“宽恕”。其他选项不能表达父亲此时的懊悔心情。
55．C 通常只有“事故”才能夺去女孩的生命。event通常指重要、有意思或不寻常的事件；incident多指“(政治性)事件”；action“行动”不会夺去女孩生命。
56．D 四个选项都是时间词。父亲珍爱自己的女儿对自己的感情，因此父亲把这个金盒子放在床边许多年。其他选项不符合常理。
57．A 女儿已去，但爱永存。父亲拿出来的这个吻实际上是不存在的，是他“假想的”。其他选项都有干扰性，这些形容词都不能准确地表达这些吻是父亲的想象。
58．A 联系空后的“... unconditional love and kisses ...”我们知道，盒子里面充满了吻。be filled with是“充满了”的意思。其他选项分别意为“高兴于……”“满了……”“装备有……”。
59．C 父亲把这份充满情谊的吻看作财富，因此珍藏起来。hold possession(of)意为“拥有……”。love和kiss不能被看作是world和feeling，因此排除。
60．B 没有什么财富比这更宝贵的了。其他选项不能表达这些吻的珍贵。
第Ⅱ卷
第二节 (共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(不多于3个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Andrew: Wow, so many students are crowding in — more than I expected. We're lucky to arrive an hour __61__ (early). Or else we would absolutely have problems __62__ (get) good seats.
Heather: I __63__ (learn) my lesson from the last experience. I didn't arrive early enough, so I ended up __64__ a terrible seat — all the way up in the front row! It was one of my worst movie __65__ (experience) ever.
Andrew: Yeah. I hate sitting in the front row.
Heather: By the way, it was __66__ (real) considerate of you __67__ (get) me the ticket. I really appreciate __68__. I'll buy some popcorn and a drink for us.
Andrew: That would be great!
Heather: Hold my place, __69__ I'll be back as soon as possible. Oh, I almost forgot. I'd better hold on to my ticket __70__ they won't let me in.
Andrew: OK.
61．________ 62.________ 63.________ 64.________
65．________ 66.________ 67.________ 68.________
69．________ 70.________
答案 61.earlier 62.getting 63.learned 64.with
65．experiences 66.really 67.to get 68.it 69.and
70．in case
第四部分 写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。作文中共有10处错误，每句中最多有两处。错误涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏词符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线()划掉。
修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词。
2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。
During the vacation, the weather was hot and I could do much work, but I lived happily. On the morning I usually got up early and take a walk in the garden. After the breakfast, I began reading English and did some exercises in maths. I worked quite hardly and made good progress. I spent nearly the whole afternoon outside. I went swim in the river and didn't come back when it was about five or six. Sometimes a friend of me would come to see me and we would spend some hours listened to music. In this way I spent my vacation happily. I not only studied well and but also became a good swimmer.
答案
During the vacation, the weather was hot and I could do much work, but I lived happily. the morning I usually got up early and a walk in the garden. After breakfast, I began reading English and did some exercises in maths. I worked quite and made good progress. I spent nearly the whole afternoon outside. I went in the river and didn't come back it was about five or six. Sometimes a friend of would come to see me and we would spend some hours to music. In this way I spent my vacation happily. I not only studied well and but also became a good swimmer.
第二节 书面表达(满分25分)
你在五一节向邻居借了单车独自去乡下度假，但不幸的是发生了下图中的事。
请你写一封e-mail给朋友李华，征求他的意见，内容如下：
问候
询问了解李华的度假情况
度假地点
离市中心50公里远
度假情况
天气好，假期过得好
丢单车过程及你的感受
(如图所示)
征求意见
赔钱还是买一辆新车
注意 1.词数100左右。
2．开头已为你写好。
参考词汇：赔偿indemnify
Dear Li Hua，
I hope you are fine.______________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
范文
Dear_Li_Hua，
I_hope_you_are_fine. How did you spend your holiday? I spent the May Day alone in the country. It is 50 kilometres away from the city centre. The weather there was fine and the holiday went quite well. However, something unfortunate happened at night. After I went to sleep in my sleeping bag, the bike which I borrowed from one of my neighbours was stolen. I feel very bad about it. I'm writing to ask you for your advice. Should I indemnify him for the loss or should I buy a new bike for him? Or do you have any other advice?
Best wishes!
随堂演练
及时体验 巩固提升
Ⅰ.单句语法填空(不多于3个单词)
1．The film is more ________ (excite) than any that I've ever seen.
答案 exciting
2．I heard her ________ (sing) an English song when I passed her room yesterday.
答案 singing
3．It's wrong of you to leave the machine ________ (operate)．
答案 operating
4．I didn't see anyone ________ (take) away your paper. It might have been blown by the wind.
答案 take
5．To do that would be ________ (cut) the foot to fit the shoe.
答案 to cut
6．We were all very ________ (surprise) at the news. I found it very ________ (surprise)．
答案 surprised; surprising
7．The result of the game was ________ (disappoint)．
答案 disappointing
8．I felt someone ________ (pat) me on the shoulder.
答案 patting
9．Our duty is ________ (serve) the people heart and soul.
答案 serving
10．The argument is very ________(convince)．
答案 convincing
Ⅱ.翻译句子
1．听到他说的话，我们大笑起来。(laughter)
_______________________________________________________
答案 Hearing what he said, we burst into laughter.
2．他悄悄地把枪放进口袋。(slide)
_______________________________________________________
答案 He slid the gun into his pocket.
3．这首音乐给我们增添了欢乐。
_______________________________________________________
答案 The piece of music adds to our enjoyment.
4．他把自己刚写完的小说读了一遍，对自己很满意。(be content with)
_______________________________________________________
答案 He read through his newly-finished novel and was content with himself.
5．早在第二部电影的时候，他就已经形成了自己独特的表演风格，并且很快闻名全球。(particular)
_______________________________________________________
答案 As early as his second film，he had developed his particular manner of acting，which soon became famous in the world.
课件29张PPT。Unit 3
A taste of English humour
Learning about languagefortunatefortunatelycontented
contentcontentedlyperformer/
performanceperformingDiscovering useful words and expressions 1 Fill in the chart.humourhumoroushumorouslyastonishastonishingastonishinglyborebored, boringboringlycharmcharmingcharminglyentertainentertainingentertaininglyIn the 1990s, Mr. Bean became a star using
mime to highlight difficult social situations
much as Charlie Chaplin had done. His method
of acting was to appear _________, look around
and then do exactly the wrong thing. Children
particularly would burst into ________ at his
behavior. He always managed to _______
those things that people are afraid of doing uncertainlaughterpick outAnswer key for Exercise 2.because they do not want to appear a social
_______. On one occasion in a restaurant he
ordered a steak tartare. When the uncooked
meat arrived he was _________ by shame
because he could not eat it. He ________ a
piece of meat and pretended to ______ a
mouthful but instead put it into the plant pot
beside him. He put other pieces into his pocket. failureovercomecut offchew___________ the meal he seemed to show
great ___________in his food. He was such
an ___________ performer that when he
finished eating his dinner, the waiter offered
him the same dish again at no extra _______!Throughoutenjoymentoutstandingchargeoccasion n. (事情发生的)时刻; 时候; 场合
We should keep quiet on such an occasion.
在这种场合我们应该保持安静。
On another occasion, he landed in a deserted
car park.
还有一次, 他在一个废弃的停车场着陆。
on occasion 有时; 偶尔
on this / that occasion 此时(那时)
on one occasion 有一次; 曾经
on the occasion of 在……的时候; 值此之际Explanation Exercise 3 on Page 20
Sample dialogue:
I
S1: I’ll be better off if I can come back to
my childhood because I find my little
sister has a better life than me.
S2: But you’ll be worse off if your sister
feels envy at you. II
S1: I will be better off if I have a chance
to study abroad because I can pick up
English.
S2: But you will find it is worse off when
living abroad, without a parent or a close
friend to care for you. The –ing form as the Predictive, Attributive and Object ComplementGrammarReview: -ing形式作主语和宾语
作主语
1. Talking to him is talking to a wall.
对他说话等于对牛弹琴。
2. Smoking may cause cancer.
吸烟会致癌。
3. Walking is my sole exercise.
散步是我唯一的运动。
4. Talking mends no holes.
(谚)空谈无济于事。作宾语
5. I suggest bringing the meeting to an end.
我建议结束会议。
6. He admitted taking the money.
他承认钱是他拿的。
7. I couldn’t help laughing.
我禁不住笑了起来。
8. Your coat needs brushing.
你的大衣需要刷一下。 Can you smell anything burning?
(宾语)
2. We won’t have you doing that.
(宾语)
3. No one is allowed to speak in the reading
room.
4. I am sorry to have kept you waiting long.
(宾语)
5. I have a friend living in London.
6. My hobby is swimming. 宾补宾补表语定语宾补定语一、-ing形式作定语
1. 单个动词的-ing形式作定语位于
被修饰名词的前面, 既可以表示被修饰
者的作用或功能, 也可以表示被修饰者
的动作或状态。如：
building materials
= materials for building 建筑材料动名词作定语, 宾语补足语和表语drinking water
= water for drinking 饮用水
a walking stick
= a stick for walking 手杖
a reading room
= a room for reading 阅览室
a writing desk
= a desk for writing 写字台 tiring music
= music that is tiring 烦人的音乐
a surprising result
= a result that is surprising
一个惊人的结果
2. -ing形式短语作定语时, 放在所修饰的
名词之后, 并且在意思上相当于一个
定语从句。如：They lived in a room facing the street.
= They lived in a room that faces the street.
他们住在一间面朝街的房子。
The man standing there is Peter’s father.
= The man who is standing there is Peter’s
father. 站在那儿的那个人是彼得的父亲。
Anybody swimming in this river will be fined.
= Anybody who is swimming in this river
will be fined.
在这条河里游泳的任何一个人都会被罚款。
3. -ing形式短语也可以用作非限制定语,
相当于一个非限制性定语从句, 这时,
它与句子其他部分用逗号分开。如：
His brother, working as a teacher, lives
in Beijing. = His brother, who is working
as a teacher, lives in Beijing.
他那个当教师的哥哥住在北京。The apple tree, swaying gently in the
breeze, had a good crop of fruit.
= The apple tree, which was swaying
gently in the breeze, had a good crop
of fruit.
那棵苹果树硕果累累, 在微风中轻轻摇曳。二、-ing形式作宾语补足语
1. 1) 动词-ing形式作宾语补足语常放在
宾语后面, 表示一个正在进行的主动性
的动作, 强调一个过程或一种状态。如：
When we returned to the school, we
found a stranger standing at the entrance.
当我们回到学校时, 发现一个陌生人
站在大门口。We found the snake eating the eggs.
我们发现蛇正在吃鸡蛋。
I found a bag lying on the ground.
我发现地板上放着一个包。
The boss kept the workers working
the whole night.
那老板让工人整夜地工作。2) 当主句转换为被动结构时, 原来作
宾语补足语的动词-ing形式便转换为
主语补足语。如：
They found the result very satisfying.
= The result is found very satisfying.
这个结果很令人满意。They heard him singing in the next room.
= He was heard singing in the next room.
有人听到他在隔壁房间唱歌。
We mustn’t keep them waiting.
= They mustn’t be kept waiting.
千万不能让他们等。2. 能用-ing形式作宾语补足语的几类动词:
表示感觉和心理状态的动词, 常见的有see,
hear, feel, smell, find, notice, observe, look at,
listen to等。如：
We saw a light burning in the window.
I felt somebody patting me on the shoulder.
Can you smell anything burning?
As he spoke, he observed everybody looking at
him curiously.
Listen to the birds singing.
I didn’t notice him waiting.2) 表示指使意义的动词, 常见的有have, set,
keep, get, catch, leave等。如：
I won’t have you doing that.
This set me thinking.
I’m sorry to have kept you waiting.
I can’t get the clock going again.
You won’t catch me doing that again.
你看吧, 我决不会做那种事了。
3. see, hear, feel, watch等动词之后用-ing形式
和动词不定式作宾语补足语的区别：
① 前者表示动作正在进行, 而后者表示
(或强调)动作从开始到结束的全过程。如:
We passed by the classmates and saw
the teacher making the experiment.
我们走过教室, 看见老师在做实验。
(只在走过教室的刹那间, 看见老师正在做实验)We sat an hour and watched the teacher
make the experiment.
我们坐了一个小时, 看老师做实验。
(一个小时之内一直在看老师作实验)
② 如果宾语补足语是短暂性动词, 动词不定式
短语表示一次动作, 而-ing形式则表示反复动作。
e.g. We heard the door slam.
We heard the door slamming. (反复动作)(一次动作) 三、-ing形式作表语
-ing形式作表语时放在系动词之后, 用来泛指
某种动作或行为, 以说明主语的身份、性质或
情况。如：
Her hobby is painting. 她的业余爱好是画画。
My job is looking after the children.
我的工作就是照顾这些孩子。
His concern for his mother is most touching.
他对母亲的关爱很感人。
She was very pleasing in her appearance.Homework1. Summarize the rules of the
grammar in your own way.
2. Finish the exercises of
“Discovering useful structures”
on Page 21.课件66张PPT。Unit 3
A taste of English humour
ReadingNONVERBAL HUNOUR Charlie Chaplin —
The Gold Rush Charlie ChaplinCharlie Chaplin—The Gold Rush 1. What do you know about Charlie
Chaplin?
2. What do you know about his film?
What is so interesting about them?Pre-reading The Gold Rush a small
black hat a moustachea stickvery wide
trousersLittle TrampThe Little
Tramp was
a _____ and
___________
person. poorhomelessThe whole text introduces a world-
famous actor---Charlie Chaplie and
his excellent performances, making us
understand more about nonverbal
humour. 3. Look at the title and write down
your idea in one sentence. Then skim
the passage and see if you were right.A MASTER OF NONVERBAL HUMOURReadingThe main idea of each paragraphParagraph 1:
Paragraph 2:
Paragraph 3:Why people needed cheering upWhat Charlie’s childhood was likeWhat his most famous character was likeFast ReadingParagraph 4:
Paragraph 5:An example of a sad situation that he made funnyHis achievementsPara 2: Finish the chart. diedworse offsingdanceactorshumourCareful ReadingComplete the notes about Charlie Chaplin.1889actormimelittle tramp, a poor and
homeless person large trousers, worn-out
shoes, small round black
hat and a walking stickPara 2-3charming, social failure with a determination to overcome difficulties and always kind1977Para 4: Put the events in the right order. ( )Chaplin tried cutting and eating the bottom of
the shoe.
( )Chaplin and his friend washed sand and expected
to pick up gold, but they failed.
( )They were so hungry that they boiled a pair of
leather shoes.
( )They were caught in a small wooden house.
( )Chaplin cut off the leather top of the shoe.
( )Chaplin picked out the laces and ate.613254Charlie Chaplin
Para.1Retell the text according to the chart.1. Charlie Chaplin was poor when he
was a small boy.
2. People who don’t know English
cannot enjoy Chaplin’s films.
3. The Gold Rush is set in California
in the late of the nineteenth century. TFFTrue or false?4. In The Gold Rush Chaplin and his
friend are fortunate to find some gold .
5. In the film the meal he eats is hard to
chew.
6. Chaplin not only acted in films but
wrote and directed films as well.FTT How do you understand the sentence
“Laughter is the sun that drives winter from
the human face.”?
A. Laughter is the power to drive winter
away and welcome warm spring.
B. Laughter can keep one’s face warm,
especially during freezing winter.
C. Laughter can make people forget their
problems and make them feel happy.CChoose the best answer.2. The Gold Rush, one of Chaplin’s most famous
films, was made in ____.
A. America B. Britain
C. Canada D. Australia
3. The story of The Gold Rush happened ____.
A. in the 1750s B. in the 1850s
C. in the 1890s D. in the 1950sAB4. In The Gold Rush, Chaplin and his
friend eat a pair of shoes because ___.
A. they are interested in it
B. the shoes are delicious
C. they want to make the people
laugh
D. they are very hungry D 5. Which is NOT true?
A. Charlie was a master of non-verbal
humor.
B. Charlie showed humanity and
kindness in his movies.
C. Charlie was a social failure, so he
could play that character well.
D. Charlie must have experienced sad
situations when he was a child.C 6. People enjoy seeing other people’s bad
luck because _________.
they enjoy doing so.
it makes people more worried about
their life.
C. it makes people more content with
their life.
D. there’s much fun in doing so.C 7. The Little Tramp is well known because ____.
Chaplin played a poor and homeless person.
B. The character was social failure.
C. Chaplin wore large trousers, worn-out
shoes and a small round black hat and
carried a walking stick.
D. Chaplin play a role as a man who determined
to overcome difficulties and was kind even
when people were unkind to him.D 8. Chaplin was given a special Oscar for
________.
the characters he played in his films.
the films he directed.
the joy he gave us in his films.
the contributions he made in films.C 9. What’s the main idea of the text?
A. The history of English humour.
B. The films that Chaplin made.
C. The humour Chaplin made in his films.
D. The Gold Rush in California.C The writer mentioned that Charplin’s character
“little tramp” is charming and lovable, and he
won an Oscar for a lifetime of outstanding work,
which proves that the writer likes Charplin and
appreciates his work.10. What’s the author’s attitude to Charlie
Charplin?
A. positive B. negative
C. serious D. appreciativeD Discussion1. What’s behind fun?
Not all humour is kind. Although we also laugh when we see someone slide on a banana skin, it’s really dangerous to those who slide on the banana skin, especially to those old people. So when we think about it we will find it’s not funny.2. Why did people like The Little Tramp?
Because it gives people courage to
overcome difficulties.
3. Do you think Chaplin’s eating boiled
shoes funny? Why?
Yes. Because he made the terrible situation
“real” for his audience. And he was able
to show the humanity and kindness in
the most difficult circumstances.4. Why could Charlie Chaplin make terrible
situations (like poverty and starvation) funny?
Because he had experienced the bad situation
and made them “real” for his audience.
5. Why did he get a special Oscar?
Because of his outstanding work in films and
life long contribution.Fill in the blanks.Do you find it funny to see someone ______ on a
Banana ____, ________ into someone else round a
_______, or ______ down a hole in the road? If you do,
you are not _____. Some humour can be_____. Perhaps
it makes us feel more ______ with our life because we
feel there is someone else ______ ____than ourselves.
Charlie Chaplin was born in _______ in 1889 and at
that time films were ______. He became famous for
using a _________ form of acting, including _______
and ______.slidingskinbumpingcornerfallingalonecruelcontentworseoffpovertysilentparticularmimefarceWe should be optimistic(乐观) no matter what
difficulties you meet with, just as Charlie
Chaplin was. Set up an aim
Do our best
Pay more time then others
Never give up/ lose heart
Insist on what we pursue... and up to now nobody has been able to
do this better than Charlie Chaplin.
句中up to now = up till now, 表示“到现在
为止”, 常与现在完成时连用。如：
I haven’t got any letters from him up to now.
直到现在我还没收到过他的信。 Language PointsHer life has run smoothly up to now.
她的生活到目前仍一帆风顺。
【拓展】
up to 达到……程度或数量
be up to sth 能胜任某事; 忙于某事或
从事于某事
be up to sb 该由某人做出决定; 取决于某人… so they could feel more content with
their lives.
1) content adj. 满足; 满意; 知足
常见搭配: be content with sth.
be content to do sth. 如：
Are you content with your present salary?
你对你现在的工资待遇满意吗？
She is quite content to stay at home looking
after her children.
她呆在家里照顾孩子感到非常知足。区别: content; contented; satisfied
content与contented意思接近, 指“虽然各种愿望
没有实现, 但人应安于现状不再多求”,
content 一般作表语, 而contented一般作定语;
satisfied指“愿望、渴望或需求都得到了满足,
因而心满意足了”。
She has a contented look. 她显得满意的样子。
2) content n. 所含之物, 内容 如：
I like the style of the book but I don’t like
the content.
我喜欢这本书的文体, 但我不喜欢它的内容。We sat there, ______with what we listened to.
satisfying B. to satisfy
C. contented D. content
解析: 本题考查动词用法。
satisfied表示“感到满意的”, 把A、B两项
排除; content既是形容词, 又是动词,
be content with对……满足。D 3) content vt. 使满足 (+with)
e.g. Her answer seemed to content him. 她的回答好像令他满意。 3. Not that Charlie’s own life was easy!
卓别林自己的生活并没有那么容易！
本句为not构成的倒装句。that为副词, 修饰
形容词easy。
在英语中, 有时为了强调某一成分而将具有
否定意义的副词置于句首构成倒装句, 这样
的副词有not, never, seldom, little, few等。
本句可转换为:
Charlie’s own life was not that easy! 又如：
Only in the country can you learn the
“true English”. Never have I seen such a performance.
Nowhere will you find the answer to this
question.
Not until the child fell asleep did the
mother leave the room. 4. You may find it astonishing that Charlie
was taught to sing as soon as he could speak
and dance as soon as he could walk.
令人感到震惊的是, 当查理会说话和走路的
时候就被教唱歌和跳舞。
1) it在句中作形式宾语, 动词不定式to see…the
road才是真正的宾语。当动词不定式作句子
的宾语, 同时有一个形容词同宾语在一起时，
常用it作形式宾语。如： I’ll make it my business to help her.???
我会把帮助她作为我的责任。 Do you consider it wise to tell them about it?2) astonish: v. 使(某人)吃惊, 震惊, 比surprise的
语气要强。如:
The earthquake astonished me.
地震使我惊慌失措。
be astonished 吃惊 如：
She was astonished to find he was drunk.
发现他喝醉了, 她很吃惊。
I was astonished at/by the news.
这消息使我大吃一惊。to one’s astonishment 令…惊异的是…
To our astonishment the small boy swam
across the river. 令我们惊奇的是那小男孩居然游过了那条河。
astonishing adj. 令人吃惊的
an astonishing remark 惊人之语
astonishment n. 惊异; 惊愕; 惊奇
in astonishment 愕然, 吃惊地 如：
She stared at me in astonishment.
她吃惊地瞪着我。5. fortunate为形容词, 意为“幸运的; 运气
好的”, 相当于lucky, 其反义词为unfortunate。
常用结构: be fortunate (enough) to do 或
be fortunate in doing 意为“……很幸运”。 如：
She is fortunate (enough) to have a rich husband.
=She is fortunate in having a rich husband.
她很幸运，有一位富有的丈夫。
此外, 还可用于It is fortunate that …这一结构,
意为“……真是幸运”。如：It is fortunate that we got there in time.
很幸运的, 我们及时赶到那里。
fortunately adv. 用来修饰整句话, 意为“幸运
地, 幸亏”, 反义词为unfortunately。 如:
Fortunately, I found his house at once.
很幸运地, 我立刻找到了他家。
fortune n. “机会; 命运; 运气” 如:
She has had her fortune told. 她请人算了命。
复合词: fortune-teller n. 算命者
固定搭配: make a fortune 发大财
谚语: Fortune favors fool. 傻人有傻福。6. Unfortunately his father died, leaving
the family even worse off …
worse off: adj. (情况)更糟糕的, 更贫困的
Mark has lost his job and is worse off
than ever.?
马克的工作丢了, 情况比以前更糟。
better off 情况更好
He will be better off in hospital.?
他住院留医的话, 病情定会好转。I’ve only broken my arm; other patients are
far worse off than me.
我只是胳膊折了, 其他病人比我严重得多。
Tom has lost his job and is worse off than ever.
汤姆的工作丢了, 情况比以前更糟。
【拓展】
badly off 穷的; 缺少的
well off 富有的7. No one was ever bored watching him —his
subtle acting made everything entertaining.
entertaining adj. 表示“使人快乐的; 有趣的”
He told us an entertaining story yesterday.
昨天他给我们讲了一个有趣的故事。
Films should be entertaining.
【拓展】entertain v. 使感兴趣; 使娱乐; 招待
entertainment n. 娱乐; 款待; 招待
entertainer n. (娱乐节目的)表演者8. …because known throughout the world.
throughout prep. 1) (表示地区) 遍及, 整个 如：
The company has branches throughout
the country. 这家公司的分店遍及全国。
2)(表示时间) 整个, 从头到尾 如：
It rained throughout the day. 雨下了一整天。
He led a poor life throughout his life.
他一生过着穷苦的生活。throughout adv. 1) 整个地, 在所有各处, 全部
e.g. The hill was green throughout.
那座山整个都是绿的。
2) 自始至终, 到最后 如：
She remained silent throughout.
她从头到尾都保持沉默。
9. The tramp, a poor, homeless man with a
moustache, wore large trousers, worn-out
shoes...
1) homeless adj. 无家可归的
-less是表示否定意义的形容词后缀, 加在某些
名词的后面构成否定意义的形容词, 类似的如：
helpless 无力的; 无计可施的;
无助的; 无依无靠的
careless 粗心的; 轻率的
childless 没有儿女的
harmless 无害的; 无损害的;没有恶意的; 无邪的ceaseless 不断的; 不停的
countless 数不尽的; 无数的
tireless 不会疲倦的; 不知疲倦的, 不休止的
2) worn-out adj.
(衣类、机器等)磨破的; 磨损的; 用旧的 如：
worn-out shoes 穿旧的鞋
精疲力尽的; 憔悴的(一般不用在名词前) 如：
She looks worn-out.
她看起来憔悴不堪。10. This character was a social failure but was
loved for his optimism and determination to
overcome all difficulties.
这个角色是社会生活中的失败者, 但他的乐观
精神和战胜困难的决心使他受到人们的喜爱。
本句为but连接的并列句, but后的分句承前
省略了主语this character; to overcome all
difficulties为动词不定式短语作定语, 修饰
determination。本句可理解为: This character was not a
successful person in social life, but people
loved him because of his optimism and
determination to overcome all difficulties.
failure: n. 失败; 失败者
The play was a dead failure.? 这场戏完全失败了。
overcome v. (overcame, overcome) 战胜; 克服
There will be no difficulty in the world that
they cannot overcome.?
世界上任何困难他们都可以克服。11. Charlie first picked out the laces and eats
them as if they are spaghetti.
pick out: 挑出; 辨别出
My father helped me pick out a new book.?
我父亲帮我选了一本新书。
与pick有关的短语:
pick off 摘取
pick oneself up (倒下的人)站起来
pick up 拾起, (车, 船)搭载客人, 驾车去接(人),
接收(信号, 广播、电视节目), 学会(语言)
pick up with 在偶然机会认识(人)12. Then he cuts off the leather top of the shoe
as if it were the finest steak.
cut off: 切断; 断绝
A storm cut off power to the whole region.?
暴风雨切断了整个地区电力供应。
The television show was cut off by a special
news report.
电视节目被一条特别新闻报道打断了。
I had my hair cut off and sold it.
我把头发剪掉卖了。 We were completely cut off from the
outside world.
我们和外界完全隔绝了。
【拓展】
cut across 取捷径; 走近路
cut in 插嘴
cut down 减少; 缩减
cut up 切碎
cut out 切掉; 割掉
cut into pieces 切成碎片 13. He eats each mouthful with great
enjoyment.? 他一口一口地嚼得津津有味。 He took a mouthful of the bitter medicine
and made a face.
他喝了一口苦药, 做了个鬼脸。 I felt so full that I couldn’t eat another
mouthful.? 我太饱了, 一口也吃不下了。 短语: at a mouthful 一大口handful? 一撮, 一把 a handful of sand? 一把沙子 cupful? 一满杯? two cupfuls of milk? 两杯牛奶 spoonful? 一匙; 满匙
two spoonfuls of sugar? 两匙糖 houseful 满屋; 一屋子 armful (单臂或双臂)一抱之量? an armful of books? 一抱的书14. The acting is so convincing that it makes
you believe that it is one of the best meals he
has ever tasted!
convincing 用作形容词, 在这里表示
“使人信服的; 令人心悦诚服的”。如：
His analyses were always so convincing.
他的分析总是那么令人信服。
This is the most convincing evidence that I can
find to prove my point.
这是我所能找到的最令人信服的证据, 以证明
我的观点。【拓展】
convince vt． 使相信; 说服; 使承认
convinced adj．
坚信不移的; 有坚定信仰的
convince ... of … 使……确信……
be convinced of 确信; 承认15. Chaplin produced, directed, and wrote the
movies he starred in.
卓别林自制、自导、自编一些他自演的电影。
1) direct 在句中意为“导演”, 它还有其它意思:
adj. 直的; 直线的; 直达的 如：
There is no direct train from here to Taichung.
此地没有直达台中的火车。
a direct road to London 直通伦敦的路
fly in a direct line 直线飞行 adj. 坦白的; 率直的。 如：
He has a direct way of speaking.
他说话坦白。
He gave me a direct answer.
他给我率直的回答。
2) star v. (在电影中)主演, 由……主演;
以……为主角 如:
The director wants to star Jim in his new film.
这位导演想让吉姆主演他的新片。
She has starred in a lot of good films.
她主演了许多好电影。“To truly laugh, you must be
able to take your pain, and
play with it!” --Charlie ChaplinHomework Finish Exe. 1. & 2. on Page 20, all
exercises on Page 21.
2. Try to write a happy ending for the
film The Gold Rush. 课件54张PPT。Unit 3
A taste of English humour
Using language 所谓pun, 通常是指利用一个单词
的两个含义, 或者利用两个特定的
单词, 达到“一语双关”的目的。如:英语中有趣的双关语“pun”①He is not a grave man until he is a
grave man.
其中的grave有两个含义, 一个是“严肃的”(形容词), 一个是“坟墓”(名词)，
因此这句话的意思是：
他不是一个严肃的人, 除非他躺到坟墓里才能严肃起来。 ②They pray for you today and prey on you tomorrow.
其中的pray(祈祷)和prey(捕食), 发音
相同, 外形相似。
因此这句话的意思是：
他们今天为你祈祷, 明天就会加害于你。 Read the two puns and enjoy playing on words.
A bicycle can’t stand on its own because
it is two-tired.
A small boy went to the counter to pay
for his lunch but he was a little short.How to explain the two puns?
1) Two-tired, when spoken, can have two
meanings: a. with two tires; b. too tired.
2) Short, when spoken, can have two
meanings: a. small in height; b. not
having enough money. amuse
pancake
explanation
detective
mountainous
whispervt. 使发笑; 使愉快
n. 烙饼; 薄饼
n. 解释; 讲解; 说明
n. 侦探
adj. 多山的; 山一般的
n. 耳语; 低语
vt. & vi. 低语; 小声说 vast
mess
react
porridge
drunkadj. 巨大的; 辽阔的
n. 脏或乱的状态
vi. 做出反应; 回应
n. 粥; 麦片粥
adj. 醉的English jokes There are thousands of jokes which
use “play on words” to amuse us.
Now read some of these customer
and waiter jokes and match the joke
with the explanation on P22.1 C: What’s that fly doing in my soup?
W: Swimming. I think!
2 C: What’s that?
W: It’s bean soup.
C: I don’t want to know what it’s been.
I want to know what it is now.
3 C: Waiter. Will the pancakes be long?
W: No, sir. Round.B A CExplanation
A. The first person is asking for information about time. The second person treats it as a question about shape.
B. The first person is angry about something and wants to say “Why is this here?” The second person treats it as a request for information and gives an answer to the question.
C. The answer to the question contains a word which, when spoken, can have two meanings.Tips
Sherlock Holmes is a character created
by the English writer Sir Arthur Conan
Doyle. Sherlock Holmes became the prototype
(原型) for the modern mastermind detective.
Doyle introduced Holmes in 1887 in the short
story A Study in Scarlet. Doctor Watson is
Sherlock’s best friend and partner.Role play: Read the funny story on page 22.Read a short, funny story on Page 22
about the famous detective Sherlock
Holmes and his friend Doctor Watson.
Then change the story into a short
dialogue. Act it in groups of three —
Holmes, Watson and a narrator.Role-playA teacher asked a student to write 55. Student asked: How? Teacher: Write 5 and beside it another 5! The student wrote 5 and stopped. Teacher: What are you waiting for? Student: I don't know which side to
write the other 5!Joke 1Joke 2A man goes to the doctor and says,
“Doctor, wherever I touch, it hurts.” The doctor asks, “What do you mean?” The man says, “When I touch my
shoulder, it really hurts. If I touch my
knee - OUCH! When I touch my forehead,
it really, really hurts.” The doctor says,
“I know what’s wrong with you – you’ve
broken your finger!”Patient: Doctor, I’ve lost my memory.
Doctor: When did this happen?
Patient: When did what happen? Joke 3Garcia: Thank you doctor. My fever
is gone.
Doctor: Don’t thank me. Thank God.
Garcia: Then I will pay the fees to God. Joke 42 Listen to Part 1 and write down
the main idea.Listening: You are going to listen to
a funny story about jam.Mary made some jam but left some on the
kitchen table for a few days as she had to go
to look after her sick mother. Some days later,
John, knowing nothing about the jam, came
home and threw it into the kitchen yard.1. What was Mary going to do with the
cooked plums in the pan?
2. What did John think Mary should
have done with the mess in the pan?
3. What do you think Mary is going to
say when she finds out what has
happened?
4. How do you think John will react to her?3 Listen to Part 1 again and answer
the following questions:1. What was Mary going to do with the
cooked plums in the pan?She was going to put them in the fridge later when they had cooled down.2. What did John think Mary should
have done with the mess in the pan? He thought she should have thrown it out for the chickens to eat.4. Before you listen to Part 2,
try to put these sentences
below in order. Then listen
again and check if you were right.___ Mary got angry with John.
___ Mary saw the chickens behaving strangely.
___ John was sorry.
___ The chickens enjoyed the jam.
___ John said he thought the jam was porridge.
___ Mary looked at the red mess on the ground.
___ John said the chickens were drunk.
___ Mary came home.12348756“ You ___________ my jam,” she shouted.
“ Oh, ______ what it was,” he said.
“ I’m ______ but I thought it was ________
which had gone bad in the hot weather. The
chickens have ________ the jam, but it’s
made them _______.”enjoyedporridgesorry drunkthat’sthrew away5 Fill in the blanks while listening to
Part 2 a second time. Mary Smith looked at the beautiful ripe plums. They would make lovely jam. When she had finished the cooking, she filled all her empty jam jars and left the rest of the jam in the pan. She would put it in the fridge when it was cooler. But just then the telephone rang,Part 1Listening texther mother was in hospital after a car
accident. Mary picked up her bag and
ran out of the house.
Some days later, her husband, John,
came home from a business trip. He had
been travelling all day and felt like
having a drink and a piece of cake. As
he came into the kitchen he saw a pan
with a dark red mess inside it. He lifted it up and smelled it. It
smelled bad. Mary must have forgotten to
clean this pan, he thought. So he poured
all the jam into the chicken yard and
cleaned the pan. Then feeling comfortable,
he began to eat a piece of cake. When Mary returned, she noticed the
chickens behaving strangely. They were
running around the yard as if they were
sick. She saw the dark red mess on the
ground and went closer. When she saw a
plum stone she went into the kitchen. Her
husband was reading a newspaper at the
table. Angrily Mary rushed up to him.Part 2“You threw away my jam,” she
shouted. “Oh, that’s what it was,” he
said. “ I’m sorry but I thought it was
porridge which had gone bad in the hot
weather.” “ Good heavens!” said Mary.
“That must be the jam I left in the pan,
but why didn’t you threw it in the
dustbin?” John laughed. “It was a mistake. However, the chickens have enjoyed the jam, expect that it has made them drunk. What are we going to do with these drunken chickens?” Discuss with your partner whether you think the story you listened to is funny. Give your reasons. Use these words and expressions below to help you.Speaking and writingHow wonderful!
I’m pleased we both like…
I felt happy because…
What fun!
It surprises me that…
I (don’t) laugh at that kind of thing
because…
It is (not) very amusing/funny that…
I (don’t) enjoy this very much because…S1: What fun! I enjoyed that story.
I always laugh at that kind of thing.
S2: Me too. I’m pleased we both
like the same kind of funny stories.Sample dialogue:S1: The punchline was good. You
were wondering what would happen.
So I’m happy that it all turned out
well in the end.
S2: It surprises me that John didn’t
see the plum stone if Mary did. S1: That’s because Mary did the
cooking, but John didn’t look at the
jam carefully. He just thought it was
a mess and threw it away.
S2: I think it’s very amusing and always
try to read stories like that. That
make me smile.S1: OK. Let me tell you this funny story then. It’s about a hedge cutter which was made in China but sold in England …1)?Use a logical order: explain the
situation, what happened and then
give the punchline.
2) Read it through when you have
finished checking for mistakes.
3)?Read it to your partner and ask for
advice.
4) Rewrite your story and put it into
a class collection of funny stories.WritingSample writing:Stages in the story
Mr Hills buys a hedge cutter made in
China.
2. It breaks and he tries to mend it himself.
3. The instruction booklet says it should
not be touched “without permission”.
4. He decides to get a new one so no one
will ever know. A TRUE STORY OF MR HILLS
Mr Hills in London bought a hedge cutter made in China. It was very small and very cheap and it worked very well.
At first he was very pleased with it. It made his hedges look smart and neat. Then one day it broke down. There was nothing he could do to make it work.He took it apart and put it together again but still it would not work. Next he took out the booklet of instructions to see if they had any advice for him. Imagine his amazement when he saw these words written in the booklet. “No one is to touch or try to repair this hedge cutter without permission.”What was he to do? Should he have written to the manufacturers in Beijing before he had his hedge cutter mended?
Mr Hills thought long and hard. Finally he went back to the shop and bought another hedge cutter. He put his old one in the dustbin. He thought no one would ever know what he had done. 一、单词拼写
1. _____________ n. 皮肤; 外壳
2. _____________ adj. 残酷的; 令人痛苦的
3. _____________ n. & adj. 底部; 底部的
4. _____________ vt. 使惊讶
5. _____________ n. 一口; 满口
6. _____________ vt. 使欢乐; 款待
7. _____________ adv. 特别地
8. _____________ adj. 无家可归的
9. _____________ n. 富有; 运气
10. ____________ v.& n. 煮沸; 沸腾boil skincruel bottomastonishmouthfulentertainparticularlyhomelessfortune11. ____________ prep. & adv. 遍及; 始终
12. ____________ adj. 幸运的; 吉利的
13. ____________ vt.& vi. 摇摆; 旋转
14. ____________ n. 失败; 失败者
15. ____________ n. 暴风雪
16. ____________ n. & adj. 导演; 径直的
17. ____________ adj. 杰出的; 显著的
18. ____________ adj. 磨破的; 穿旧的；
19. ____________ adj. 巨大的; 辽阔的
20. ____________ n. 感性; 理性 throughoutfortunate swingfailure snowstormdirect outstandingworn-out vast sense二、单词运用。
1. Today the Chinese teacher began the class
with an amusing _______ show.
2. I kept a diary at times when there was
something ___________ to keep down.
3. The class were cheered up by her
_____________ performance.
4. We like to stay with him, for he’s a man
with a pretty _______ of humour.
5. The woman sat there, __________ (chew)
a piece of gum.slideparticularoutstandingsensechewing 6. He will never forget that ________
experience of his.
7. She ___________ it to me so as not to be
heard by others.
8. It will do you good to have plenty of
________(boil) water every day.
9. We really had pity on the poor _________
girl and took her to our house.
10. Cold-blooded animal will sleep __________
the winter without eating anything.throughout cruel whispered boiled homeless 三、词语派生
As a result of their impatience, that plan
ended in _________ (fail).
2. ____________ (fortune), we two were selected
for the Olympic torch bearers in Guangdong.
3. Besides the point, the accident happened for
some other _________ (direct) reasons.
4. You are expected to spend an _____________
(entertain) evening in this place of public
_______________ (entertain).failure Fortunately indirect entertainment entertaining5. The government is trying to stop the
strike in a _____________ (violent) way.
6. I wondered all the time why mother
had never thrown away those clothes
already __________ (wear) out.
non-violent worn 7. I’m so full I can’t have another __________
(mouth).
8. She ________ (joy) playing the piano every
day, for it is a great _______ (enjoy) to her.
9. He was _________ (sense) of the trouble he
had caused.
10. Mobil phones may not work so well in
_____________ (mountain) areas.mouthful enjoy sensible joy mountainous 四、词组互译
1. 对……满足(意) ________________
2. 在整个亚洲 __________________
3. 战胜困难 ____________________
4. 挑出; 辩别出 ____________
5. 一条丧家狗 ________________
6. 撞上; 撞见 ________________
7. 突出的成就 _______________________
8. 幽默感 ___________________sense of humour be content withthroughout Asiaovercome difficultiespick out a homeless dogknock intooutstanding achievements9. badly off _______________
10. in particular _____________
11. cut off _____________
12. star in _________
13. in search of ____________
14. be born in poverty ___________
15. be set in ______________
16. go camping __________穷的; 缺少的特别; 尤其是切断; 断绝主演寻找; 寻求 出身贫寒以…为背景野营五、词组运用
词组填空 根据句子提供的语境, 从第四大题
中选一个适当的词组并用其适用的形式填空。
She can’t be so popular at all; I don’t even
know what movies she has __________.
2. Before ________________, you must get
everything needed ready.
3. To be honest, I enjoy reading the stories and
novels written by the big man ______________.in particularstared ingoing camping翻译填空 根据汉语意思, 从上述短语中选一个
适当的词组完成句子。
4. 完成这样巨大的工程, 我们常要克服某些
艰难困苦。
In doing so great a project, we had to
__________________________ at times.
5. 在人潮的广场上, 我好容易才发现他。
In the crowed square, I had a hard time
___________ him _______.overcome some difficultiespickingup6. 这部电影是以二十世纪60年代美国黑人的
社会状况为背景写的。
The film ___________ the social conditions
of the black of America in the1960s.
从上述短语中选一个适当的短语翻译下列句子。
7. 浏览刚完成的那本书, 她自感满意。
was set inShe read through her newly-finished book
and was content with herself.8. 他四周看, 在找什么。
9. 顾着思考问题, 他差点撞上路边的停车。
10. 据说这部电影当时有一部分由于某种原因
被剪切了。It is said that one part of the film had
to be cut off for some reason. He looked around in search of something.Lost in thought, he nearly knocked into
a car parked aside.HomeworkChoose one topic and do your writing.
1) The play Sherlock Holmes and
Doctor Watson
2) Do you think the jokes/story/play you
have read/watched funny? Give your
reasons.课件29张PPT。Unit 3
A taste of English humour
Warming upLook at the following pictures.
Which picture can make you laugh?I want to lose my weight. I’m driving at a high speed.any mouse I like facial expressionbody language mime/farce cross-dressingsketchjokes Do you feel funny? How many kinds
of humour do you know about?MIME AND FARCENONVERBALComedypantomimefunny stories / poemsVerbal jokesCross talkShort sketch Chinese humors
Pantomime
Funny plays
Cross talk
Jokes
DoggerelEnglish humors
Nonverbal
Mime and farce
Verbal jokes
Funny stories
Funny poemsvarieties of humorsmimeCharlie ChaplinWhat kind of humour do these
pictures show us?mimeMr Bean is funny because he
makes funny faces and acts silly
behaviour. 哑剧,滑稽剧(funny stories)Mark Twain was the popular
and humorous American
author. adj. 幽默的Do they have anything in common? humorous sketchcrosstalkTwo or more speakers
make many jokes and
funny conversation. Ma Ji is a well-known artist of crosstalk shows in China. His crosstalk shows always make his audience shout with laughter.pantomime 刘全和 刘全利三月;行军 What day of the week is the best for
having fried foods?FridayMarch2. What month do soldiers hate? Riddle 谜语1. Policeman: You can’t park here.
Driver: Why can’t I ?
Policeman: Read the sigh there.
Driver: It says, “Fine for Parking,” so
I parked.Enjoy some verbal jokes:罚款2. Girl : If we marry, will you give me a ring ?
Boy: Of course, What’s your telephone
number?3. Daughter: Auntie kissed me this morning,
Mum! Mum: How nice! Did you kiss her back, dear? Daughter: Of course not. I kissed her face.Customer: What’s that fly(苍蝇)
doing in my soup?
Waiter: Swimming, I think!jokeA big black bug bit a big black dog on
his big black nose!
2. Fresh fried fish, Fish fresh fried, Fried fish
fresh, Fish fried fresh.
3. While we were walking, we were watching
window washers wash Washington's windows
with warm washing water.A tongue twister competitionPOLICEMAN: Why did you have to
break into the same shop three times?
THIEF: Well, I stole a dress from that
shop but my wife didn’t like it. So I
had to go back and change it twice! What is a punchline? Find the jokes’
punchlines.PunchlineThe words that form the climax of a joke.TEACHER: You say that john Jones
has a cold and cannot come to school
today. Who am I speaking to?
VOICE: Oh, this is my father.PunchlinePantomine
(哑剧) cross talk
(马季, 姜昆)
jokes
doggerel
(打油诗)DiscussionWhich do you like better:
verbal or nonverbal humour
Give your reason.Example:I prefer verbal humor, because it is
very funny.
I like jokes, it is worthwhile to learn
about more expressions .You can choose three or more
sentences to express your idea.1. I prefer ________ .
2. Because verbal/nonverbal humor is_____.
3. I like_______ . (mime/sketch/jokes…)
4. It makes me ________.
5. It is worthwhile to do/doing…
6. When I enjoy them, I feel ______ .
7. I like all of them, because they
_____________________ with each other.Reference sentences:(参考句型）have a lot in commonhumo(u)r n. [u]幽默, 风趣
humourist n. [c] 幽默(作)家，
谈吐幽默的人
humorous adj. 幽默的, 诙谐的 I like a person who ___________________.Mark Twain was a ___________ author and
he was a __________.有幽默感humoroushumoristhas a sense of humorLanguage Points Find more information
about English humour and
Charlie Chaplin.
2. Remember the language points.Homework课件51张PPT。Unit 3
A taste of English humour
Workbook□thief □professor □potatoes
□carrots □mushrooms □midnight
□shirt □trousers □spread □quiet√√√√√Listening on P551 Listen to the tape and tick the words you hear.2 Listen to the tape again and answer the following questions.1. Where did Peter get the potatoes?
Peter was given the potatoes by a friend.
2. Why didn’t Peter want to get up when the thief was in his house?
He thought the thief might have a knife and he did not want to make him angry.3. Why couldn’t the thief take away the
potatoes?
4. How did Peter stop the man stealing
the potatoes？
He did not have a bag to carry the potatoes in.He removed the shirt that the thief
had planned to put the potatoes in. 5. Why was the thief angry?
6. What do you think Peter did next?He thought the husband had stolen his shirt so he could no longer steal the potatoes.Listening text Long ago, there lived a poor couple, Peter and his wife. They had no money to buy food and lived a very hard life. One day they were given some potatoes by a friend and put them on the floor. When evening came, they went to bed. At midnight, a thief stole into their house. It was very dark. The wife heard a noise and shouted: “Peter, Peter. Wake up. There is a thief in our house.”
Peter was a clever man. Thinking that the thief might have a knife, he did not want to make the thief angry. He just wanted the thief to go away with whatever he wanted. So he said, “Be quiet. There is no thief. Go back to sleep.” So his wife went back to sleep.
The thief found the potatoes on the floor, but he could not carry them because there was no bag to hold them. He took off his shirt and spread it on the floor. He wanted to pour the potatoes onto his shirt, but just when he turned back to get them, Peter quietly took away his shirt and hid it under the bed. The thief did not know his shirt was gone. He put the potatoes on what he thought was his “shirt”. But when he tried to pick it up he could not do so. Just then Peter’s wife woke up and shouted again, “Peter, Peter! Wake up. There is a thief in our house.” Peter became very angry. He shouted, “Be quiet, please. There is no thief in our house. Listen, if I say there is no thief, then there is no thief.” When he heard this, the thief became very angry and shouted, “Who said there is no thief? If there is no thief in this house, then who has taken my shirt?”Talking on Page 55Useful expression
I enjoy this very much because …
I laugh at that kind of thing because …
This is fun because …
I felt happy because …
It surprises me that …
I’m pleased we were both amused at …
It is very amusing that …
How wonderful / surprising!Sample dialogue:BAI PIN: What do you find funny? I enjoy
Mr Bean because he makes such wonderful
faces as he does stupid things.
WEI YUN: I’m not surprised you like Mr
Bean because all my family are crazy about
him and cannot get enough of his
programmes.BAI PIN: We enjoy this kind of humour because my father loves Charlie Chaplin films. When he sees his stick and hat and that funny walk, he is always in fits of laughter. WEI YUN: What I like best is the problems Mr Bean has with everyday situations—like changing his clothes on the beach. I remember that one very well. BAI PIN: Yes. I know that one. It reminded me when I stayed in England and I watched everybody try to change into their swimming costume, under a towel. It’s good that we both enjoyed that!Listening task on P58 1 Choose the best picture that best
describes what happened.ABCSample description:1. The teacher sees some boys looking
at a dog.
2. The dog is thin and he feels sorry for it.
3. He asks what they intend to do with it.
4. He finds they all want to look after
it but only the person who tells the
biggest lie can have it as a pet.5. The teacher is angry and lectures the
boys about telling lies and how honest he
was at their age.
6. The boys decide to give him the dog.2 Choose the best answer. 1. Why did the children decide to give the
dog to the teacher?
A. Because none of them wanted to
keep the dog.
B. Because their teacher liked it.
C. Because they could not decide
which of them should own it.
D. Because they thought the teacher
had told them a lie. D 2. What do you think of the children?
A. They all like dogs.
B. They all respect their teachers.
C. They all work hard at their lessons.
D. They are honest and lovely. A 3 Listen to the tape again and
answer the question.How do you think the teacher felt when he was offered the dog?I think the teacher felt embarrassed
when he was offered the dog because
he did not want it and had not expected
to be offered it.DiscussionDiscuss how you would solve
these problems and help the
teacher. Suggesting to the boys
that you would love the
dog but that it is impossible
for you to take it for walks
as you have so much work
to do. Offer it back to
them as you can now see
how well they would care
for it.Suggesting that the boys explain
to you how they would care for
the dog. Note where they would
keep it, what they would feed it
on, how often they would take it
for walks, whether their parents
are happy to have a new dog.
Then choose accordingly.Listening text One day a teacher was walking along the road. It was a lovely sunny day. The sky was blue and the birds were singing in the trees. The teacher felt very happy until he saw five boys aged about 15 standing round an animal. As he went up to them, he saw that the animal was a thin and hungry dog. It looked very frightened and the teacher felt very sorry for it. So he asked the boys what they were going to do with the dog.
“Oh,” said one of the boys. “We were just deciding who should take the dog home and look after it. We all want to look after the dog but only one of us can have it as a pet.” The teacher asked how they were going to choose the owner of the dog. “Well,” said the same boy, “We’ve decided that the one who told the biggest lie should have him.” At this the teacher became very angry. He started to explain to the boys about truth and honesty. He continued for ten minutes while the boys listened carefully. Then he ended by saying, “And I never told a lie when I was your age.” When he finished there was a long silence. The boys looked at the teacher and they seemed to agree with what he had said. The teacher felt happy that his words had impressed the boys. Then the same boy spoke again. “After what we heard, I think you should have the dog!”Reading task on Page 59Pre-reading April Fool’s day is a day when people play
jokes on each other. On this day you will often
see strange and interesting finds, scientific
results or astronomical findings that are put
there to mislead the public. The newspaper feels
happy if a large number of people believe what
is written. Sometimes particularly good stories
get into the evening news on BBC. 愚人节的来历
每年4月1日,是西方也是美国的民间
传统节日——愚人节。
愚人节起源于法国。1564年, 法国
首先采用新改革的纪年法——格里历
(即目前通用的阳历),以1月1日为一年之
始。但一些因循守旧的人反对这种改革,
依然按照旧历固执地在4月1日这一天送礼品, 庆祝新年。主张改革的人对这些守
旧者的做法大加嘲弄。聪明滑稽的人在
4月1日就给他们送假礼品, 邀请他们参加
假招待会。并把上当受骗的保守分子称为
“四月傻瓜”或“上钩的鱼”。从此人们在
4月1日便互相愚弄, 成为法国流行的风俗。
18世纪初, 愚人节习俗传到英国, 接着又被
英国的早期移民带到了美国。 愚人节最典型的活动还是大家互相开
玩笑, 用假话捉弄对方。有的人把细线拴
着的钱包丢在大街上, 自己在暗处拉着线
的另一端。一旦有人捡起钱包, 他们就出
其不意地猛然把钱包拽走。还有人把砖头
放在破帽子下面搁在马路当中, 然后等着
看谁来了会踢它。小孩们会告诉父母说
自己的书包破了个洞, 或者脸上有个黑点。等大人俯身来看时, 他们就一边
喊着“四月傻瓜”。一边笑着跑开去。
总之, 每逢愚人节这一天, 动物园和水族馆
还会接到不少打给菲什(鱼)先生成莱昂
(狮子)先生的电话, 常常惹得工作人员
掐断电话线,以便减少麻烦。
如今的愚人节在美国已主要是淘气的
男孩子们的节日了!Answer the following questions.Children enjoy playing jokes on each other.
When they “fool” someone they say “April
Fool” to them. The most common kind of joke
is to say something like “Your dress is
hanging down at the back”. When you turn
round they say “April Fool”. What do children usually do on April
Fool’s Day?2. Why did people believe the
programme Panorama?People believed the programme
Panorama because it was always
serious and known for its factual
correctness.The advice the BBC gave to people wanting to grow their own noodle tree could not be serious as no tree could be grown in this way. 3. Do you think the advice that the
BBC gave people who asked how
to grow noodle trees was serous?
Give a reason.If I was not sure if a story was true or not, I would go to the library to check the facts in an encyclopedia or go on the Internet.
4. What would you do to find out
whether a story like this was true?There was an old man of ___________
Who ____________________________
He laughed and he cried
Till he fell down and died
That funny old man of __________Speaking and writing task on Page 60Tobermoryfollowed his football team’s gloryTobermorySample writingThere was an old woman they say
Who would eat an apple a day
When asked she replied
It’s good for my inside
For I am never ill anyway.掌握这26个字母，
可能改变你的一生小插曲A—Acknowledging (感激)
感激上帝给予你的一切。
B—Belief (信念) 做每一件事要有坚定的信念。
C—Confidence (信心) 对自己充满自信心。
D—Dreaming (梦想) 有空不妨做做白日梦。
E—Empathy (心灵相通) 站在对方的立场上为对方想想。
F—Fun (乐趣) 享受现有的一切。G—Giving (给予) 将你所能给予的都给予你周围的人。
H—Happiness (幸福观) 为你的生活及所做的是感到满意。
I—Imagination (想象力) 伸出你想象的翅膀去追求你的梦想。
J—Joy (欢乐) 把你的欢乐带给你所认识的人。
K—Knowledge (知识) 不断学习各种知识。
L—Love (爱心)
奉献你的爱心及爱的精神。 M—Motivation (激励)
不断激励自己实现自我超越。
N—Nice (友善)
即使对陌生人也保持一颗善心。
O—Openness (开化)
敞开你的胸怀去接受新事物。
P—Patience (耐心)
坚持就是胜利, 耐心等待成功的出现。
Q—Quiet (安宁)
找一段安宁的时间、安宁的地方去好好反省自己。R—Respect (尊重)
尊重所有的种族、宗教、文化、信仰及价值观。
S—Smile (微笑) 用微笑面对绝望的困境。
T—Trust (信任) 信任自己、亲戚、朋友和其他人。
U-Unity (团结) 与周围的人和平相处。
V—Victory (成功) 庆祝自己的成功, 即使是小小的。
W—Wait (等候) 耐心等候, 好运总会出现。 Homework1. Make a summary about what we learned in this unit by filling up the SUMMING UP on Page 24 and CHECKING YOURSELF on Page 61.2. Please collect as many funny stories as
you can. They will be useful in the next
period. And try to find some interesting
words in these stories.课件46张PPT。Unit 3
A taste of
English humour基础知识自测一、单词拼写 根据所给的词性和词义写出下列单词。
1．______________n. 皮肤；外壳
2．______________ adj.残酷的；令人痛苦的
3．______________ n.& adj. 底部；底部的
4．______________ vt. 使惊讶
5．______________ n. 一口；满口
6．______________ vt. 使欢乐；款待
7．______________ adv. 特别地
8．______________ adj. 无家可归的
9．______________ n. 富有；运气
10.______________ v.& n.煮沸；沸腾boil skincruel bottomastonishmouthfulentertainparticularlyhomelessfortune11．_____________ prep.& adv. 遍及；始终
12．_______________ adj. 幸运的；吉利的
13．_______________ vt.& vi. 摇摆；旋转
14．_______________ n. 失败；失败者
15．_______________ n. 暴风雪
16．_______________ n. & adj. 导演；径直的
17．______________ adj. 杰出的；显著的
18．______________ adj. 磨破的；穿旧的；
19．_______________ adj. 巨大的；辽阔的
20．_______________ n. 感性； 理性 throughoutfortunate swingfailure snowstormdirect outstandingworn-out vast sense二、单词运用 根据句子的结构和意思,在空格处填入一个恰当的单词或者用括号中所给词的适当形式填空。
1．Today the Chinese teacher began the class with an amusing ____________ show .
2．I kept a diary at times when there was something _____________ to keep down.
3．The class were cheered up by her _____________ performance.
4．We like to stay with him, for he’s a man with a pretty ___________ of humour.
5．The woman sat there, __________ (chew) a piece of gum.slideparticularoutstandingsensechewing 6．He will never forget that ___________ experience of his.
7．She ___________it to me so as not to be heard by others.
8．It will do you good to have plenty of ____________ (boil) water every day.
9．We really had pity on the poor ____________ girl and took her to our house.
10．Cold-blooded animal will sleep ___________ the winter without eating anything. throughout cruel whispered boiled homeless 三、词语派生 用括号中所给词的适当形式填空。
1． As a result of their impatience , that plan ended in _____________ (fail).
2．_____________ (fortune), we two were selected for the Olympic torture bearers in Guangdong.
3．Besides the point, the accident happened for some other _____________ (direct) reasons.
4．You are expected to spend an _____________ (entertain) evening in this place of public _______________ (entertain).
5．The government is trying to stop the strike in a ______________ (violent) way.failure fortunately indirect entertainment entertainingnon-violent 6．I wondered all the time why mother had never thrown away those clothes already __________ (wear) out.
7．I’m so full I can’t have another _______________ (mouth).
8．She _____________ (joy) playing the piano every day, for it is a great ______________ (enjoy) to her.
9．He was _____________ (sense) of the trouble he had caused.
10．Mobil phones may not work so well in _____________ (mountain) areas.worn mouthful enjoy sensible enjoy mountainous 1．对……满足(意) ______________________
2．在整个亚洲 _________________________
3．战胜困难 ___________________________
4．挑出；辩别出 ___________________________
5．一条丧家狗 ____________________________
6．撞上；撞见_____________________________
7．突出的成就____________________________
8．幽默感 ______________________________sense of humour be content withthroughout Asiaovercome difficultiespick out a homeless dogknock intooutstanding achievements9．badly off _______________________________
10．in particular____________________________
11．cut off ________________________________
12．star in ______________________________
13．in search of __________________________
14．be born in poverty_________________________
15．be set in ______________________________
16．go camping__________________________穷的; 缺少的特别; 尤其是切断; 断绝主演寻找; 寻求 出身贫寒以……为背景野营五、词组运用
词组填空 根据句子提供的语境,从第四大题中选一个适当的词组并用其适用的形式填空。
1．She can’ｔbe so popular at all; I don’t even know what movies she has _______________.
2．Before ____________________, you must get everything needed ready.
3．To be honest, I enjoy reading the stories and novels written by the big man ______________.in particularstared ingoing camping翻译填空 根据汉语意思, 从上述短语中选一个适当的词组完成句子。
4．完成这样巨大的工程, 我们常要克服某些艰难困苦。
In doing so great a project, we had to __________________________ at times.
5．在人潮的广场上，我好容易才发现他。
In the crowed square , I had a hard time ___________ him __________.
6．这部电影是以二十世纪60年代美国黑人的社会状况为背景写的。
The film _______________ the social conditions of the black of America in the1960s.was set inovercome some difficultiespickingup句子翻译 从上述短语中选一个适当的短语翻译下列句子。
7．浏览刚完成的那本书, 她自感满意。
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________
8．他四周看，在找什么。
_______________________________________
9．顾着思考问题，他差点撞上路边的停车。
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
10．据说这部电影当时有一部分由于某种原因被剪切了。
____________________________________________
_____________________________________________It is said that one part of the film had
to be cut off for some reason. She read through her newly-finished book and
was content with herself.He looked around in search of something.Lost in thought, he nearly knocked into a car
parked aside.Language points for Reading I
Language points for Reading IILanguage Data Bank1. find it… to do 发现做(某事)很……
他发现向父母解释自己的困境是很难的。
He found _____ ____ ____ ____his difficulties to his parents.
她发现学好英语是很重要的。
She found it very important to learn English well.it hard to explainLanguage points for Reading I2. content adj. 满足的，满意的；
vt. 使满足。
be content with sth /sb
be content to do sth
你对你的工作满意吗？
Are you content with your work?
她带在家里照顾孩子,感到非常满足.
She is quite content to stay at home looking after her children.
content n. 所含之物;内容3. worse off 穷的，缺少的；境况更差。
I went to her home and found her living condition was______ _____?＿＿?＿＿＿.
我们不应该因为穷而叫苦连天---许多人的家境更糟。
We shouldn’t complain about being poor ---many families are much worse off.我去她家一看，发现她的生活状况比我的更差。worse? off ?than? mine原形: badly off : in a poor position, esp. financially 潦倒；穷困
反义词：well off
他们贫困得根本谈不上度假。
They are too badly off to have a holiday.
实际上现在大多数人都比五年前要富裕。
In fact most people are______ _____ ____ they were five yeas ago.better off than4. astonish vt. 使惊异；使大为吃惊。
astonish sb. 使某人惊奇
这个消息令大家惊讶。
The news astonished everybody.
be astonished+ at (by) /to do/that…
被(因)……惊吓
我被那些巨大的声响吓了一条。
I was astonished at/to hear the loud sound.
他出现在宴会上，使我们感到惊讶。
We were astonished that he appeared at the party.5.inspire sth. in sb.
(=inspire sb. with sth.)
使某人产生某种感情，激发某人的某种感情。
那位父亲激发了儿子的信心。
The father inspired confidence in his son.
他经常引起我们的厌恶。
He inspires dislike in us.
[问题探究]We were inspired by his inspiring speech?这句话如何翻译？
他那令人鼓舞的演讲令我们受到鼓舞。inspire sb. to sth./to do sth.
激励某人做某事。
老师激励我们更加努力。
The teacher inspired us to work harder.
The teacher inspired us to great efforts.
6. worn-out
adj. 不能再穿(用)的，穿旧的；筋疲力尽。
他常穿一件破烂不堪的大衣。
He often wears a worn-out coat.
7.be set in 以……为背景。
这个戏剧的背景是伦敦。
The play is set in London.
那本小说以18世纪的巴黎为背景。
The novel is set in 18th century Paris.
8. fortunate adj. 幸运的，吉利的。
be fortunate in doing 在……方面幸运
她很幸运嫁了一个好丈夫。
She is fortunate in having a good husband.
be fortunate to do sth. 幸运的能做某事
我很幸运有健康的身体。
I’m fortunate to have good health.
It is fortunate that… ……是幸运的
说来幸运，他被恰好驶过的船救起。
It was fortunate that he was saved by the passing boat.
9. be caught in 遇上，被绊住，受阻。
我们遇到了交通堵塞，开会来晚了。
We were caught in a heavy traffic jam and arrived late for the meeting.
10. try vt. & vi. 尝试，试行；设法；审理(案件)；
try to do sth.
try doing sth.
他试着用酒精擦拭那污渣。
He tried cleaning the spot with alcohol.
我要设法学会西班牙语。
I’ll try to learn Spanish.尽力做某事尝试着做某事11. mouthful n. 一口
-ful是一个后缀，加在名词之后，表示“充满的”。例如：
他喝了一口苦药，扮了个鬼脸。
He took a mouthful of the bitter medicine and made a face.
a handful of
an armful of
a basketful of
a bucketful of
一把
一抱
一篮
一桶 12. outstanding adj. 突出的；杰出的。例如：
显著的例子
an outstanding example
杰出人物
an outstanding person13. wave goodbye to somebody
向某人挥手告别
我挥手向他告别。
I waved goodbye to him.
我们向老师问好。
We waved a greeting to the teacher. whisper v. 耳语；私语；密谈。例如：
whisper sth.
whisper to sb.
whisper sth. to sb.
whisper to sb. that…
whisper that…
It is whispered that…Language points for Reading II他对她耳语，以避免让别人听到。
He whispered to her so that no one else would hear.
她小声对我说她觉得很害怕。
She whispered to me that she felt very afraid.
传闻说他身患癌症。
It is whispered that he has cancer.
GrammarGrammar动词-ing形式作表语、定语和宾补动词-ing形式作表语、定语和宾补
一、动词-ing形式作表语
动名词作表语表示抽象的、一般的行为，现在分词作表语表示主语的特征、性质和状态。
我们最大的幸福是为人民服务。
Our greatest happiness is serving the people.（动名词）
我们的任务是建设社会主义。
Our task is building socialism. （动名词）我们昨晚看的电影十分动人。
The film we saw last night is quite moving. （现在分词）
他的话很鼓舞人。
His words are encouraging. （现在分词）常用来作表语的现在分词有astonishing, amusing, confusing, disappointing, boring, encouraging, inspiring, moving, tiring, interesting, surprising等。
全析提示：（1）动名词作表语和主语是等值关系，两者有时可以互换，句子意思不变；动名词后面可以接宾语、状语。
（2）现在分词作表语和主语不是对等关系，现在分词后面不能接宾语，但它前面可以有修饰性的副词，如very, rather等。二、动词-ing形式作定语
动名词作定语用来说明该名词的用途，不表示名词本身的动作；现在分词作定语与所修饰的名词具有逻辑上的主谓关系，即现在分词相当于所修饰名词的谓语。
我们必须改进工作方法。
We must improve our working method. （动名词）
他们将手术台架设在一座小庙里。
They set up an operating table in a small temple.（动名词） 中国是发展中国家。
China is a developing country. （现在分词）
正在做实验的那个学生是我们的班长。
The student making the experiment is our monitor.（现在分词）
全析提示：
动名词短语不能作定语，单个的动名词可以用作定语，但仅作前置定语。
如 working method=method for working 工作方法
2. 单个分词和分词短语都可作定语，单个分词一般作前置定语，分词短语则作后置定语，相当于一个定语从句。
如：the man visiting Japan=the man who is visiting Japan 访日的那个人。三、动词-ing形式作宾补
动名词不能作宾语补足语。现在分词作宾补表示的是正在发生的动作。例如：
我看见他正在上楼。
I saw him going upstairs.
我们看着她在过大街。
We watched her crossing the street.
我们听见她在房间里唱歌。
We heard her singing in her room。全析提示：接现在分析作宾语补足语的动词有feel, hear, listen to, see, look at, watch, observe, notice, find, smell, set, have, keep, start, leave, get catch等。
1. The ______ boy was last seen ______ near the bank of the lake.
missing; playing B. missing; play C. missed; played D. missed; to play
解析：missing是形容词，作boy的定语，意思是“失踪的”。 was last seen playing表示被看见时正在玩。高考链接2. Mr Smith, ______ of the ______ speech, started to read a novel.
tired; boring B. tiring; bored
C. tired; bored D. tiring; boring
解析：此题考查现在分词与过去分词的区别。tired, moved, interested excited等过去分词叙述的是人的本身感受；tiring, moving, interesting, exciting等现在分词叙述的是某一物或事情给予人的感受。句意为“史密斯先生对这个令人厌烦的讲话感受厌倦了，所以开始读起一本小说来”。3. When we watched the national flag ______ in the Olympic Games on TV, we raised a cheer.
rise B. being risen
C. raised D. being raised
解析：本题考查分词作补语，rise是不及物动词，先排除A、B两项，国旗是被人们升起的，应该用分词的被动形式，句意为：当看到电视中奥林匹克运动会上国旗正在被升起时，我们欢呼起来。4. He was in hospital for six months. He felt as if he was ______ from the outside world.
cut out B. cut off
C. cut up D. cut through
解析：cut out的意思是“切下；删除”。cut off意思是“切断；使(人、城镇)孤立”。cut up的意思是“切碎”。cut through的意思是“穿越”。本句的意思是：他住院六个月感到似乎与外界隔绝了。5. We sat there, ______with what we listened to.
satisfying B. to satisfy
C. contented D. content
解析：本题考查动词用法。satisfied表示“感到满意的”，把A、B两项排除；content既是形容词，又是动词，be content with对……满足。6. The boy burst into tears ______ he saw his mother.
direct B. direction
C. directly D. directly when
解析：本题考查direct的用法，作动词时表示“导演；指示”；作副词时表示“径直地；直接地”，作形容词时是“直接的”；而directly表示“一……就”，相当于as soon as.课件55张PPT。GrammarLearning about language 1. Look at the reading passage again to find words and expressions that mean the same. performhumourastonishborecharmentertainfortunatelycontentedlyhumorouslyastonishinglyboringlycharminglyentertainingly In the 1990s, Mr. Bean became a star using mime to highlight difficult social situations much as Charlie Chaplin had done. His method of acting was to appear _________, look around and then do exactly the wrong thing. Children particularly would burst into _______ at his behavior. He always managed to _______ those things that people are uncertainlaughterpick out 2. Answer key for Exercise 2.afraid of doing because they do not want to appear a social _______. On one occasion in a restaurant he ordered a steak tartare. When the uncooked meat arrived he was ________ by shame because he could not eat it. He __________ a piece of meat and pretended to ______ a mouthful but instead put it into the plant pot beside him. He put other pieces into his pocket. failureovercomecut offchew _________ the meal he seemed to show great ___________in his food. He was such an ___________ performer that when he finished eating his dinner, the waiter offered him the same dish again at on extra _______!ThroughoutenjoymentoutstandingchargeRevision-ing形式作主语和宾语的用法
Translate the following sentences into Chinese.
1. Talking to him is talking to a wall.
2. Smoking may cause cancer.
对他说话等于对牛弹琴。吸烟会致癌。 3. Walking is my sole exercise.
4. Talking mends no holes.
5. I suggest bringing the meeting to an end.
散步是我唯一的运动。（谚）空谈无济于事。我建议结束会议。6. He admitted taking the money.
7. I couldn’t help laughing.
8. Your coat needs brushing.
他承认钱是他拿的。 我禁不住笑了起来。你的大衣需要刷一下。-ing 形式作定语, 宾语补足语和表语的用法一、-ing形式作定语
1. 单个动词的-ing形式作定语位于被修饰名词的前面，既可以表示被修饰者的作用或功能，也可以表示被修饰者的动作或状态。如：
building materials
= materials for building 建筑材料drinking water
= water for drinking 饮用水
a walking stick
= a stick for walking 手杖
a reading room
= a room for reading 阅览室
a writing desk
= a desk for writing 写字台 tiring music
= music that is tiring 烦人的音乐
a surprising result
= a result that is surprising
一个惊人的结果
2. -ing形式短语作定语时, 放在所修饰的名词之后, 并且在意思上相当于一个定语从句。如： They lived in a room facing the street.
= They lived in a room that faces the street.
他们住在一间面朝街的房子。
The man standing there is Peter’s father.
= The man who is standing there is Peter’s father.
站在那儿的那个人是彼得的父亲。 Anybody swimming in this river will be fined.
= Anybody who is swimming in this river will be fined.
在这条河里游泳的任何一个人都会被罚款。 3. -ing形式短语也可以用作非限制定语，相当于一个非限制性定语从句，这时，它与句子其他部分用逗号分开。如：
His brother, working as a teacher, lives in Beijing.
= His brother, who is working as a teacher, lives in Beijing.
他那个当教师的哥哥住在北京。 The apple tree, swaying gently in the breeze, had a good crop of fruit.
= The apple tree, which was swaying gently in the breeze, had a good crop of fruit.
那棵苹果树硕果累累，在微风中轻轻摇曳。二、-ing形式作宾语补足语
1. 1) 动词-ing形式作宾语补足语常放在宾语后面，表示一个正在进行的主动性的动作，强调一个过程或一种状态。如：
When we returned to the school, we found a stranger standing at the entrance.
当我们回到学校时, 发现一个陌生人站在大门口。 We found the snake eating the eggs.
我们发现蛇正在吃鸡蛋。
I found a bag lying on the ground.
我发现地板上放着一个包。
The boss kept the workers working the whole night.
那老板让工人整夜地工作。 2）当主句转换为被动结构时, 原来作宾语补足语的动词-ing形式便转换为主语补足语。如：
They found the result very satisfying.
= The result is found very satisfying.
这个结果很令人满意。 They heard him singing in the next room.
= He was heard singing in the next room.
有人听到他在隔壁房间唱歌。
We mustn’t keep them waiting.
= They mustn’t be kept waiting.
千万不能让他们等。 2. 能用-ing形式作宾语补足语的几类动词:
1) 表示感觉和心理状态的动词，常见的有see, hear, feel, smell, find, notice, observe, look at, listen to等。如：
We saw a light burning in the window.
I felt somebody patting me on the shoulder. Can you smell anything burning?
As he spoke, he observed everybody looking at him curiously.
Listen to the birds singing.
I didn’t notice him waiting.
2) 表示指使意义的动词，常见的有have, set, keep, get, catch, leave等。如：I won’t have you doing that.
This set me thinking.
I’m sorry to have kept you waiting.
I can’t get the clock going again.
You won’t catch me doing that again.
你看吧，我决不会做那种事了。 3. see, hear, feel, watch等动词之后用-ing形式和动词不定式作宾语补足语的区别：
We passed by the classmates and saw
the teacher making the experiment.
我们走过教室，看见老师在做实验。
（只在走过教室的刹那间，看见老师
正在做实验） ① 前者表示动作正在进行，而后者表示
（或强调）动作从开始到结束的全过程。如: We sat an hour and watched the teacher make the experiment.
我们坐了一个小时，看老师做实验。
（一个小时之内一直在看老师作实验）
② 如果宾语补足语是短暂性动词，动词不定式短语表示一次动作， 而-ing形式则表示反复动作。如：
We heard the door slam.
We heard the door slamming. (反复动作)(一次动作) 三、-ing形式作表语
-ing形式作表语时放在系动词之后，用来泛指某种动作或行为，以说明主语的身份、性质或情况。如：
Her hobby is painting.
她的业余爱好是画画。
My job is looking after the children.
我的工作就是照顾这些孩子。 His concern for his mother is most touching.
他对母亲的关爱很感人。
She was very pleasing in her appearance.Exercises Point out the usage of the –ing form.
1. Do you find it funny to see someone sliding on a banana skin, bumping into someone else round a corner, or falling down a hole in the road?
sliding, bumping, falling 作宾语补足语 2. He became famous for using a particular form of acting, including mime and farce.
using 作介词for的_____
including作______宾语状语 3. …But he was lived by all who watched the films for his determination in overcoming difficulties and being kind even when people were unkind to him.
overcoming作___________介词宾语 4. That was the problem facing Charlie Chaplin in one of his most famous films.
facing 作____
5. He loved it by using nonverbal humor.
using 作________定语介词宾语 6. Their job is “panning for gold”.
panning 作________
7. Finally he tries cutting and eating the bottom of the shoe.
cutting, eating 作______表语宾语 Explain the following phrases in simple English.A bag
for
sleepingA boy
that is
sleepingA cup
for
drinkingA horse
that is
drinkingA hall
for
dancingA girl
that is
dancingA pot for
cooking A story
that is
movingA
machine
for
washingA sound
that is
terrifyingA table
for
operatingA leader
who is
inspiring Choose the suitable words from the box below and fill in the blanks in the correct form. 1. I can’t imagine Billy ______ a motorbike. riding 2. Did you hear the dog downstairs _______ for most of the night?
3. Frank is very good at telling funny jokes. He can be very ________.
4. You can’t stop me _____ what I want.
5. He gave me a _________ hug when he met me at the airport. barkingamusingdoingwelcoming 6. Jim has really learnt very fast. She has made __________ progress.
7. It’s been raining all day. This weather is __________.
8. When I came out of the theatre, I noticed a group of children _______ musical instruments across the street. astonishingdepressingplaying Please read the sentences carefully, trying to pick out the errors and then correct them.
1. I am looking forward to visit Charlie Chaplin Museum in Switzerland next week. visiting 2. Many people still enjoy seeing Charlie Chaplin’s silent films.
3. That cartoon picture shows Charlie Chaplin watch himself watching in a movie.
4. Charlie’s nonverbal humor often makes people bursting with laughter. √watchingburst 5. We are all fond of Charlie’s early films, which we think are more interested.
6. I missed to see the beginning of the film City Lights the other day.
7. I wouldn’t mind to see The Gold Rush again with you tonight. interestingseeingseeing 8. Charlie’s job was entertain people, wasn’t he? entertaining 从 A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 1. Don’t leave the water _______ while you brush your teeth.
A. run B. running
C. being run D. to run 2. Tell Mary that there’s someone ____ for her at the door.
A. waiting B. waited
C. waits D. to wait3. The _______ waiter came up to us and said, “You are welcome.”
A. smiling B. smiled
C. smile D. to smile 4. A phone call sent him _______ to the hospital.
A. hurry B. hurrying
C. to hurry D. hurried5. Do you know the boy _______ under the big tree?
A. lay B. lain
C. laying D. lying 6. I can hardly imagine Peter _______ across the Atlantic Ocean in five days.
A. sail B. to sail
C. sailing D. to have sailed 7. There are lots of places of interest _______ in our city.
? A. needs repairing
B. needing repaired
? C. needed repairing
D. needing to be repaired 8. The drunken husband knocked against the table and sent the bowls _______ in all directions before he was sent _______ by his wife.
? A. flying; to sleep
B. flying; sleeping
C. to fly; to sleeping
D. to fly; to sleep 9. When we got back from the cinema, we found the lamp _______ but the door _______.
A. being on; shut
B. burning; shutting
C. burning; shut
D. on; shutting 10. As is known to us all, traveling is _____, but we often feel _____ when we are back from travels.
? A. interesting; tired
B. interested; tiring
C. interesting; tiring
D. interested; tired 11. The woman found it no good _____ her daughter too much money.
A. giving B. being given
C. given D. gave12. As the stone was too heavy to move, I left it _____on the ground.
? A. laying B. lay
C. lying D. lain 13. John’s bad habit is _____ without thorough understanding.
? A. read B. being read
C. to be read D. reading课件58张PPT。 content
performer
astonish
astonishing
fortunateadj. 满足的；满意的
n. 满足
vt. 使满意
n. 表演者；演出者
vt. 使惊诧
adj. 令人感到惊讶的
adj. 幸运的；吉利的 unfortunately
ordinary
bored
entertain
throughout
homelessadv. 不幸地
adj. 平常的；普通的
adj. 厌烦的
vt. & vi. 使欢乐；款待
prep. 遍及；贯穿
adv. 到处；始终；全部
adj. 无家的；无家可归的 moustache
worn
failure
overcome
leather
chew
convincen. 小胡子
adj. 用旧的；用坏的；破烂的
n. 失败（者）
vt. & vi. 战胜；克服
n. 皮革
vt. & vi. 嚼碎；咀嚼（食物）
vt. 使信服 convincing
direct
outstanding
Switzerland
gesture
adj. 令人信服的
vt. & vi. 导演；指示；指挥
adj. 直的；直接的；直率的
adj. 突出的；杰出的
n. 瑞士
n. 姿态；手势
vi. 做手势 particular
particularly
occasion
budget
actress
slide adj. 特殊的；特别的
n. 细节；细目
adv. 特殊地；特别地
n. 时刻；场合
n. 预算；开支
n. 女演员
vt. & vi. （使）滑动或滑行
n. 滑动；幻灯片 up to now
feel/be content with
badly off
pick out
cut off
star in 直到现在
对…满意
穷的；缺少的
挑出；辨别出
切断；断绝
担任主角；主演
Language point 1Up to now
be up to sb
up to date
be up to sth
up and down
What’s up ?2, brighten vt bright
The good news will usually brighten a
person’s day.
He brightened at their words of
encouragement.
According to the forecast, it should
brighten.
In the distance, the sky was beginning
to brighten.
3 … so they could fell more content with their lives.
1).content (adj.): satisfied, happy, 满足; 满意;
：be content with sth.
be content to do sth.
be content that
be satisfied/pleased with
She is quite content to stay at home looking after her children.
Are you content with your present salary?
2) content (n.): 所含之物，内容. 目录.
I like the style of the book but I don’t like the content.
the contents of my desk drawer
the contents of the book
the content of the speech
3) content (vt.)使满意, 使满足
content sb./oneself with sth. 使…满足于…
I content myself with a glass of coffee everyday. 4. astonish vt. 使惊异；使大为吃惊。
1) astonish sb. 使某人惊奇
这个消息令大家惊讶。
The news astonished everybody.
2) be astonished+ at (by) /to do/that…
被(因)……惊吓
我被那些巨大的声响吓了一跳。
I was astonished to hear the loud sound.
他出现在宴会上，使我们感到惊讶。
We were astonished that he appeared at the party. She was astonished to find he was drunk.
He was much astonished that you had failed.
I was astonished at/by the news.
to one’s astonishment 令…惊异的是…
To our astonishment the small boy swam across the river. astonishing adj. 令人吃惊的
an astonishing remark 惊人之语
astonishment n. 惊异；惊愕；惊奇
in astonishment 愕然， 吃惊地 如：
She stared at me in astonishment.
5. leave the family even worse off
leaving his family sleeping in the tree(page2)
leave sb/sth +n
adj
doing
done
prep phrases
His father died, leaving him _____________.
Who left the door _______?
He went out ,leaving his work ___________.
The teacher left him _______.
The parents left the child _______________.
much money open unfinished standing outside in the room6. Unfortunately his father died, leaving the family the family even worse off.
badly off: 句中的worse off 为其比较级形式。 They are too badly off to have a holiday.
In fact most people are better off than they were five years ago.
： be well off 富裕的，处境好的
be worse off 情况带坏，恶化
be better off (尤指经济)境况较好
be badly off
I went to her home and found her living condition was______ _____?＿＿?＿＿＿.
我们不应该因为穷而叫苦连天---许多人的家境更糟。
We shouldn’t complain about being poor ---many families are much worse off.我去她家一看，发现她的 生活状况比我的更差。worse? off ?than? mine7. bored boring
bore vt
be bored with
The children quickly got /were bored
with staying indoors.
There was a ______expression on her face.
The ______evening made them all _____boredboredboring 8, …because known throughout the world.
throughout prep.
1)（表示地区）遍及, 整个 如：
The company has branches throughout
the country./the world.
2)（表示时间）整个，从头到尾 如：
It rained throughout the day./throughout the night. /year/month.
He led a poor life throughout his life.
throughout adv.
3) 整个地，在所有各处，全部 如：
The hill was green throughout.
4) 自始至终，到最后 如：
She remained silent throughout.
9. The tramp, a poor, homeless man with a moustache, wore large trousers, worn-out shoes...
homeless adj. 无家可归的
-less是表示否定意义的形容词后缀, 加在某些名词的后面构成否定意义的形容词。类似的如：
helpless 无力的; 无计可施的;
无助的; 无依无靠的
careless 粗心的; 轻率的childless 没有儿女的
harmless 无害的; 无损害的；
没有恶意的; 无邪的
countless 数不尽的; 无数的
tireless 不会疲倦的; 不知疲倦的
不休止的 11. worn-out adj.
1)（衣类、机器等）磨破的；磨损的；用旧的 如：
worn-out shoes 穿旧的鞋
2) 精疲力尽的；憔悴的（一般不用在名词前） 如：
She looked/was/ got worn-out when he came back.
I was so worn out after running.
a worn-out coat 一件穿破的大衣
a worn –out automobile 一辆破旧的汽车
He often wears a worn-out coat.
他常穿一件破烂不堪的大衣。
A worn –out age 风烛残年
12. This character was a social failure but was loved for his optimism and determination to overcome all difficulties.
failure（1） n. 失败
They were afraid of risking failure because
they didn’t want to lose face. failure n.（3）
a. a person or a thing that fails
失败的人 ；失败的事 如：
She said she was a failure as a manager.
He is a failure at his career.
He is a failure as an artist, but a success as an art teacher.（2）fail ( in )the exam
fail to do sth
He failed to come to the party.
It failed to rain for a few days,
?
13. overcome:战胜；克服
1.There will be no difficulty in the world that they cannot overcome.?
2.I know that it is really hard to overcome these difficulties.
3.He struggled to overcome his shyness. He overcame a bad habit.
他克服了一项恶习。
短语：be overcome with/by… 被（悲哀、恐怖等）打倒， 因为……面崩溃/垮掉。如：
She was overcome with/by grief./illness
她因为悲伤而崩溃了。 14 .) pick out
a. (从同类当中) 选出……；选择 如：
She picked out a pink dress for her daughter.
. b. (在许多人当中)看出；辨认出…… 如：
Can you pick out your mother in this crowd?
拓展与pick有关的短语:
pick oneself up（倒下的人）站起来
pick up 拾起，（车，船）搭载客人，驾车去接（人），接收（信号，广播、电视节目），学会（语言）
15. cut off
(1) 切下；割下，砍下。如：
Her little finger was cut off in an accident at the factory.
( 2)切断电话线使某人通话中断。如：
We were cut off in the middle of our conversation.
(3) 疾病死亡
He was cut off when he was still young.
Disease cut him off in the best part of life.
cut in 打断别人的谈话，插嘴
across
out
down
up 17. He eats each mouthful with great enjoyment.
他一口一口地嚼得津津有味。 mouthful n. 一口；满口 –ful为形容词后缀，加在名词之后， 表示“充满的”的意思。如: He took a mouthful of the bitter medicine and made a face.
他喝了一口苦药，做了个鬼脸。
I felt so full that I couldn’t eat another mouthful.
我太饱了， 一口也吃不下了。 短语：at a mouthful 一大口
类似的如：
handful 一撮，一把
a handful of sand 一把沙子
cupful 一满杯
two cupfuls of milk 两杯牛奶
spoonful 一匙；满匙
two spoonfuls of sugar 两匙糖18. convincing adj convince v
This is not a convincing story but most
people like to talk about it.
convince v
convince sb of sth
sb to do sth
sb that
In order to________ us of his innocence. he gave
us several __________cases which could make us
______________of him.
convince convinced convincing 19. Chaplin wrote, directed, and produced the films he starred in.
卓别林自制、自导、自编一些他自演的电影。1) direct 在句中意为“导演”，此外，它还有其它意思。
Who directed the new India film?
He directed the students to answer.
The driver directed us to the airport. There is no direct train from here to Taiwang
a direct road to London
fly in a direct line
They flew direct to Paris.
(2). adj. 直的；直线的；直达的 如：(3). adj. 坦白的；率直的。 如：
He has a direct way of speaking.
He gave me a direct answer.
20. star（在电影中）主演，由……主演；以……为主角 如：
The director wants to star Jim in his new film.
She has starred in a lot of good films.
21 . fortunate adj. 幸运的，吉利的. fortune n
fortunately . adv unfortunately adv
be fortunate in doing 在……方面幸运
她很幸运嫁了一个好丈夫。
She is fortunate in having a good husband.
be fortunate to do sth. 幸运的能做某事
我很幸运有健康的身体。
I’m fortunate to have good health.
It is fortunate that… ……是幸运的
说来幸运，他被恰好驶过的船救起。
It was fortunate that he was saved by the passing boat.
Unit 3 1.It’s wrong for the visitors to be c_______
to the animals in the zoo. 2.It seems that he is quite c_________ with
what he has got. 3.We were all a___________ at the a_________
news he told us just now. 4.It’s hard for her to decide what to buy because
she is quite p___________ about the things
she buys. 5.Whoever comes, my mother will e_________
him the best food of our family. ruelontentstonishedstonishingarticularentertain6. In no time, the exciting news spread
t_________ the whole country. 7. Because of the terrible earthquake,
many children became h_____________. 8. It’s hard to imagine that such a millionaire
wears a w___________ coat. 9. Many of us know the famous saying
“F________ is the mother of success.” 10. With the boy leading the way, we had
no d____________ in finding his house hroughoutomelessorn-outailureifficulty11. He was determined to o__________ the
difficulties he met in his study. 12. I was f__________ to catch the train at
the last minute. 13. He was caught in a s___________ when
he was travelling in the mountains. 14. She s_________ in the film d__________
by Zhang Yimou. 15.His hometown is in a m___________ area,
which is surrounded by a lot of mountains. 16.He w_________ to me the news that he had
won a thousand yuan from the lottery he bought. vercomeortunatenowstormstarredirectedountainoushispered 1. Reading is an experience quite
different from watching TV; there are pictures ____ in your mind instead of before your eyes. (2004全国卷III)
A. to form B. form
C. forming D. having formed Exercise 2. Great changes have taken place in that school. It is no longer ______ it was 20 years ago, ______ it was so poorly equipped. （安徽2005）
A. what; when B. that; which
C. what; which D. which; that 3. I walked in our garden, ______ Tom and Jim were tying a big sign onto one of he trees. （辽宁2005）
A. which B. when
C. where D. that 4. If a shop has chairs _______ women can park their men, women will spend more time in the shop. （上海2005）
A. that B. which
C. when D. where 5. — Is that the small town you often
refer to?
— Right, just the one ______ you
know I used to work for years.
（福建2005）
A. that B. which
C. where D. what 6. This picture was taken a long time ago. I wonder if you can ____ my father. （湖北2005）
A. find out B. pick out
C. look out D. speak out 7. I was just talking to Margaret when Jackson _______. （湖南2005）
A. cut in B. cut down
C. cut out D. cut up 8. More and more people are signing up for Yoga classes nowadays, ______ advantage of the health and relaxation benefits. （上海2005）
A. taking
B. taken
C. having taken
D. having been taken 9. He glanced over at her, _______ that though she was tiny, she seemed very well put together. （广东2005）
A. having noted B. noted
C. to note D. noting 课件38张PPT。Language study1.find it funny to see someone sliding……
1. find it… to do 发现做(某事)很……
他发现向父母解释自己的困境是很难的。
He found ___ ____ ____ ______his difficulties to his parents.
她发现学好英语是很重要的。
She found it very important to learn English well.
形式宾语宾语补足语真正主语it hard to explain能用于这种形式宾语结构的动词还有：feel, think, make 等等。
He makes it a rule to check his homework carefully.
I don’t think it possible to do it. 宾语补足语可以是：1）名词， 2）形容词，3）省to不定式，4）过去分词 5）介词6)现在分词
Make yourself comfortable.
He made them work hard.
I made myself understood.
I made him outside the room.
She made his son studying all day.
A lot of exercise made him a strong boy.形容词省to不定式过去分词介词现在分词名词 动词+宾语+宾语补足语。可以加宾语补足语的动词有：感官动词：see, watch, notice, find, observe, catch, hear, feel; 使役动词：get, have, make, let, keep leave, send.
我听到鸟儿在唱歌。
对不起， 让你久等了。I heard birds singing.I am sorry to have kept you waiting so long.2. content 1)adj. 满足的，满意的；2)vt. 使满足;
3)n.目录 4）n. 所含之物;内容;所容纳的东西;
She is content/satisfied with the job.
The content of the book is on Page 1.
I will show you the content of my bag
be content /satisfied with sth /sb;
be content to do sth 做某事感到满意
你对你的工作满意吗？
Are you content with your work?
她带在家里照顾孩子,感到非常满足.
She is quite content to stay at home looking
after her children.
3. worse off 穷的，缺少的；境况更差。
I went to her home and found her living condition was______ _____?＿＿?＿＿＿.我去她家一看，发现她的生活状况比我的更差。worse? off ?than? mineWe shouldn’t complain about being poor ---many families are much worse off.我们不应该因为穷而叫苦连天---许多人的家境更糟。原形: badly off : in a poor position, esp. financially 潦倒；穷困
反义词：well off
他们贫困得根本谈不上度假。
They are too badly off to have a holiday.
实际上现在大多数人都比五年前要富裕。
In fact most people are______ _____ ____ they were five yeas ago.better off than4. The news astonished him. = It astonished him to hear the news听到这消息，他大吃一惊
astonish vt. 使惊异；使大为吃惊。
astonish sb. 使某人惊奇
这个消息令大家惊讶。
The news astonished everybody.
我被那些巨大的声响吓了一条。
I was astonished at/to hear the loud sound.
他出现在宴会上，使我们感到惊讶。
We were astonished that he appeared at the party. be astonished at sth.对……感到惊讶
be astonished to do sth.对做……感到惊讶
be astonished that 从句 对……感到惊讶
5.entertain sb. (with sth.):
用sth.使sb.快乐/用sth.款待sb.
他在家里用美食招待客人。He entertained the guests with delicious food.6. Born (adj.) 天生的
He is a born singer.7.in particular=particularly
Be particular about…… 对…讲究的/挑剔的6.inspire sth. in sb.
(=inspire sb. with sth.)
使某人产生某种感情，激发某人的某种感情。
那位父亲激发了儿子的信心。
The father inspired confidence in his son.
他经常引起我们的厌恶。
He inspires dislike in us.
[问题探究]
We were inspired by his inspiring speech?这句话如何翻译？
他那令人鼓舞的演讲令我们受到鼓舞。inspire sb. to sth./to do sth.
激励某人做某事。
老师激励我们更加努力。
The teacher inspired us to work harder.
The teacher inspired us to great efforts.
7. worn-out
adj. 不能再穿(用)的，穿旧的；筋疲力尽。
他常穿一件破烂不堪的大衣。
He often wears a worn-out coat.
8.be set in 以……为背景。
这个戏剧的背景是伦敦。
The play is set in London.
那本小说以18世纪的巴黎为背景。
The novel is set in 18th century Paris.
9. fortunate adj. 幸运的，吉利的。
be fortunate in doing 在……方面幸运
她很幸运嫁了一个好丈夫。
She is fortunate in having a good husband.
be fortunate to do sth. 幸运的能做某事
我很幸运有健康的身体。
I’m fortunate to have good health.
It is fortunate that… ……是幸运的
说来幸运，他被恰好驶过的船救起。
It was fortunate that he was saved by the passing boat.10. be caught in 遇上，被绊住，受阻。
我们遇到了交通堵塞，开会来晚了。
We were caught in a heavy traffic jam and arrived late for the meeting.
12. try vt. & vi. 尝试，试行；设法；审理(案件)；
try to do sth.
try doing sth.
他试着用酒精擦拭那污渣。
He tried cleaning the spot with alcohol.
我要设法学会西班牙语。
I’ll try to learn Spanish.尽力做某事尝试着做某事13. mouthful n. 一口
-ful是一个后缀，加在名词之后，表示“充满的”。例如：
他喝了一口苦药，扮了个鬼脸。
He took a mouthful of the bitter medicine and made a face.
a handful of
an armful of
a basketful of
a bucketful of一把
一抱
一篮
一桶 14. outstanding adj. 突出的；杰出的。例如：
显著的例子
an outstanding example
杰出人物
an outstanding person15. wave goodbye to somebody
向某人挥手告别
我挥手向他告别。
I waved goodbye to him.
我们向老师问好。
We waved a greeting to the teacher. 16.whisper v. 耳语；私语；密谈。例如：
whisper sth.
whisper to sb.
whisper sth. to sb.
whisper to sb. that…
whisper that…
It is whispered that…他对她耳语，以避免让别人听到。
He whispered to her so that no one else would hear.
她小声对我说她觉得很害怕。
She whispered to me that she felt very afraid.
传闻说他身患癌症。
It is whispered that he has cancer.17. V-ing做定语：分析并归纳
A walking stick==a stick for walking A sleeping car==a car for sleeping
A waiting man== a man who is waiting
The rising sun ==the sun which is rising 拐杖卧铺车厢正在等待中的男人正在升起的太阳动名词现在分词重点词组：
be content with badly off pick out cut off star in knock into 交际英语表达情感 （Emotion）
I enjoy this very much because…
I laugh at that kind of thing because…
This is fun because…
How wonderful/surprising!It surprises me that….
I felt happy because…
It’s amusing that… 重点句型：
They stopped laughing at his theory when it proved to be correct. 当他的理论证明是正确后，他们不嘲笑了。
2. She finds it her duty to take good care of the children. 她觉得好好照顾孩子是她的责任。
3. He had slid into bad habits. 他不知不觉地染上了坏习惯。
4. They come to see me at times. 他们有时会来看我。5. Perhaps it makes us feel more content with our life because we feel there is someone else worse off than ourselves. 可能这会使我们对自己的生活更满足，因为我们感到有人比我们跟不济。
6. Everyone was astonished to hear the astonishing fact. 大家听到那令人吃惊的事实都感到震惊。
7. He is famous for his readiness to help others 他因乐于帮助别人而出了名。8. Imagine you are hungry and all there is to eat is a boiled shoe. (试想一下)你肚子饿了，可供食用的仅有一只煮熟的皮鞋。
9. It’s easy to pick him out in a crowd because he is very tall. 很容易从人群中辨认出他，因为他个子很高。
10. Then he cuts off the leather top of the shoe, treating it as if it were the finest meat. 然后他把鞋带上端的皮子切下来，就像是切一块最好的肉。11. He makes it seem as if it were one of the best meals he has ever had! 这顿饭他吃起来就像是他所吃过的最美味一餐！
12. It happened that I had a lot of books on me that day. 碰巧那天我身上带了很多的书。
13. I have already read the book twice, but I really want to read a third time. 这本书我已经看过两遍了，但我还想再看一遍。 14. She has no sense of time. 她没有时间观念。
Your brother has a good sense of humor. 你兄弟很有幽默感。
a sense of: “…感；…观念；……意识”。a可以用any，no等代替。More and more people are signing up for Yoga
Classes nowadays, ________ advantage of the health
and relaxation benefits. (上海2005)
A. taking B. taken C. having taken
D. having been taken
2. While watching television, ________. (全国2005)
A. the doorbell ran B. the doorbell rings
C. we heard the doorbell ring
D. we heard the doorbell rings
3. The manager, ________ it clear to us that he didn’t
agree with us, left the meeting room. (江西2005)
A. who has made B. having made
C. made D. Making
4. Daddy didn’t mind what we were doing, as long as
we were together, ________ fun. (重庆2005)
A. had B. have C. to have D. havingACBD5. He glanced over at her, ________ that though she
was tiny, she seemed very well put together. (广东2005)
A. noting B. noted C. to note D. having noted
6. The flowers ________ sweet in the botanic garden
attract the visitors to the beauty of nature. (上海2004)
A. to smell B. smelling C. smelt D. to be smelt
7. The old man, ________ abroad for twenty years, is
on the way back to his motherland. (江苏2004)
A. to work B. working C. to have worked
D. having worked
8. ________, the more expensive the camera, the better
its quality. (全国2005)
A. General speaking B. Speaking general
C. Generally speaking D. Speaking generallyACDC9. The storm left, ________ a lot of damage to this area.
(全国2005)
A. caused B. to have caused C. to cause
D. having caused
10. Reading is an experience quite different from
watching TV; there are pictures ________ in your mind
instead of before your eyes. (全国 2004)
A. to form B. form C. forming D. having formed
11. I do every single bit of housework, ________ my
husband Bob just does the dishes now and then. (全国2004)
A. since B. while C. when D. as
12. — I would never ever come to this restaurant again.
The food is terrible! (全国2004)
— ________.
A. Nor am I B. Neither would I C. Same with me
D. So do IDCBB13. When first ________ to the market, these products
enjoyed great success. (全国 2004)
A. introducing B. introduced C. introduce
D. being introduced
14. — Ow! I’ve burnt myself!
— How did you do that?
— I ________ a hot pot. (浙江2005)
A. touched B. kept C. felt D. held
15. Here is my card. Let’s keep in ________. (全国 1994)
A. touch B. relation C. connection D. friendship
16. Never before ________ in greater need of modern
public transport than it is today. (上海 2005)
A. has this city been B. this city has been
C. was this city D. this city wasBAAA17. My mother always gets a bit ________ if we don’t
arrive when we say we will. (浙江 2005)
A. anxious B. ashamed C. weak D. patient
18. In ________, the northerners are keen on dumplings
while the southerners are fond of rice. (上海春 2003)
A. common B. total C. general D. particular
19.To understand the grammar of the sentence, you must
break it ________ into parts. (湖北2005)
A. down B. up C. off D. out
20. The flowers ________ sweet in the botanic garden
attract the visitors to the beauty of nature.
A. to smell B. smelling C. smelt D. to be smeltACABThe End 课件41张PPT。ListeningListening on P23 Listen to Part 1 and write down the
main idea?
Mary made some jam but left some on
the kitchen table for a few days as she
had to go to look after her sick mother.
Some days later, John, knowing nothing
about the jam, came home and threw it
into the chicken yard.Listen to Part 1 again and answer these
questions.
What was Mary going to do with the cooked plums in the pan?
She was going to put them in the fridge later when they had cooled down.
2. What did John think Mary should have done with the mess in the pan?
He thought she should have thrown it out for the chickens to eat.Mary will laugh1 John will apologize.
2 He will tell her she should not have left the jam on the kitchen table.Mary will get angry and tell John he should have put the jam in the dustbin1 John will get angry too and say that she should have told him she was making jam.
2 He will laugh and say it is not important.
3 He will apologize.Mary will say that the problems with the chickens are John’s responsibility1 John will deny this saying that she should not have left the jam on the kitchen table.
2 He will say that Mary did not tell him what she had been doing in the kitchen.
3 He did not know the chickens would get sick.Mary got angry with John.
Mary saw the chickens behaving strangely.
John was sorry.
The chickens enjoyed the jam.
John said he thought the jam was porridge.
Mary looked at the red mess on the ground.
John said the chicken were drunk.
Mary came home. Part 2 Put these sentences in order1 3 6 5 2 7 4 8Fill in the blanks. “You _________ my jam,” she shouted. “Oh, ________ what it was,” he said. “I’m _______ but I thought it was _________ which had gone bad in the hot weather. The chickens have _________ the jam, but it’s made them ________.”threw awaythat’ssorryporridgeenjoyeddrunkTHE STORY OF THE DRUNKEN CHICKENS Mary Smith looked at the beautiful ripe plums. They would make lovely jam. When she had finished the cooking, she filed all her empty jam jars and left the rest of the jam in the pan. Part 1Listening text She would put it in the fridge when it was cooler. But just then the telephone rang, her mother was in hospital after a car accident. Mary picked up her bag and ran out of the house.Some days later, her husband, John, came home from a business trip. He had been travelling all day and felt like having a drink and a piece of cake. As he came into the kitchen he saw a pan with a dark red mess inside it. He lifted it up and smelled it. It smelled bad. Mary must have forgotten to clean this pan, he thought. So he poured all the jam into the chicken yard and cleaned the pan. Then feeling comfortable, he began to eat a piece of cake. When Mary returned, she noticed the chickens behaving strangely. They were running round the yard as if they were sick. She saw the dark red mess on the ground and went closer. When she saw a plum stone she went into the kitchen. Part 2Her husband was reading a newspaper at the table. Angrily Mary rushed up to him. “You threw away my jam,” she shouted. “Oh, that’s what it was,” he said. “I’m sorry but I thought it was porridge which had gone bad in the hot weather. “Good heavens!” said Mary. “That must be the jam I left in the pan, but why didn’t you throw it in the dustbin?” John laughed. “It was a mistake. However, the chickens have enjoyed the jam, except that it has made them drunk. What are we going to do with these drunken chickens?”1. Listen to the tape and tick the words you hear.□thief □knife □potatoes
□carrots □mushrooms □midnight
□shirt □trousers □spread
□stole □whispered □shouted√√√√√Listening on P55√√√√Main idea The story is about a thief who tries to
steal some potatoes and Peter who
successfully prevents them from being
stolen. Listen to the tape again and answer the following questions.1. Where did Peter get the potatoes?
Peter was given the potatoes by a friend.
2. Why did he ask his wife to be quiet when she heard the thief?
He thought the thief might have a knife and he did not want to make him angry. 3. Why couldn’t the thief take away the
potatoes?
4. Why was the thief angry？
Peter removed the shirt that the thief had planned to put the potatoes in.He thought the husband had stolen his shirt so he could no longer steal the potatoes.Listening text WHO’S TAKEN MY SHIRT?
Long ago, there lived a poor couple, Peter and his wife. One day a friend gave them some potatoes and they put them on the floor. At midnight a thief broke into their house. It was very dark. The wife heard a noise and shouted: “Peter, Peter. Wake up. There is a thief in our house.”
Peter was clever. Thinking that the thief might have a knife, he did not want to make him angry. So he said, “Be quiet. It must be mice. There’s no thief.” So his wife went back to sleep.
The thief found the potatoes on the floor. Having no bag to carry them, he took off his shirt and spread it on the floor. As he was picking up the potatoes to put them on his shirt, Peter quietly took the shirt away and hid it under the bed. He did not want to lose his potatoes. The thief did not know his shirt had gone, so he put the potatoes on what he thought was his shirt. However, when he tried to pick them up he could not do so. As he was looking for his shirt, Peter’s wife woke up again and shouted, “Peter. There IS a thief in our house.” Peter became very angry. He shouted, “I’ve told you there is no thief in your house.” Hearing this, the thief became very angry too. “Who said there is no thief? he said. “If there is no thief in this house, then, who’s taken my shirt?”Listening task on P58 Choose the best picture that best describes what happened.ABCSample description: 1. The teacher sees some boys looking at a dog.
2. The dog is thin and he feels sorry for it.
3. He asks what they intend to do with it.
4. He finds they all want to look after it but only the person who tells the biggest lie can have it as a pet. 5. The teacher is angry and lectures the boys about telling lies and how honest he was at their age.
6. The boys decide to give him the dog.Choose the best answer to each question. 1. Why did the children decide to give the dog to the teacher?
A. Because none of them wanted to
keep the dog.
B. Because their teacher liked it.
C. Because they could not decide
which of them should own it.
D. Because they thought the teacher
had told the biggest lie. 2. What do you think about the children?
A. They all like dogs.
B. They all respect their teachers.
C. They all work hard at their lessons.
D. They are honest and lovely. 3. What do you think about the teacher?
A. He does not like these boys.
B. He wants to become the owner of the dog
C. He does not like the way the children choose an owner for the dog
D. He wants to stop the children telling lies to own the dogListen to the tape again and answer the question. How do you think the teacher felt when he was offered the dog? I think the teacher felt embarrassed when he was offered the dog, because he did not want it and had not expected to be offered it. And he felt very unhappy to be considered a liar.Discussion Discuss how you would solve these problems and help the teacher. The teacher should suggest to the boys that he would love the dog but that it is impossible for him to take it for walks as he has so much work to do. Offer it back to them as he can now see how well they would care for it.The teacher should suggest that the boys explain how they would care for the dog. Note where they would keep it, what they would feed it on, how often they would take it for walks, whether their parents are happy to have a new dog. Then choose accordingly.Listening text WHO SHOULD OWN THE DOG?
One day a teacher was walking along the road. It was a lovely sunny day. The sky was blue and the birds were singing in the trees. The teacher felt very happy until he saw five boys , standing around a thin and hungry dog. It looked very frightened and the teacher felt very sorry for it. So he asked the boys what they were going to do with the dog.
“Oh,” said one of the boys. “We were just deciding who should take the dog home and look after it. We all want it for a pet but only one of us can have it.” The teacher asked how they were going to choose the owner of the dog. “Well,” said another boy. “We’ve decided that the one who told the biggest lie should have him.” At this the teacher became very angry. He began to talk to the boys about truth and honesty. He continued for ten minutes while the boys listened carefully .Then he ended by saying, “And I never told a lie when I was your age.” There was a long silence as the boys looked at the teacher and then each other. They seemed to agree with what he had said. The teacher was glad that his words had impressed the boys. Then the first boy spoke again. “After what we heard, we think you should have the dog!”Homework Please collect as many funny stories as you can. They will be useful in the next period. And try to find some interesting words in these stories.课件19张PPT。人教新课标高中必修(4)
Unit 3 A Taste of English Humour
readingWhy are you laughing?KINDS OF HUMOUR MIME AND FARCENONVERBALComedypantomimefunny stories / poemsVerbal jokesCross talkShort sketch Charlie
Chaplin NONVERBAL HUNOUR Part 1.( para 1)
Part 2 (para 2)
Part3 (para3-4)
Part4 (para5)
Find out the main idea of each part.Not all humor is kind.Charlie Chaplin is one of the actors
who can astonish us with the deep
feelings they can inspire in us for a
character they are playing.
Something about Chaplin’s
acting style.
A short biography about Chaplin.skimmingHe died in
inCharlie ChaplinWas born inHis job is
In 1972, he was given
Type of acting is
His charming character is
1889an actormime and farce.The Little Trampa special Oscar
for his outstanding
work.1977Switzerland. a small black hat a walking stick large trousersGive a description on “The Little Tramp”? worn-out shoes “The Little Tramp" was a poor and homeless person scanning1. If you find it funny to see someone sliding on a banana skin, you are not the only one.
2.People love the character “The Little Tramp”, mainly because he was poor and homeless.
3.Chaplin performed how to eat a boiled shoe by vivid action and explaining.
4. “The Gold Rush” is one of his most famous movies.TFFTTrue or false?The Gold RushPara 4: The Gold Rush(1) Time :
Place :
Job in the film :In the middle of the 19th century California Panning for goldWere they fortunate enough to find the gold? What troubles did they meet in California? Para 4: The Gold Rush(2) 1.Cut off the leather top of the
Shoe
2.Pick out the laces and eat them
3.try cutting and eating the
bottom of the shoe
4.Treat it as if it were the finest
Meat
5.Sit down at the table
Born : 1889Type of acting: mime and farceDied: 1977Job: actorCharacter : The Little Tramp Famous film: The Gold Rush Retelling the gold rushTHE GOLD RUSHThink about the questionsWhy do people enjoy seeing other people’s
bad luck?
2. Why is The Little Tramp well known ?
Discussion What does humour mean? Is humour always kind? What’s behind fun?
Discussion1. What does humour mean? Is humour always kind? What’s behind fun?
Not all humour is kind. Although we also laugh when we see someone slide on a banana skin, it’s really dangerous to those who slide on the banana skin, especially to those old people. So when we think about it we will find it’s not funny.1.One should love animals. They are so tasty.
每个人都应该热爱动物,因为它们很好吃.
enjoy 2."Your?future?depends?on?your?dreams."?
So?go?to?sleep.?
"现在的梦想决定着你的将来",
所以还是再睡一会吧. Edward Lear 课件75张PPT。Reading What do you know about Charlie Chaplin?Pridict the content.Charlie Chaplin — The Gold Rush Charlie ChaplinCharlie Chaplin—The Gold Rush 18891977actormimeLittle Tramp, The Gold Rush, Modern Times, City Lights etc. Large trousers, worn- out shoes, small round black hat and a walking stick Find the words or expressions that mean almost the same as these in italics.1. Unfortunately his father died, leaving the family the family even worse off.
A. richer B. earlier
C. poorer D. later Fast reading2. …his optimism and determination to overcome all difficulties.
A. skill B. communication
C. will D. confidence a small
black hat a moustache a stick very wide trousersHe wore a small black hat, very wide trousers, a moustache and carried a stick that he swung in the air as he walked.Reading Read the passage and write down the main idea of each paragraph.
Paragraph 1Why people needed cheering upParagraph 2Paragraph 3What Charlie Chaplin’s childhood was like.What his most famous character was like.
Paragraph 4Paragraph 5An example of a sad situation that he made funny.His achievements.
Summary In Britain and America people were feeling miserable because of the bad economic situation. Charlie understood their problems. His character “the little tramp” was poor and homeless, but everybody loved him for his kind heart and the way he dealt with his difficult situation. Charlie Chaplin made people laugh at some of these terrible situations like being without food or money. He wrote and directed his own films and received an Oscar for his outstanding work.1. If you find it funny to see someone sliding on a banana skin, you feel not lonely.
2.People love the character “the little tramp” ,mainly for he was poor and homeless.
3.Chaplin performed how to eat a boiled shoe by vividly action and explaining.TFFTure or False4.In the middle of 19th century people went to California to look for gold.
5. Chaplin and his friend are so unlucky that they can’t find any gold.
6.Chaplin has a delicious meal by eating meat in the film.TTFDiscussion1. Do you think his poor childhood helped him in his work? Why? Yes, because he understood the problems of people who were very poor.2. Why did people like The Little Tramp?
3. Do you think Chaplin’s eating boiled shoes funny? Why?
Because it gives people courage to overcome difficulties. Yes. Because he made the terrible situation “real” for his audience.And he was able to show the humanity and kindness in the most difficult circumstances.4. Why do you think he was so successful?Because he was a wonderful actor, understood and sympathized with people’s problems and tried to cheer them up.1. He made people laugh at a time when they felt depressed, so they could feel more content with their lives.
每当人们感到失望的时候他总能令人发笑，因而他们对自己的生活更满足。Explanation1) content (adj.): satisfied, happy, not wanting more 满足，满意，知足。
常见搭配：be content with sth.
be content to do sth. 如：
Are you content with your present salary?
你对你现在的工资待遇满意吗？ She is quite content to stay at home looking after her children.
她呆在家里照顾孩子感到非常知足。
区别: content; contented; satisfied
content与contented意思接近，指“虽然各种愿望没有实现，但人应安于现状不再多求”，content 一般作表语，而如：She has a contented look.
她显得满意的样子。
2) content (vt.)使满意, 使满足
content sb./oneself with sth. 使…满足于…
I content myself with a glass of coffee everyday.contented一般作定语; satisfied指“愿望、渴望或需求都得到了满足, 因而心满意足了”。 I like the style of the book but I don’t like the content.
我喜欢这本书的文体，但我不喜欢它的内容。
3) content (n.): that which is contained in sth. 所含之物，内容 2. You may find it astonishing that Charlie was taught to sing as soon as he could speak and dance as soon as he could walk.
令人感到震惊的是，当查理会说话和走路的时候就被教唱歌和跳舞。1) it在句中作形式宾语，动词不定式to see…the road才是真正的宾语。当动词不定式作句子的宾语，同时有一个形容词同宾语在一起时，常用it作形式宾语。如：
I’ll make it my business to help her.
我会把帮助她作为我的责任。 Do you consider it wise to tell them about it?
你觉得告诉他们明智吗？
We consider it useless arguing with him on that point.
我们认为在那点上与他争论是没有用的。
2) 句中的astonishing为动词的-ing形式作宾语补足语。 astonish: to surprise sb. greatly 使（某人）吃惊， 震惊。比surprise的语气要强。 如：
The earthquake astonished me.
地震使我惊慌失措。
be astonished 吃惊 如： She was astonished to find he was drunk.
发现他喝醉了, 她很吃惊。
He was much astonished that you had failed.
你居然失败，他大感惊讶。
I was astonished at/by the news.
这消息使我大吃一惊。astonishing adj. 令人吃惊的
an astonishing remark 惊人之语
astonishment n. 惊异；惊愕；惊奇
in astonishment 愕然， 吃惊地 如：
She stared at me in astonishment.
她吃惊地瞪着我。 to one’s astonishment 令……惊异的是…… 如：
To our astonishment the small boy swam across the river. 令我们惊奇的是那小男孩居然游过了那条河。3. Unfortunately his father died, leaving the family the family even worse off.
不幸的是，他父亲去世了，这令到这个家庭更加潦倒。badly off: in a poor position, esp. financially 潦倒，穷困，其反义词是well off，句中的worse off 为其比较级形式。 如： They are too badly off to have a holiday. 他们贫穷得根本谈不上度假。
In fact most people are better off than they were five years ago.
实际上现在大多数人都比五年前要富裕。链接：be well off 富裕的，处境好的
be worse off 情况带坏，恶化
be better off (尤指经济)境况较好 4. He grew more and more popular as is charming character, the little tramp, became known throughout the world.
随着他所塑造的“小流浪汉”的角色世界闻名，他变得越来越受欢迎。 1) character的用法：
a. a person in a novel, play, film etc.
人物。 如：
What’s the name of the major
character in this novel?
这部小说的主人公叫什么名字？ b. the quality that makes sb./sth. different from other people/things; the nature of sb./sth. （个人、集体、民族等特有的）品质；特性。如：
Although they are twins, their characters are quite different.
虽然他们是双胞胎，但性格却相差甚远。 She is a woman of good character.
她是个性格很好的女人。
throughout prep.
1)（表示地区）遍及, 整个 如：
The company has branches throughout the country.
这家公司的分店遍及全国。
2)（表示时间）整个，从头到尾 如：
It rained throughout the day.
雨下了一整天。
He led a poor life throughout his life.
他一生过着穷苦的生活。throughout adv.
1) 整个地，在所有各处，全部 如：
The hill was green throughout.
那座山整个都是绿的。
2) 自始至终，到最后 如：
She remained silent throughout.
她从头到尾都保持沉默。 5. The tramp, a poor, homeless man with a moustache, wore large trousers, worn-out shoes and a small round black hat.
那流浪者是一位穷苦的无家可归的人，留着胡子，穿着大裤子，破鞋子，头顶着黑色的小圆帽。
homeless adj. 无家可归的
-less是表示否定意义的形容词后缀, 加在某些名词的后面构成否定意义的形容词。类似的 如：
helpless 无力的，无计可施的；
无助的，无依无靠的
careless 粗心的，轻率的childless 没有儿女的
harmless 无害的，无损害的；
没有恶意的，无邪的
ceaseless 不断的，不停的
countless 数不尽的，无数的
tireless 不会疲倦的，不知疲倦的，
不休止的worn-out adj.
1)（衣类、机器等）磨破的；磨损的；用旧的 如：
worn-out shoes 穿旧的鞋
2) 精疲力尽的；憔悴的（一般不用在名词前） 如：
She looks worn-out.
她看起来憔悴不堪。 6. This character was a social failure but he was loved for his optimism and determination to overcome all difficulties .
这个角色是个社会生活中的失败者, 但是他战胜困难的乐观和决心使得他被所有看电影的人所喜爱。1) failure n.
a. a person or a thing that fails
失败；失败者 如：
She said she was a failure as a
manager.
她说她是一个失败的经理。
His first attempt at ice-skating
was a miserable failure.
他第一次尝试滑冰很糟糕。b. lack of success失败；不成功。如：
All of my efforts ended in failure.
我所有的努力都以失败告终。
Failure is the teacher of success.
失败是成功之母。
2) overcome v. 过去式overcame; 过去分词overcome 意为“克服（困难等）；打败（敌人等）”。如： He overcame a bad habit.
他克服了一项恶习。
短语：be overcome with/by… 被（悲哀、恐怖等）打倒， 因为……面崩溃/垮掉。如：
She was overcome with/by grief.
她因为悲伤而崩溃了。 7. Charlie first picks out the laces and eats them as if they were spaghetti. Then he cuts off the leather top of the shoe as if it were the finest meat.
他首先吃起鞋带，就像吃意大利面条一样。然后他把鞋子上端的皮子切下来，就像切下一块最好的肉。1) pick out
a. (从同类当中) 选出……；选择 如：
She picked out a pink dress for her daughter.
她给女儿挑了粉红色的衣服。
b. (在许多人当中)看出；辨认出…… 如：
Can you pick out your mother in this crowd?
你能在人群中找到令堂吗？拓展与pick有关的短语:
pick off 摘取
pick oneself up（倒下的人）站起来
pick up 拾起，（车，船）搭载客人，驾车去接（人），接收（信号，广播、电视节目），学会（语言）
pick up with 在偶然机会认识（人）2) spaghetti
（源自意大利语）意大利式细面条
3) cut off
a. to separate by cutting it from the main part 切下；割下，砍下。如：
Her little finger was cut off in an accident at the factory.
她的小指是在工厂的一次事故中被切掉的。 b. to interrupt sb. speaking on the phone by breaking the connection切断电话线使某人通话中断。如：
We were cut off in the middle of our conversation.
我们的通话被切断了。
类似的：cut in 打断别人的谈话，插嘴。4) 该句中treating it as if it were the finest meat 用作状语。as if相当于as though，意为“就像……似的；仿佛……似的”，用来引导方式状语从句，从句中应用虚拟语气。当第一、三人称单数作主语时，从句中常用were。 如：
He looks as if he were sick.
他看起来好像是病了。 I remember everything as if it happened only yesterday.
我对一切记忆犹新，好像是昨天发生的。
注意: 在现代英语中常用was来代替were，甚至用is，am所取代。如：
They treated him as if he was their own child.
他们像待自己亲生孩子一样待这个男孩。 It looks as if it is going to rain.
好象要下雨。
此外，as if后还可直接跟不定式。如：
He opened his mouth as if to speak.
他开口好象要说话。 8. He eats each mouthful with great enjoyment.
他一口一口地嚼得津津有味。 mouthful n. 一口；满口 –ful为形容词后缀，加在名词之后， 表示“充满的”的意思。如: He took a mouthful of the bitter medicine and made a face.
他喝了一口苦药，做了个鬼脸。
I felt so full that I couldn’t eat another mouthful.
我太饱了， 一口也吃不下了。 短语：at a mouthful 一大口
类似的如：
handful 一撮，一把
a handful of sand 一把沙子
cupful 一满杯
two cupfuls of milk 两杯牛奶
spoonful 一匙；满匙
two spoonfuls of sugar 两匙糖houseful 满屋；一屋子
armful （单臂或双臂）一抱之量
an armful of books 一抱的书 9. Chaplin wrote, directed, and produced the films he starred in.
卓别林自制、自导、自编一些他自演的电影。1) direct在句中意为“导演”，此外，它还有其它意思。
a. adj. 直的；直线的；直达的 如： There is no direct train from here to Taichung.
此地没有直达台中的火车。
a direct road to London
直通伦敦的路
fly in a direct line
直线飞行b. adj. 坦白的；率直的。 如：
He has a direct way of speaking.
他说话坦白。
He gave me a direct answer.
他给我率直的回答。 2) star（在电影中）主演，由……主演；以……为主角 如：
The director wants to star Jim in his new film.
这位导演想让吉姆主演他的新片。
She has starred in a lot of good films.
她主演了许多好电影。 1. Reading is an experience quite
different from watching TV; there are pictures ____ in your mind instead of before your eyes. (2004全国卷III)
A. to form B. form
C. forming D. having formed forming在句中作定语，此处表示一种普遍现象，无时间上的特定性，故不用D项。 Exercise 2. Great changes have taken place in that school. It is no longer ______ it was 20 years ago, ______ it was so poorly equipped. （安徽2005）
A. what; when B. that; which
C. what; which D. which; that 第一个从句为what引导的表语从句并在从句中作表语；第二个为when引导的非限制性定语从句，先行词为20 years ago。 3. I walked in our garden, ______ Tom and Jim were tying a big sign onto one of he trees. （辽宁2005）
A. which B. when
C. where D. that 由句子结构可知，填上一个词之后逗号后面应是一个非限制性定语从句，再根据先行词和所需意义即可做出正确选择。 4. If a shop has chairs _______ women can park their men, women will spend more time in the shop. （上海2005）
A. that B. which
C. when D. where 该句意为“如果商场店里有椅子供和妇女来购物的男人们使用，妇女们在商店中会呆更长的时间。” chairs 在该句中为先行词，表示地点，后跟定语从句须用where引导。 5. — Is that the small town you often
refer to?
— Right, just the one ______ you
know I used to work for years.
（福建2005）
A. that B. which
C. where D. what “you know I used to work for years”作the one的定语。定语从句中主、谓、宾、时间状语已全，又因one指代地点，故定语从句中缺少状语，所以应用where来引导定语从句。 6. This picture was taken a long time ago. I wonder if you can ____ my father. （湖北2005）
A. find out B. pick out
C. look out D. speak out find out（通过研究、努力）发现，找出； look out向外看，当心，注意；speak out大声且清楚地说出。只有pick out意思合适。 7. I was just talking to Margaret when Jackson _______. （湖南2005）
A. cut in B. cut down
C. cut out D. cut up cut down意为“砍倒”；cut out意为“剪掉；除去，省略，删去”；cut up意为“切碎”。 8. More and more people are signing up for Yoga classes nowadays, ______ advantage of the health and relaxation benefits. （上海2005）
A. taking
B. taken
C. having taken
D. having been taken 由上下文句意来看该句应用-ing短语作状语，因为没有明确的时间先后关系，所以不能用完成时态。 9. He glanced over at her, _______ that though she was tiny, she seemed very well put together. （广东2005）
A. having noted B. noted
C. to note D. noting note这一动作由主语he发出，所以应该用-ing形式作状语来表示伴随。 Homework Preview grammar by finishing Exercises on Page 21. 课件51张PPT。Unit 3 A Taste of English HumourReadingLaughing is better than medicine.
---- Jewish saying You do know my love.Yesterday once moreI’m driving at a high speed.I want to lose my weight. humorHow many kinds of humour do you know?mime and farce
Don’t use words, but use their clothes, make-up, the way they walk to make people laugh.clownAct out a situation during their shows. sketchCustomer: What’s that fly doing in my soup?
Waiter: Swimming, I think!
jokePlay on wordsLittle Johnny feels sorry for teacher A new teacher was trying to make use of her psychology(哲学) courses. She started up her class by saying "Everyone who thinks you're stupid, stand up!" After a few seconds, Little Johnny stood up. The teacher said, "Do you think you're stupid, Little Johnny?" "No, ma'am, but I hate to see you standing there all by yourself!!funny storycrosstalkTwo speakers make many jokes and funny conversation.Mr. Rowan Atkinson is most famous around the world as Mr. Bean. Mr. Bean is funny because he makes funny faces, he acts silly, he seems to be quite stupid, and the things he does are strange. mime and farce 笑剧，滑稽剧Use body language to make people fun.Mr. Bean Mr. Bean
(mime and farce)Mr. Bean is funny because he makes funny faces, he acts silly, he seems quite stupid, and the things he does are funny. Charlie Chaplin
(Nonverbal)
He was a great silent movie stars. Modern Times, The Little Tramp, The gold Rush, City Light are his masterpieces. He was very popular in his time. Mark Twain
(funny stories)Mark Twain was the popular and humorous American author, He was the most famous humorous novelist in America.
Edward Lear(funny poems)Edward Lear (1812-1888) was an artist.Chinese humoristsWho are they?Fast reading
1.What’s the passage mainly about?
A. The history of English humour?
B. The films Chaplin made.
C. The humour Chaplin made in his films.
D. The Gold Rush in California.
2. People enjoy seeing other people’s bad luck because __.
A. they enjoy doing so
B. it makes people more worried about their life.
C. it makes people more content with their life.
D. there’s much fun is doing so.3.In the middle of 19th century people went to California to look for __.
A. films B. gold
C. entertainment D. water
4.Chaplin was given a special Oscar for __.
A. they enjoy doing so.
B. the films he directed.
C. the joy he gave us in his films.
D. the contributions he made in films. a small black hat a moustache a stick very wide trousersHe wore a small black hat, very wide trousers, a moustache and carried a stick that he swung in the air as he walked.Give a description on Chaplin?Picture of Charlie 1.Notes about Charlie Chaplin’s career18891977actorMimeLittle trampLarge trousers, worn-out shoes and small round black hat and a walking stick Careful readingPeople enjoy seeing other people’s bad luck because they find it funny. Question: What kind of humor is unkind?True or False:F True or False: Chaplin was born in a rich family. Question: How was the little tramp dressed ?He was famous for using only nonverbal humour in his acting.F F True or False:F People like the character “the little tramp” because he was a social failure. The Gold Rush was a film set in California at the beginning of the nineteenth century. True or False:F Chaplin and his friend are so unlucky that they can’t find any goldTrue or False:Chaplin has a delicious meal by eating meat in the film.F T Question: How did he perform his eating a boiled shoe in the film The Gold Rush?Chaplin acted in films and wrote and directed films as well. T He was given a special Oscar for his lifetime outstanding work in films .True or False: Question: What was he awarded in 1972? III. Find the words or expressions that mean almost the same as these in italics.
1.I know there are many people worse off than me.
A. richer B. earlier C. poorer D. later
2. She has the determination to be successful.
A. skill B. communication
C. will D. confidence 3.He was in such a hurry that he bumped into an old lady.
A. knocked into B. came across
C. waved goodbye to D. looked up at
4. The problem Charlie Chaplin was having to deal with would not go away.
A. practising B. preferring to talk to
C. trying to talk to D. facing1. find it… to do 发现做(某事)很……
他发现向父母解释自己的困境是很难的。
He found _____ ____ ____ ____ his difficulties to his parents.
她发现学好英语是很重要的。
She found it very important to learn English well.it hard to explain Language points 2. content adj. 满足的，满意的；
vt. 使满足。
be content with sth. /sb.
be content to do sth.
你对你的 工作满意吗？
Are you content with your work?
她待在家里照顾孩子,感到非常满足。
She is quite content to stay at home looking after her children.
content n. 所含之物;内容3. worse off 穷的，缺少的；境况更差。
I went to her home and found her living condition was______ _____?＿＿?＿＿＿.
我们不应该因为穷而叫苦连天---许多人的家境更糟。
We shouldn’t complain about being poor ---many families are much worse off.我去她家一看，发现她的 生活状况比我的更差。worse? off ?than? mine原形: badly off : in a poor position, esp. financially 潦倒；穷困
反义词：well off
他们贫困得根本谈不上度假。
They are too badly off to have a holiday.
实际上现在大多数人都比五年前要富裕。
In fact most people are______ _____ ____ they were five yeas ago.better off than4. astonish vt. 使惊异；使大为吃惊。
1) astonish sb. 使某人惊奇
这个消息令大家惊讶。
The news astonished everybody.
2) be astonished+ at (by) /to do/that…
被(因)……惊吓
我被那些巨大的声响吓了一跳。
I was astonished to hear the loud sound.
他出现在宴会上，使我们感到惊讶。
We were astonished that he appeared at the party.5. worn-out
adj. 不能再穿(用)的，穿旧的；筋疲力尽。
a worn-out coat 一件穿破的大衣
A worn –out automobile 一辆破旧的汽车
He often wears a worn-out coat.
他常穿一件破烂不堪的大衣。
A worn –out age 风烛残年
6. fortunate adj. 幸运的，吉利的。
be fortunate in doing 在……方面幸运
她很幸运嫁了一个好丈夫。
She is fortunate in having a good husband.
be fortunate to do sth. 幸运的能做某事
我很幸运有健康的身体。
I’m fortunate to have good health.
It is fortunate that… ……是幸运的
说来幸运，他被恰好驶过的船救起。
It was fortunate that he was saved by the passing boat.
9. mouthful n. 一口
-ful是一个后缀，加在名词之后，表示“充满的”。例如：
他喝了一口苦药，扮了个鬼脸。
He took a mouthful of the bitter medicine and made a face.
a handful of
an armful of
a basketful of
a bucketful of
一把
一抱
一篮
一桶 10. Cut off
意为“切断，断绝”例如：
Her little finger was cut off in an accident at the factory.
她的小指是在工厂的一次事故中被切掉的
We were cut off in the middle of our conversation.
我们的对话被从中切断。 Now let’s enjoy some pictures
of Charlie Chaplin.His first film——
Making a living
appears.His own manner of actingSome pictures in Modern Times & City LightsSome pictures in
Gold Rush setting
In California
Dec 25th, 1977 SwitzerlandConclusionToday we have learned something about humor. Humor is everywhere in our daily life. I hope you can be optimistic(乐观) no matter what difficulties you meet with, just as
Charlie Chaplin was.Thank you !课件32张PPT。Unit 3A taste of English humourHumourHumourLook at the following pictures.
Which picture can make you laugh?Warming up Do you feel my love?I want to lose my weight. I’m driving at a high speed.Do you feel funny?
How many kinds of humour do you know about?Let’s enjoy a sketchtongue twister绕口令cross talk 相声Kinds of humourfunny storiescomedy 喜剧mime 哑剧sketch小品jokes What kind of humour do these pictures show us ?Mime 哑剧Charlie Chaplin(funny stories)Mark Twain was the popular and humourous American author.
Chinese humouristsWho are they?Do they have something in common ? sketch小品crosstalkTwo or more speakers make many jokes and funny conversation.Customer: What’s that fly(苍蝇)
doing in my soup?
Waiter: Swimming, I think!
jokeWhat is humour?Humour is a word means making others laugh.
If someone often makes others laugh,
We say he is humourous;
We call him a humourist. A Master of Nonverbal Humour
Charlie ChaplinHe is one of the most famous humourists that can make others laugh all the time. He was a great silent movie star. Modern Times, The Little Tramp, The Gold Rush, City Light are his masterpieces.
Pre-readingskimming What’s the passage mainly about?
A. The history of English humor?
B. The films Chaplin made.
C. The humour Chaplin made in his films.
D. The Gold Rush in California.
para.1
para.2
para.3
para.4
para.5Find out the main idea of each paragraph.c)His achievements
e)An example of a sad situation that he made funnya) What Charlie’s most famous character was likeb)Why peaple needed cheeringd)What Charlie’s childhood was likescanningListen to the tape and do True or False 1. Charlie Chaplin was poor when he was
a small boy.
2. People who don’t know English cannot
enjoy Chaplin’s films.
3.The Gold Rush is set in California in the
late of the nineteenth century.
4. In The Gold Rush Chaplin and his friend are fortunate to find some gold .
5. In the film the meal he eats is hard to
chew.
6. Chaplin not only acted in films but wrote and directed films as well.TFFFTTunfortunatemiddlesilent films1.Notes about Charlie Chaplin’s career18891977Actor Mime and farce(笑剧)“the tramp”, a poor and homeless personBecause he has optimism and determination
to overcome difficulties and he is always kindCareful reading a small round black hat a walking stick large trousers worn-out shoes The Little Tramp was a ____ and ________ person. The Little TrampIt was known and loved by many people around the world.poorhomelessTHE GOLD RUSH1.Cut off the leather top of the shoe
2.Pick out the laces and eat them
3.try cutting and eating the
bottom of the shoe
4.Treat it as if it were the finest meat
5.Sit down at the table with plate and drinking up
The Gold RushInterview Work in pairs. Imagine that you are Charlie Chaplin, and your partner is a journalist from 21st Century. Make an interview according to the reading passage. Discussion:
1. What should we learn from Charlie Chaplin?
2.How many ways can you make others
laugh?Conclusion Humour is everywhere in our daily life. I hope you can be optimistic(乐观) no matter what difficulties you meet , just as
Charlie Chaplin was.Homework
Try to write a happy ending or the film The Gold Rush. GoodbyeThank you!课件16张PPT。Summary Reading task on Page 59Pre-reading April Fool’s day is a day when people play jokes on each other. On this day you will often see strange and interesting finds, scientific results or astronomical findings that are put there to mislead the public. The newspaper feels happy if a largenumber of people believe what is written. Sometimes particularly good stories get into the evening news on BBC.
愚人节的来历
每年4月1日,是西方也是美国的民间传统节日——愚人节。
愚人节起源于法国。1564年，法国首先采用新改革的纪年法——格里历(即目前通用的阳历),以1月1日为一年之始。但一些因循守旧的人反对这种改革,依然按照旧历固执地在4月1日这一天送礼品,庆祝新年。主张改革的人对这些守旧者的做法大加嘲弄。聪明滑稽的人在4月1日就给他们送假礼品，邀请他们参加假招待会。并把上当受骗的保守分子称为“四月傻瓜”或“上钩的鱼”。从此人们在4月1日便互相愚弄，成为法国流行的风俗。18世纪初，愚人节习俗传到英国,接着又被英国的早期移民带到了美国。 愚人节最典型的活动还是大家互相开玩笑,用假话捉弄对方。有的人把细线拴着的钱包丢在大街上,自己在暗处拉着线的另一端。一旦有人捡起钱包,他们就出其不意地猛然把钱包拽走。还有人把砖头放在破帽子下面搁在马路当中,然后等着看谁来了会踢它。小孩们会告诉父母说自己的书包破了个洞,或者脸上有个黑点。等大人俯身来看时,他们就一边喊着“四月傻瓜”。一边笑着跑开去。总之,每逢愚人节这一天,动物园和水族馆还会接到不少打给菲什(鱼)先生成莱昂(狮子)先生的电话,常常惹得工作人员掐断电话线,以便减少麻烦。
如今的愚人节在美国已主要是淘气的男孩子们的节日了!Panorama Examination of serious problems and progress all over the worldStory about the excellent noodle harvest in SwitzerlandThey believed it and even ring the BBC to find out how to grow a noodle tree!Read the passage and fill in the chart below. 1. What do children usually do on April Fool’s Day?
Answer the following questions.Children enjoy playing jokes on each other. When they “fool” someone they say “April Fool” to them. The most common kind of joke is to say something like “Your dress is hanging down at the back”. When you turn round they say “April Fool”.2. Why did people believe the programme Panorama on April 1st, 1957?
People believed the programme Panorama because it was always serious and known for its factual correctness.3. Do you think the advice that the BBC gave people who asked how to grow noodle trees was serous? Give a reason.
The advice the BBC gave to people wanting to grow their own noodle tree could not be serious as no tree could be grown in this way.
4. What would you do to find out whether a story like this was true?
If I was not sure if a story was true or not, I would go to the library to check the facts in an encyclopedia or go on the Internet.
Homework Finish the project. 课件18张PPT。Unit 3 A taste of English humourStyle of humourSketch/
Funny playscross-dressingStyle of humourcrosstalkMark Twain
(funny stories)popular
humorous
novelist
Funny storyA man with two red ears went to see his
doctor.
Doctor: What happened to your ears?
Man: I was ironing a shirt and the phone rang but instead of picking up the phone, I accidentally picked up the iron and stuck it to my ear.
Doctor: Oh, dear! But what happened to your other ear?
Man: The scoundrel（恶棍）called back!Tongue twisters:A big black bear sat on a big black bug.
The big black bug bit the big black bear and made the big black bear bleed blood.
Then the big black bear beat the big black bug and a baby black bug.
Big black bugs bleed blue black blood
but baby black bugs bleed blue blood.Edward Lear(funny poems)famous
poetA large lady from Corfu,
Wished to travel to Peru.
But Whether buses or trains
Or boarding aeroplanes,
There wasn’t a door she’d get through.limerick(打油诗)
comic character
famous funny
facial expression
silly stupid strange mime and farceMr. BeanCharlie Chaplin (funny films) a small
black hat a moustachea walking stick very large trousersworn-out shoesfacial expressionbody languagemake-up Cross-dressingactionsHumor
ways to make people laughWordsGroup workHow many kinds of humor do you know?verbalnonverbal cross talk; tongue twisters;
funny poems; funny stories;
jokes; limerick; mime ; farce ; clown
Pantomime(哑剧)Discussion: Is humour helpful? Why? Make people happy Let people think about life Give people determination to
get through difficulties A kind of wisdom in lifeHomework2.Preview the reading on Page 18,and find out more information about Charlie
Chaplin on the internet.What will you do to if you were peter?May you be happy !
Thanks!课件25张PPT。Warming upEnjoy these punchlines!"That's not exactly what I meant when I said, 'Bring your bat'!""I've heard of a little black rain cloud, but this is ridiculous"1 Policeman: Why did you have to break into the same shop three times?
Thief: Well, I stole a dress from that shop but my wife didn’t like it. So I had to go back and change it twice?Joke 1: The joke is funny because the wife wanted to change the dress her husband had given her. If women pay for their dresses they can, of course, change them if they do not like them. However, the wife is treating the dress as if the husband has bought it for her when he has really stolen it. People do not usually change stolen goods if they do not like them. They may get caught as they have done. So that is why this joke is funny.2 Policeman: Why did you have to break into the same shop three times?
Thief: Well, I stole a dress from that shop but my wife didn’t like it. So I had to go back and change it twice?Joke 2: parents often ring up school to explain why their child cannot come to school. The humour lies in the fact that the voice on the phone gives it away that it is the child speaking and not the parent. A child (however much they want to) cannot give themselves permission not to come to school. That is why it is funny. How many kinds of humour do you know?Enjoy a comedyDo you know the character in the film? Charlie Chaplin’s Movie PostersOther examples of English homourmime and farceMr. Beanfunny stories
Mark Twain
Life on the Mississippi
Adventures of Huckleberry Finn
Adventures of Tom Sawyerfunny poems
Edward Lear
Poems by Edward Lear
There Was an Old Man with a Beard
There was an Old Man with a beard,
Who said, "It is just as I feared! —
Two Owls and a Hen, four Larks and a Wren,Have all built their nests in my beard.
There was an old man on the Border There was an old man on the Border,
Who lived in the utmost disorder;
He danced with the cat, and made tea in his hat,
Which vexed (烦扰) all the folks on the Border.Examples of Chinese humour
funny playscross talk 马三立牛 群pantomime 刘全和 刘全利Which do you like better?课件19张PPT。Warming upLittle Johnny feels sorry for teacher A new teacher was trying to make use of her psychology(哲学) courses. She started up her class by saying "Everyone who thinks you're stupid, stand up!" After a few seconds, Little Johnny stood up. The teacher said, "Do you think you're stupid, Little Johnny?" "No, ma'am, but I hate to see you standing there all by yourself!!funny story“特困生”Funny？？好笑吗？ 没人听课，好惨啊！ Class begin!
Class begin! 七点要早读，生活真赶啊．．．Life is not easyLife is not easy 同学们，春天到，要预防感冒．．．Take good care of yourselfLaughing is better than medicine.
---- Jewish saying 赵本山 Ma Ji is a well-known artist of crosstalk shows in China. His crosstalk shows always make his audience shout with laughter. cross-talkMark Twain
(funny stories)Mark Twain was the popular and humorous American author, He was the most famous humorous novelist in America.
Although Mr. Rowan Atkinson acts different comic characters he is most famous around the world as Mr. Bean. Mr. Bean is funny because he makes funny faces, he acts silly, he seems to be quite stupid, and the things he does are strange. mime and farcenonverbalCharlie ChaplinReading Reading 18891977actorMime and farce“the tramp” a poor and homeless personLarge trousers, worn-out shoes and small round black hatCharming, social failure with a determination to overcome difficulties
and always kind.Reading-I----skimming (2m)Reading task1: Fill in the chart.哑剧：刘全和 刘全利 陈佩斯 赵本山 侯宝林 幽默笑话打油诗1. He made people ____ _____ when they felt _____, so they could_____ their lives.
He made people laugh at a time when they felt depressed, so they could feel more content with their lives.
2. You may find it ____ that Charlie was taught to sing_________ and dance___________.
2. You may find it astonishing that Charlie was taught to sing as soon as he could speak and dance as soon as he could walk.课件16张PPT。Unit 3 A taste of English humour
1.Policeman: You can’t park here.
Driver: Why can’t I ?
Policeman: Read the sign there.
Driver: It says, “Fine for Parking,” so
I parked.Enjoy some verbal jokes:2. A: Where do you wash?
B: In the spring.
A: I didn’t ask when, but I asked
where.
3. Mike: My sister has 88 keys.
Kate: She must have a lot of doors.
Mike: No. She likes to play the piano.4. POLICEMAN: Why did you have to break
into the same shop three times ?
THIEF: Well , I stole a dress from
that shop but my wife didn’t like
it . So I had to go back and
change it twice !5. TEACHER : You say that John Jones has a
cold and cannot come to school
today. Who am I speaking to .
VOICE : Oh, this my father. Nonverbal/mime/farce:Mr. BeanCharlie ChaplinReading:
A master of nonverbal humourListen and read, and then answer this question:
What did Charlie Chaplin eat in the film The Gold Rush?A pair of leather shoes.Read and answer the questions(8minutes)What’s the passage mainly about?
The history of English humour
B. The films Chaplin made and the humour in his films
C. The Gold Rush in California
2. People enjoy seeing other people’s bad luck because______.
They enjoy doing so
B. there’s much fun in doing so.
C. it makes people more content with their life.
3. Chaplin was given a special Oscar for ____.
A. The joy he gave us in his films
B. The films he directed
C. his life time outstanding workRead again and finish Ex. 1(P 18): (8minutes)18891977, SwitzerlandMovie actormime and farce (Nonverbal) The tramp (a poor and homeless person), the gold-rusherLarge trousers, worn-out shoes small round black hat and a walking stick Made a sad situation entertaining with nonverbal humourRead the passage again and write down
the main idea of each paragraph.
Paragraph 1 :why people needed cheering up.
Paragraph 2 :what Charlie’s childhood was like.
Paragraph 3:what his most famous character was
like
Paragraph 4:an example of a sad situation that he
made funny
Paragraph 5:his achievementsNow use this information to write a
Summary of the passage in your own words
In Britain and American people were feeling
miserable because of the bad economic
Situation. Charlie understood their problems.
His character “the little tramp” was poor
And homeless ,but everybody loved him for
his kind heart and the way he dealt with
His difficult situation. Charlie Chaplin made
People laugh at some of these terribleSituations like being without
Food or money . He wrote and
directed his own films and
Received an Oscar for his
Outstanding work. 1. 宾语补足语可以是：1）名词， 2）形容词，3）省to不定式，4）过去分词， 5）介词
6)现在分词 Make yourself comfortable.
He made them work hard.
I made myself understood.
I made him outside the room.
She made his son studying all day.
A lot of exercise made him a strong boy.2）形容词3）省to不定式4）过去分词5）介词6)现在分词1）名词2.content: 1)目录 2）满足的 3）所容纳的东西
She is content with the job.
The content of the book is on Page 1.
I will show you the content of my bag.
3.听到这消息，他大吃一惊。
4. Born (adj.) 天生的
He is a born singer.2）1)3）The news astonished him. == It astonished him to hear the news.
5. V-ing做定语：分析并归纳
a walking stick==a stick for walking a sleeping car==a car for sleeping
a waiting man== a man who is waiting
the rising sun ==the sun which is rising 拐杖卧铺车厢正在等待中的男人正在升起的太阳动名词现在分词
6. as if 从句用虚拟语气：表示与现在事实相反，谓语用一般过去时；表示与过去事实相反，用过去完成时。
You look as if you didn’t care about it.
He seems/seemed as if he had been to Beijing before.
7. be astonished at sth.对……感到惊讶
be astonished to do sth.对做……感到惊讶
be astonished that 从句 对……感到惊讶
8. entertain sb. (with sth.):
用sth.使sb.快乐/用sth.款待sb.
他在家里用美食招待客人。
9. be content to do sth.做某事感到满意我很满意听到这消息。 He entertained the guests with delicious food.I am content to hear the news.10. 动词+宾语+宾语补足语。可以加宾语补足语的动词有：
感官动词：see, watch, notice, find, observe, catch, hear, feel;
使役动词：get, have, make, let, keep leave, send
我听到鸟儿在唱歌。
对不起， 让你久等了。I heard birds singing.I am sorry to have kept you
waiting so long.课件23张PPT。Do you feel funny?
Then what makes them funny?facial expressionbody language mime/farce cross-dressingsketchKinds of humorjokes Chinese humors
Pantomime
Funny plays
Cross talk
Jokes
Doggerel
English humors
Nonverbal
Mime and farce
Verbal jokes
Funny stories
Funny poemsvarieties of humorsChinese humorists Mr. BeanCharlie Chaplin
Gold rushGold rushpicture
from
The
Gold
Rush
Fast reading:The main character is Charlie Chaplin. He was famous for his nonverbal humour.There are two, The Little Tramp and The Gold Rush.Who is the main character of the text? What was he famous for?
2. How many famous film or characters are mentioned in the text? What are the names?Charlie ChaplinWas born inHis job is
In 1972, he was given
Type of acting is
His charming character is
His costume:
Reasons of success:
He died in
in1889an actormime and farce.The Little Tramplarge trousers,
worn-out shoes
and small round
black hat.a special Oscar for
his outstanding
work.He could
astonish and
inspire us
skillfully.
1977Switzerland. a small black hat a moustache a stick very wide trousersHe wore a small black hat, very wide trousers, a moustache and carried a stick that he swung in the air as he walked.Give a description on Chaplin?Answer the questions1. Why do people enjoy seeing other people’s bad luck?
2. Why is The Little Tramp well known ?
3. What was Chaplin given a special Oscar for?
4. what’s the passage mainly about?
People enjoy seeing other people’s bad luck because _________.
they enjoy doing so.
it makes people more worried about their life.
it makes people more content with their life.
there’s much fun in doing so.2. The Little Tramp is well known because ____.
Chaplin played a poor and homeless person.
The character was social failure.
Chaplin wore large trousers, worn-out shoes and a small round black hat and carried a walking stick.
Chaplin play a role as a man who determined to overcome difficulties and was kind even when people were unkind to him.3. Chaplin was given a special Oscar for ________.
the characters he played in his films.
the films he directed.
the joy he gave us in his films.
the contributions he made in films.4. What’s the main idea of the text?
A. The history of English humour.
B. The films that Chaplin made.
C. The humour Chaplin made in his films.
D. The Gold Rush in California.Fill in the blanksDo you find it funny to see someone ____ on a
banana___,______into someone else round a____,
or ____down a hole in the road? If you do,you are
not____.Some humour can be____. Perhaps it
makes us feel more_____with our life because we
feel there is someone else_____ ____than
ourselves.Charlie Chaplin was born in_____in1889
and at that time films were_____. He became
famous for using a _______form of acting, including_____and____.
slidingskinbumpingcornerfallingalonecruelcontentworseoffpovertysilentparticularmimefarce
The writer mentioned that Charplin’s character
“little tramp” is charming and lovable, and he
won an Oscar for a lifetime of outstanding work,
which proves that the writer likes Charplin and
appreciates his work.What’s the author’s attitude to Charlie
Charplin?
A. positive B. negative
C. serious D appreciativeWhat should we learn from Charlie Chaplin?
What should we do to get success?
Discussion?We should be optimistic(乐观) no matter what
difficulties you meet with, just as Charlie
Chaplin was. Set up an aim
Do our best
Pay more time then others
Never give up/ lose heart
Insist on what we pursue
homework1. Exe2. 1.2 on P19
2. Surf the Internet to find more
information about Chaplin and you
are expected to present it to your
peer in the next class.
Can I have a break?Thank you!课件15张PPT。1 C
2 F
3 H
4 E
5 B
6 D
7 A
8 G Using words and expressionsAnswer key for Exercise 1 on page 56:Mary was so angry with John about the jam that she went to stay with her mother in a ___________ part of the country. She could not understand why John had thought it was ________ and had thrown it away. “why couldn’t he behave more sensibly?” she thought to herself. ”He found it ________, but I feel he is _______ to blame for the terrible _____ in the chicken yard. mountainousporridgeamusingdirectlymessAnswer key for Exercise 2 on page 56:However, the __________ scenery and the ____ mountain ranges soon calmed her. She began to miss John and think fondly of his smiling face and stiff __________. ”When I go home,” she thought, “I’ll see if our _______will allow us to have a holiday in ___________. John will love that and we can forget our troubles and have a good time together.” So that is what they did!outstandingvastmoustachebudgetSwitzerlandUp to now, doctors have been able to do very little to treat this deadly disease.
Charlie was quite badly off for a while after his father died.
After the earthquake, the government provided food and blankets for the homeless.
Emma is not ordinary writer.Answer key for Exercise 3 on page 56:Daisy came in shyly wearingly wearing a worn – out coat.
After the race, David waved his arms in a gesture of excitement.
Freddy bought a new suit just for the occasion.
Edward slid on the ice and lost and lost his balance.
Discovering useful structuresAnswer key for Exercise 2 on page 21:Once I was lucky enough to watch Charlie Chaplin _______ one of his famous films. I observed him ________ as well as ______ in it. He had a particular method of film-making. He planned the story and then performed and filmed each scene many times. makingdirectingactingI saw him making each scene a little different. Then I found him __________ the scenes he liked best and _______ them together to make the film more ___________. It was an __________ experience as it was clear that he did not keep to strict budget.picking outjoiningentertaininginterestingSeeing is believing.
His job is looking after the animals.
What he likes is playing chess after supper.
The news is encouraging .
The film is more exciting than any that I’ve ever seen.
The novel is not as exciting as I expected.
The comedy was so amusing that the audience kept laughing all the time.Answer key for Exercise 3 on page 21: Each student can fill in the second column using –ing as the attribute.
The students can make any sentence using the three sentence parts provided.
The students can make change the part of the sentence in the second column as long as you continue to use the –ing form as the attribute.
If a person either repeats a sentence or cannot think of a new one that person is out of the game; their partner wins.
Answer key for Exercise 4 on page 21:The boy The girl The performerThat actresslaughing at his jokeseating her dinnergoing to bed early sitting on the sofaseemed quite content with the performancehas acted in four filmscan play the piano wellis a friend of my brotherI am looking forward to visiting Charlie Chaplin Museum in Switzerland next week.
Many people still enjoy seeing Charlie Chaplin’s silent films.
That cartoon picture shows Charlie Chaplin watching himself acting in a movie.
Charlie’s nonverbal humour often makes people burst into laughters.Answer key for Exercise 1 on page 57:Using structuresWe are all fond of Charlie’s early films, which we think are more interesting.
I missed seeing the beginning of the film City Lights the other day.
I wouldn’t mind seeing The Gold Rush again with you tonight.
Charlie’s job was entertaining people, wasn’t it ? 2.The girl holding the camera is only ten years old.
What Susie enjoys most is taking photographs.
I saw Susie taking photographs of her family.
3.The student holding a badminton bat is a member of his university team.
What George enjoys most is playing sport.
I noticed him working in the library after the badminton match.Answer key for Exercise 2 on page 57:4.The girl reading her textbook is one of the best students in her class.
What she likes is doing crosswords for fun.
This morning I found her writing for a national newspaper.
5.The girl listening to music feels happy.
Her job is making music .
I found her dancing in time to the music 6.The girl sitting at her computer is my sister Clare.
Clare’s favourite activity is surfing the Internet.
She finds it very interesting.
7.The girl wearing a red sweater is playing the piano.
Linda’s hobby is composing classical music.
I heard Linda practising for her music exam.课件21张PPT。Unit3 A taste of English Humour humour
comedyn. 幽默；滑稽
n. 喜剧Enjoy these pictures!Warming UpWhat do you like to laugh at?Some funny things, such as funny looks, funny acts, funny words and so on. Humour means the quality in something that makes it funny and makes people laugh or the ability to laugh at things and think that they are funny. Humour is not always kind, some humour can be cruel. It depends on who is joking and who is listening.What does humour mean? Is humour
always kind?Do you know what a punchline is? Read the following jokes and find their punchlines.POLICEMAN: What did you have to break into the same shop three times?
THIEF: Well, I stole a dress from that shop but my wife didn’t like it. So I had to go back and change it twice! TEACHER: You say that john Jones has a cold and cannot come to school today. Who am I speaking to?
VOICE: Oh, this is my father.Pre-reading The chart below shows you some typical actors or writers of English Humour. Do you enjoy these kinds of humour in China?Pre-reading Pantomine
(哑剧)
(刘全和,
刘全利) cross talk (马季, 姜昆)
jokes
doggerel (打油诗)Do you have other kinds
of humour in China?中国幽默特有的形式：
独角戏、相声、小品、
双簧等。Which do you like better:
verbal or nonverbal humour?
Give your reasons.“幽默”的含义“幽默”一般有两层含义：
一是指使某事物可笑或喜剧性的因素。
二是指看出、欣赏或表达有趣的喜剧性事物的能力。 Mr. Bean is funny because he makes funny faces, he acts silly, he seems to be quite stupid, and the things he does are strange. Ma Ji is a well-known artist of crosstalk shows in China. His crosstalk shows always make his audience shout with laughter.课件36张PPT。Unit3 A taste of English humour content
performer
astonish
astonishing
fortunateadj. 满足的；满意的
n. 满足
vt. 使满意
n. 表演者；演出者
vt. 使惊诧
adj. 令人感到惊讶的
adj. 幸运的；吉利的 unfortunately
ordinary
bored
entertain
throughout
homelessadv. 不幸地
adj. 平常的；普通的
adj. 厌烦的
vt. & vi. 使欢乐；款待
prep. 遍及；贯穿
adv. 到处；始终；全部
adj. 无家的；无家可归的 moustache
worn
failure
overcome
leather
chew
convincen. 小胡子
adj. 用旧的；用坏的；破烂的
n. 失败（者）
vt. & vi. 战胜；克服
n. 皮革
vt. & vi. 嚼碎；咀嚼（食物）
vt. 使信服 convincing
direct
outstanding
Switzerland
gesture
adj. 令人信服的
vt. & vi. 导演；指示；指挥
adj. 直的；直接的；直率的
adj. 突出的；杰出的
n. 瑞士
n. 姿态；手势
vi. 做手势 particular
particularly
occasion
budget
actress
slide adj. 特殊的；特别的
n. 细节；细目
adv. 特殊地；特别地
n. 时刻；场合
n. 预算；开支
n. 女演员
vt. & vi. （使）滑动或滑行
n. 滑动；幻灯片 up to now
feel/be content with
badly off
pick out
cut off
star in 知道现在
对…满意
穷的；缺少的
挑出；辨别出
切断；断绝
担任主角；主演Who’s he ?Charlie Chaplin A picture
from
The Gold
Rush What do you know about
Charlie Chaplin?
What do you know about
his film?
What is so interesting
about them?a small
black hat a moustachea stickvery wide trousersHe wore a small black hat, very wide trousers, a moustache and carried a stick that he swung in the air as he walked.Little Tramp Look at the title and write down your idea in one sentence. Then skim the passage and see if you were right.A MASTER OF
NONVERBAL HUMOURComprehending Use the information in the passage to complete the notes about Charlie Chaplin.18891977actorLittle tramplarge trousers, worn-out shoes, small round black hat and a walking stick mimeRead the passage again and write
down the main idea of each paragraph.Paragraph 1:
Paragraph 2:
Paragraph 3:
Paragraph 4:
Paragraph 5:Why people needed cheering
upWhat Charlie’s childhood was likeWhat his most famous
character was likeAn example of a sad situation that he made funnyHis achievements Now use this information to write a summary of the passage in your own words.Discussion1 Do you think his poor childhood
helped him in his work? Why?
2 Why do you think he was so
successful?
1 … so they could fell more content with their lives.
content (adj.): satisfied, happy, not wanting more 满足; 满意; 知足。
常见搭配：be content with sth.
be content to do sth. 如：
Are you content with your present salary?
你对你现在的工资待遇满意吗？Language pointShe is quite content to stay at home looking after her children.
她呆在家里照顾孩子感到非常知足。
区别: content; contented; satisfied
content与contented意思接近，指“虽然各种愿望没有实现，但人应安于现状不再多求”，content 一般作表语，而contented一般作定语；satisfied指“愿望、渴望或需求都得到了满足，因而心满意足了”。 如：
She has a contented look.
她显得满意的样子。2) content (n.): that which is contained in sth. 所含之物，内容 如：
I like the style of the book but I don’t like the content.
我喜欢这本书的文体，但我不喜欢它的内容。2 You may find it astonishing that Charlie was taught to sing…
astonish: to surprise sb. greatly
使（某人）吃惊， 震惊 比surprise的语气要强。 如：
The earthquake astonished me.
地震使我惊慌失措。
be astonished 吃惊 如：
She was astonished to find he was drunk.
发现他喝醉了, 她很吃惊。
I was astonished at/by the news.
这消息使我大吃一惊
to one’s astonishment 令…惊异的是…
To our astonishment the small boy swam across the river. 令我们惊奇的是那小男孩居然游过了
那条河。astonishing adj. 令人吃惊的
an astonishing remark 惊人之语
astonishment n. 惊异；惊愕；惊奇
in astonishment 愕然， 吃惊地 如：
She stared at me in astonishment.
她吃惊地瞪着我。3 Unfortunately his father died, leaving
the family even worse off …
worse off: a. (情况)更糟糕的,更贫困的
Mark has lost his job and is worse off
than ever.?
马克的工作丢了，情况比以前更糟。
better off : ad. 情况更好
He will be better off in hospital.?
他住院留医的话，病情定会好转。 4 …because known throughout the world.
throughout prep.
1)（表示地区）遍及, 整个 如：
The company has branches throughout
the country. 这家公司的分店遍及全国。
2)（表示时间）整个，从头到尾 如：
It rained throughout the day.
雨下了一整天。
He led a poor life throughout his life.
他一生过着穷苦的生活。throughout adv.
1) 整个地，在所有各处，全部 如：
The hill was green throughout.
那座山整个都是绿的。
2) 自始至终，到最后 如：
She remained silent throughout.
她从头到尾都保持沉默。5. The tramp, a poor, homeless man with a moustache, wore large trousers, worn-out shoes...
homeless adj. 无家可归的
-less是表示否定意义的形容词后缀, 加在某些名词的后面构成否定意义的形容词。类似的如：
helpless 无力的; 无计可施的;
无助的; 无依无靠的
careless 粗心的; 轻率的childless 没有儿女的
harmless 无害的; 无损害的；
没有恶意的; 无邪的
ceaseless 不断的; 不停的
countless 数不尽的; 无数的
tireless 不会疲倦的; 不知疲倦的
不休止的 worn-out adj.
1)（衣类、机器等）磨破的；磨损的；用旧的 如：
worn-out shoes 穿旧的鞋
2) 精疲力尽的；憔悴的（一般不用在名词前） 如：
She looks worn-out.
她看起来憔悴不堪。6 This character was a social failure nut was loved for his optimism and determination to overcome all difficulties.
failure: n. 失败
The play was a dead failure.?
这场戏完全失败了。
overcome:战胜；克服
There will be no difficulty in the world that
they cannot overcome.?
世界上任何困难他们都可以克服。 7 Charlie first picked out the laces and
eats them as if they are spaghetti.
pick out:挑出；辨别出
My father helped me pick out a new book.?
我父亲帮我选了一本新书。8 Then he cuts off the leather top of the shoe as if it were the finest steak.
cut off:切断；断绝
A storm that cut off power to the whole
region.?
切断了整个地区电力供应的暴风雨。
Homework Preview grammar and finish
the exercises on
page 20 & 21.Thank you.课件43张PPT。-ing形式Revision-ing形式作主语和宾语的用法
Translate the following sentences into Chinese.
1. Talking to him is talking to a wall.
对他说话等于对牛弹琴。
2. Smoking may cause cancer.
吸烟会致癌。 3. Walking is my sole exercise.
散步是我唯一的运动。
4. Talking mends no holes.
（谚）空谈无济于事。
5. I suggest bringing the meeting to
an end.
我建议结束会议。6. He admitted taking the money.
他承认钱是他拿的。
7. I couldn’t help laughing.
我禁不住笑了起来。
8. Your coat needs brushing.
你的大衣需要刷一下。-ing 形式作定语, 宾语补足语和表语 的用法一、-ing形式作定语
1. 单个动词的-ing形式作定语位于被修饰名词的前面，既可以表示被修饰者的作用或功能，也可以表示被修饰者的动作或状态。如：
building materials
= materials for building 建筑材料drinking water
= water for drinking 饮用水
a walking stick
= a stick for walking 手杖
a reading room
= a room for reading 阅览室
a writing desk
= a desk for writing 写字台 tiring music
= music that is tiring 烦人的音乐
a surprising result
= a result that is surprising
一个惊人的结果
2. -ing形式短语作定语时, 放在所修饰的名词之后, 并且在意思上相当于一个定语从句。如： They lived in a room facing the street.
= They lived in a room that faces the street.
他们住在一间面朝街的房子。
The man standing there is Peter’s father.
= The man who is standing there is Peter’s father.
站在那儿的那个人是彼得的父亲。 Anybody swimming in this river will be fined.
= Anybody who is swimming in this river will be fined.
在这条河里游泳的任何一个人都会被罚款。 3. -ing形式短语也可以用作非限制定语，相当于一个非限制性定语从句，这时，它与句子其他部分用逗号分开。如：
His brother, working as a teacher, lives in Beijing.
= His brother, who is working as a teacher, lives in Beijing.
他那个当教师的哥哥住在北京。 The apple tree, swaying gently in the breeze, had a good crop of fruit.
= The apple tree, which was swaying gently in the breeze, had a good crop of fruit.
那棵苹果树硕果累累，在微风中轻轻摇曳。二、-ing形式作宾语补足语
1. 1) 动词-ing形式作宾语补足语常放在宾语后面，表示一个正在进行的主动性的动作，强调一个过程或一种状态。如：
When we returned to the school, we found a stranger standing at the entrance.
当我们回到学校时, 发现一个陌生人站在大门口。 We found the snake eating the eggs.
我们发现蛇正在吃鸡蛋。
I found a bag lying on the ground.
我发现地板上放着一个包。
The boss kept the workers working the whole night.
那老板让工人整夜地工作。 2）当主句转换为被动结构时, 原来作宾语补足语的动词-ing形式便转换为主语补足语。如：
They found the result very satisfying.
= The result is found very satisfying.
这个结果很令人满意。 They heard him singing in the next room.
= He was heard singing in the next room.
有人听到他在隔壁房间唱歌。
We mustn’t keep them waiting.
= They mustn’t be kept waiting.
千万不能让他们等。 2. 能用-ing形式作宾语补足语的几类动词:
1) 表示感觉和心理状态的动词，常见的有see, hear, feel, smell, find, notice, observe, look at, listen to等。如：
We saw a light burning in the window.
I felt somebody patting me on the shoulder. Can you smell anything burning?
As he spoke, he observed everybody looking at him curiously.
Listen to the birds singing.
I didn’t notice him waiting.
2) 表示指使意义的动词，常见的有have, set, keep, get, catch, leave等。如：I won’t have you doing that.
This set me thinking.
I’m sorry to have kept you waiting.
I can’t get the clock going again.
You won’t catch me doing that again.
你看吧，我决不会做那种事了。 3. see, hear, feel, watch等动词之后用-ing形式和动词不定式作宾语补足语的区别：
We passed by the classmates and
saw the teacher making the experiment.
我们走过教室，看见老师在做实验。
（只在走过教室的刹那间，看见老师
正在做实验） ① 前者表示动作正在进行，后者表示
（或强调）动作从开始到结束的全过程。如: We sat an hour and watched the teacher make the experiment.
我们坐了一个小时，看老师做实验。
（一个小时之内一直在看老师作实验）
② 如果宾语补足语是短暂性动词，动词不定式短语表示一次动作， 而-ing形式
则表示反复动作。如：
We heard the door slam.
We heard the door slamming. (反复动作)(一次动作) 三、-ing形式作表语
-ing形式作表语时放在系动词之后，用来泛指某种动作或行为，以说明主语的身份、性质或情况。如：
Her hobby is painting.
她的业余爱好是画画。
My job is looking after the children.
我的工作就是照顾这些孩子。Exercises Point out the usage of the –ing form.
1. Do you find it funny to see someone sliding on a banana skin, bumping into someone else round a corner, or falling down a hole in the road?
sliding, bumping, falling
作宾语补足语 2. He became famous for using a particular form of acting, including mime and farce.
using 作介词for的宾语
including作状语 3. …But he was lived by all who watched the films for his determination in overcoming difficulties and being kind even when people were unkind to him.
overcoming作介词宾语 4. That was the problem facing Charlie Chaplin in one of his most famous films.
facing 作定语
5. He loved it by using nonverbal humor.
using 作介词宾语 6. Their job is “panning for gold”.
panning 作表语
7. Finally he tries cutting and eating
the bottom of the shoe.
cutting, eating 作宾语 Please read the sentences carefully, trying to pick out the errors and then correct them.
1. I am looking forward to visit Charlie Chaplin Museum in Switzerland next week. visiting 2. Many people still enjoy seeing Charlie Chaplin’s silent films.
3. That cartoon picture shows Charlie Chaplin watch himself watching in a movie.
4. Charlie’s nonverbal humor often makes people bursting with laughter. √watchingburst 5. We are all fond of Charlie’s early films, which we think are more interested.
6. I missed to see the beginning of the film City Lights the other day.
7. I wouldn’t mind to see The Gold Rush again with you tonight. interestingseeingseeing 从 A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可
以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Don’t leave the water _______ while
you brush your teeth.
A. run B. running
C. being run D. to run 2. Tell Mary that there’s someone ____ for her at the door.
A. waiting B. waited
C. waits D. to wait3. The _______ waiter came up to us and said, “You are welcome.”
A. smiling B. smiled
C. smile D. to smile 4. A phone call sent him _______ to the hospital.
A. hurry B. hurrying
C. to hurry D. hurried5. Do you know the boy _______ under the big tree?
A. lay B. lain
C. laying D. lying 6. There are lots of places of interest _______ in our city.
? A. needs repairing
B. needing repaired
? C. needed repairing
D. needing to be repaired 7. The drunken husband knocked against the table and sent the bowls _______ in all directions before he was sent _______ by his wife.
? A. flying; to sleep
B. flying; sleeping
C. to fly; to sleeping
D. to fly; to sleep 8. When we got back from the cinema, we found the lamp _______ but the door _______.
A. being on; shut
B. burning; shutting
C. burning; shut
D. on; shutting 9. As is known to us all, traveling is _____, but we often feel _____ when we are back from travels.
? A. interesting; tired
B. interested; tiring
C. interesting; tiring
D. interested; tired 10. The woman found it no good _____ her daughter too much money.
A. giving B. being given
C. given D. gave11. As the stone was too heavy to move, I left it _____on the ground.
? A. laying B. lay
C. lying D. lain 12. John’s bad habit is _____ without thorough understanding.
? A. read B. being read
C. to be read D. reading1.The wild flowers looked like a soft orange blanket _____ the desert.
（2006年 湖南卷） A. covering???
B. covered?????????
? C. cover??????????? ?
D. to cover高考链接2.Don’t respond to any e-mails ____
???personal information, no matter how official they look.
（2006年 天津卷） A. searching????
B. asking????????
C. requesting???????
D. questioning3. The glass doors have taken the place of the wooden ones at the entrance, ______ in the natural light during the day.
(2007年 天津卷）
A. to let
B. letting
C. let
D. having let 4. I smell something ____ in the kitchen. Can I call you back
in a minute? （2007年 全国卷I）
A. burning
B. burnt
C. being burnt
D. to be burntThank You课件36张PPT。Using Language amuse
pancake
explanation
detective
mountainous
whispervt. 使发笑；使愉快
n. 烙饼；薄饼
n. 解释；讲解；说明
n. 侦探
adj. 多山的；山一般的
n. 耳语；低语
vt. & vi. 低语；小声说 vast
mess
react
porridge
drunkadj. 巨大的；辽阔的
n. 脏或乱的状态
vi. 做出反应；回应
n. 粥；麦片粥
adj. 醉的英语中有趣的双关语“pun” 所谓pun，通常是指利用一个单词的两个含义，或者利用两个特定的单词，达到“一语双关”的目的。比如:①He is not a grave man until he is a
grave man.
其中的grave有两个含义，一个是“严肃的”(形容词)，一个是“坟墓”(名词)，
因此这句话的意思是：
他不是一个严肃的人，除非他躺到坟墓里才能严肃起来。
②They pray for you today and prey on you tomorrow.
其中的pray(祈祷)和prey(捕食)，发音
相同，外形相似。
因此这句话的意思是：
他们今天为你祈祷，明天就会加害于你。 Read the Tow Jokes :Patient: Doctor, I’ve lost my memory.
Doctor: When did this happen?
Patient: When did what happen? Joke1Garcia: Thank you doctor. My fever
is gone.
Doctor: Don’t thank me. Thank God.
Garcia: Then I will pay the fees to
God. Joke2There are thousands of jokes
which use “play on words” to
amuse us. Now read some of
these customer and waiter
jokes.English jokes 1 C: What’s that fly doing in my soup?
W: Swimming. I think! 2. C: What’s that?
W: It’s bean soup.
C: I don’t want to know what it’s been. I want to know what it is now. 3. C: Waiter. Will the pancakes be
long?
W: No, sir. Round.Can you match the joke
with the explanation below?Explanation
A. The first person is asking for information about time. The second person treats it as a question about shape.
B. The first person is angry about something and wants to say “Why is this here?” The second person treats it as a request for information and gives an answer to the question.
C. The answer to the question contains a word which, when spoken, can have two meanings.3 A 1 B 2 CRead a short, funny story on Page 22
about the famous detective Sherlock
Holmes and his friend Doctor Watson.
Then change the story into a short
dialogue. Act it in groups of three—
Holmes, Watson and a narrator.Role -playListeningListening on P23 Listen to Part 1 and write down the main idea.You arte going to listen to a funny story about jam. Mary made some jam but left some on the kitchen table for a few days as she had to go to look after her sick mother. Some days later, John, knowing nothing about the jam, came home and threw it into the kitchen yard.the main idea1. What was Mary going to do with the
cooked plums in the pan?
2. What did John think Mary should have done with the mess in the pan?
3 What do you think Mary is going to
say when she finds out what has happened?
4 How do you think John will react to her?Listen to Part 1 again and answer the following questions:1. What was Mary going to do with the
cooked plums in the pan?
She was going to put them in the fridge later when they had cooled down. 2. What did John think Mary should have done with the mess in the pan?
He thought she should have thrown it out for the chickens to eat.Before you listen to Part 2,
try to put these sentences
below in order. Then listen
again and check if you were
right.___ Mary got angry with John.
___ Mary saw the chickens behaving strangely.
___ John was sorry.
___ The chickens enjoyed the jam.
___ John said he thought the jam was porridge.
___ Mary looked at the red mess on the ground.
___ John said the chickens were drunk.
___ Mary came home.12348756Fill in the blanks while listening to Part 2
a second time.“ You ___________ my jam,” she shouted.
“ Oh, ______ what it was,” he said.
“ I’m ______ but I thought it was_________
which had gone bad in the hot weather. The
chickens have ________ the jam, but it’s
made them _______.”enjoyedporridgesorry drunkthat’sthrew awayListening text Mary Smith looked at the beautiful ripe plums. They would make lovely jam. When she had finished the cooking, she filled all her empty jam jars and left the rest of the jam in the pan. She would put it in the fridge when it was cooler. But just then the telephone rang,Part 1her mother was in hospital after a car
accident. Mary picked up her bag and
ran out of the house.
Some days later, her husband, John,
came home from a business trip. He had
been travelling all day and felt like
having a drink and a piece of cake. As
he came into the kitchen he saw a pan
with a dark red mess inside it. He lifted it up and smelled it. It
smelled bad. Mary must have forgotten to
clean this pan, he thought. So he poured
all the jam into the chicken yard and
cleaned the pan. Then feeling comfortable,
he began to eat a piece of cake. When Mary returned, she noticed the
chickens behaving strangely. They were
running around the yard as if they were
sick. She saw the dark red mess on the
ground and went closer. When she saw a
plum stone she went into the kitchen. Her
husband was reading a newspaper at the
table. Angrily Mary rushed up to him.Part 2“You threw away my jam,” she
shouted. “ Oh, that’s what it was,” he
said. “ I’m sorry but I thought it was
porridge which had gone bad in the hot
weather.” “ Good heavens!” said Mary.
“That must be the jam I left in the pan,
but why didn’t you threw it in the
dustbin?” John laughed. “It was a mistake. However, the chickens have enjoyed the jam, expect that it has made them drunk. What are we going to do with these drunken chickens?” Discuss with your partner whether you think the story you listened to is funny. Give your reasons. Use these words and expressions below to help you.SpeakingHow wonderful!
I’m pleased we both like…
I felt happy because…
What fun!
It surprises me that…
I (don’t) laugh at that kind of thing
because…
It is (not) very amusing/funny that…
I (don’t) enjoy this very much because…S1: What fun! I enjoyed that story. I always laugh at that kind of thing.
S2:Me too. I’m pleased we both like the same kind of funny stories.Sample dialogue:S1: The punchline was good. You were wondering what would happen. So I’m happy that it all turned out well in the end.
S2: It surprises me that John didn’t see the plum stone if Mary did. S1: That’s because Mary did the cooking, but John didn’t look at the jam carefully. He just thought it was a mess and threw it away.
S2: I think it’s very amusing and always try to read stories like that. That make me smile.S1: OK. Let me tell you this funny story then. It’s about a hedge cutter which was made in China but sold in England …Homework Please collect as many funny
stories as you can. They will be useful
in the next period. And try to find some interesting words in these stories.That's all.
Thank you.课件42张PPT。LISTENING1. Listen to the tape and tick the words you hear. Then write down the main idea in one sentence.□thief □knife □potatoes
□carrots □mushrooms □midnight
□shirt □trousers □spread
□stole □whispered □shouted√√√√√Listening on P55 √√√√The story is about a thief who tries to steal some potatoes and Peter Who successfully prevents them from being stolen.Listen to the story again and answer
the questions. Then check your
answers with your partner.1. Where did Peter get the potatoes?
2. Why did he ask his wife to be quite
when she heard the thief?
3. Why couldn’t the thief take away the
potatoes?
4. Why was the thief angry?Where did Peter get the potatoes?
2. Why did he ask his wife to be quite
when she heard the thief?
Peter was given the potatoes by a friend.He thought the thief might have a knife
and he did not want to make him angry.3. Why couldn’t the thief take away the potatoes?
4. Why was the thief angry?
Peter removed the shirt that the thief had planned to put the potatoes in.He thought the husband had stolen his shirt so he could no longer steal the potatoes.Listening text Long ago there lived a poor couple, Peter and his wife. One day a friend gave them some potatoes and they put them on the floor. At midnight a thief broke into their house. It was very dark. The wife heard a noise and whispered,WHO’S TAKEN MY SHIRT? “Peter … Peter … Wake up. There is a thief in our house.”
Peter was clever. Thinking that the thief might have a knife, he did not want to make him angry. So he said, “Be quiet! It must be a mice. There’s no thief.” So his wife went back to sleep.
The thief found the potatoes on the floor. Having no bag to carry them, he took off his shirt and spread it on the floor. As he was picking up the potatoes to put them on his shirt, Peter quietly took the shirt away and hid it under the bed. He did not want to lose his potatoes. The thief did not know his shirt had
Gone, so he put the potatoes on what he
thought was his shirt. However, when he
tried to pick them up he could not do so.
As he was looking for his shirt, Peter’s
wife woke up again and shouted,
“Peter. There is a thief in our house.”
Peter became very angry. He shouted,“ I’ve told you there’s no thief in our house.” Hearing this, the thief became very angry too. “Who says there’s no thief?” he said. “If there’s no thief in this house, then, who’s taken my shirt?”
Listening task on P58 Listen to the tape and choose the
picture which best describes what
happened.BCA 1. Why did the children decide to give
the dog to the teacher?
A. Because none of them wanted to
keep the dog.
B. Because their teacher liked it.
C. Because they could not decide
which of them should own it.
D. Because they thought the teacher
had told the biggest lie. Listen to the tape again and choose the best answer to each question. 2. What do you know about the children?
A. They all like dogs.
B. They all respect their teachers.
C. They all work hard at their lessons.
D. They are honest and lovely. 3 What do you know about the teacher?
A He does not like these boys.
B He wants to become the owner of the dog.
C He does not like the way the children choose an owner for the dog.
D He wants to stop the children telling lies to own the dog. Listen to the tape again and answer the questions: How do you think the teacher felt when he was offered the dog?I think the teacher felt embarrassed
when he was offered the dog, because he did not want it and had not expected to be offered it. And he felt very unhappy to be considered a liar.Work in pairs. Discuss how you would solve these problems and help the teacher. Then be prepared to tell your ideas to the class.The teacher should suggest to the boys that he would love the dog but that it is impossible for him to take it for walks as he has so much work to do. Offer it back to them as he can now see how well they would care for it.The teacher should suggest that the boys explain how they would care for the dog. Note where they would keep it, what they would feed it on, how often they would take it for walks, whether their parents are happy to have a new dog. Then choose accordingly.Listening text One day a teacher was walking along the road. It was a lovely sunny day. The sky was blue and the birds were singing in the trees. The teacher felt happy until he saw five boys, standing around a thin and hungry dog. WHO SHOULD OWN THE DOG? It looked very frightened and the teacher felt sorry for it. So he asked the boys what they were doing with the dog.
“Oh,” said one of the boys. “We were just deciding who should take the dog home and look after it. We all want it for a pet but only one of us can have it.” The teacher asked how they were going to choose the owner of the dog. “Well,” said another boy, “We’ve decided that the one who told the biggest lie should have him.” At this the teacher became very angry. He began to talk to the boys about truth and honesty. He continued for ten minutes while the boys listened carefully. Then he ended by saying, “And I never told a lie when I was your age.” There was a long silence as the boys looked at the teacher and then at each other. They seemed to agree with what he had said. The teacher was glad that his words had impressed the boys. Then the first boy spoke again. “After what we heard, we think you should have the dog!”TalkingTalking on Page 55 Humour makes people laugh, fell happy and relaxed. In groups, tell each other something you think is funny. These expressions below may be useful for you.Useful expression
It’s interesting that we both find … funny.
I burst into laughter when …
I found it extremely funny that …
I enjoy watching …
How enjoyable that was!
I laughed till my sides split when…
What’s so funny about that?
I don’t think that’s funny at all.
I couldn’t help laughing when…
I’ve never laughed so much as when…
Isn’t it amusing that…?
I can’t understand why you laughed
at that.Sample dialogue:S1: What do you find funny? I enjoy
Mr Bean because he makes such
wonderful faces as he does
stupid things.S2: I’m not surprised you like Mr
Bean, because all my family are
crazy about him and cannot get
enough of his programmes.S1: We enjoy this kind of humour
because my father loves Charlie
Chaplin films. When he sees his
stick and hat and that funny walk,
he always bursts into laughter.
S2: What I like best is the problems
Mr Bean has with everyday
situations (like changing his
clothes on the beach). I laughed
till my sides split when I was
watching it.S1: Yes. I know that one. It
reminded me when I stayed in
England and I watched
everybody try to change into
their swimming costume, under
a towel. It’s good that we both
laughed at that!Writing 1)?Use a logical order: explain the situation, what happened and then give the punchline.
2) Read it through when you have finished checking for mistakes.
3)?Read it to your partner and ask for advice.
4) Rewrite your story and put it into
a class collection of funny stories.Write down the story on page 23. Sample writing:Stages in the story
1. Mr Hills buys a hedge cutter made in China.
2. It breaks and he tries to mend it himself. 3. The instruction booklet says it should not be touched “without permission”.
4. He decides to get a new one so no one will ever know.
A TRUE STORY OF MR HILLS
Mr Hills in London bought a hedge cutter made in China. It was very small and very cheap and it worked very well.
At first he was very pleased with it. It made his hedges look smart and neat. Then one day it broke down. There was nothing he could do to make it work.He took it apart and put it together again but still it would not work. Next he took out the booklet of instructions to see if they had any advice for him. Imagine his amazement when he saw these words written in the booklet. “No one is to touch or try to repair this hedge cutter without permission.”What was he to do? Should he have written to the manufacturers in Beijing before he had his hedge cutter mended?
Mr Hills thought long and hard. Finally he went back to the shop and bought another hedge cutter. He put his old one in the dustbin. He thought no one would ever know what he had done. Homework Make a summary about what we learned in this unit by filling up the SUMMING UP on Page 24 and CHECKING YOURSELF on Page 61.Thank You课件19张PPT。READING TASKPre-reading Before you read, discuss what people usually do on April Fool’s day. Do you know any of the funny tricks people play on each other? April Fool’s day is a day when people play jokes on each other. On this day you will often see strange and interesting finds, scientific results or astronomical findings that are put there to mislead the public. The newspaper feels happy if a large number of people believe what is written. Sometimes particularly good stories get into the evening news on BBC. 愚人节的来历
每年4月1日,是西方也是美国的民间传统节日——愚人节。
愚人节起源于法国。1564年，法国首先采用新改革的纪年法——格里历(即目前通用的阳历), 以1月1日为一年之始。但一些因循守旧的人反对这种改革,依然按照旧历固执地在4月1日这一天送礼品, 庆祝新年。主张改革的人对这些守旧者的做法大加嘲弄。聪明滑稽的人在4月1日就给他们送假礼品，邀请他们参加假招待会。并把上当受骗的保守分子称为“四月傻瓜”或“上钩的鱼”。从此人们在4月1日便互相愚弄，成为法国流行的风俗。18世纪初, 愚人节习俗传到英国,接着又被英国的早期移民带到了美国。 愚人节最典型的活动还是大家互相开玩笑, 用假话捉弄对方。有的人把细线拴着的钱包丢在大街上, 自己在暗处拉着线的另一端。一旦有人捡起钱包, 他们就出其不意地猛然把钱包拽走。还有人把砖头放在破帽子下面搁在马路当中, 然后等着看谁来了会踢它。小孩们会告诉父母说自己的书包破了个洞, 或者脸上有个黑点。等大人俯身来看时, 他们就一边喊着“四月傻瓜”。一边笑着跑开去。总之,每逢愚人节这一天, 动物园和水族馆还会接到不少打给菲什(鱼)先生成莱昂(狮子)先生的电话, 常常惹得工作人员掐断电话线, 以便减少麻烦。
如今的愚人节在美国已主要是淘气的男孩子们的节日了! Now read the passage on page 59 about the “Noodle harvest” which is remembered as one of the Best April Fool’s jokes ever!AN APRIL FOOL'S JOKE:
THE NOODLE HARVESTRead the passage and fill in the chart below.1. What do children usually do on April Fool’s Day?
Answer the following questions.Children enjoy playing jokes on each other. When they “fool” someone they say “April Fool” to them. The most common kind of joke is to say something like “Your dress is hanging down at the back”. When you turn round they say “April Fool”. 2. Why did people believe the programme Panorama?
People believed the programme Panorama because it was always serious and known for its factual correctness.3. Do you think the advice that the BBC gave people who asked how to grow noodle trees was serous? Give a reason.
The advice the BBC gave to people wanting to grow their own noodle tree could not be serious as no tree could be grown in this way.
4. What would you do to find out whether a story like this was true?
If I was not sure if a story was true or not, I would go to the library to check the facts in an encyclopedia or go on the Internet.
Homework Finish the project
on page 61.
